When President George Bush Senior gave the nod for USA led forces to butcher more than 300,000 young teenage Iraqi men in the early 1990s, he called this "war" the New World Order. Of course this was no war but a "blood fest" where the Iraqis had told Bush just weeks before they would leave Kuwait but Bush decided to go ahead and kill these helpless soldiers. Only 50 Americans lost their lives in that so called war, most of them in friendly fire.
The current crisis of another American invasion led by his son is also part of the New World Order agenda. Behind this New World Order are 13 corporate families —some of the richest in the world?which includes the Rockefellers and Rothschilds but also the Morgans and others. These families, all multi-billionaires, are called the Illuminati, and are currently running scared of an organization called the Galactic Federation of human aliens who are in space ships surrounding this planet and demanding change.
These Illuminati families want to impose and maintain "super capitalism" and with it their de facto world government. This alien organization —called the Galactic Federation?also wants a world government but they want it based on the opposite of super capitalism. The Galactic Federation want an open democratic socialist government where all peoples live in freedom, wealth, abundance and love and certainly don't support the concept of a handful of billionaires running the planet.
The two main areas of the world opposed to the Illuminati families are China and some countries in the Middle East plus the huge protest movement of the western world and Third World. When David Rockefeller would visit Argentina to see his companies mass riots would start.
These Illuminati families completely know the agenda of these friendly Galactic Federation aliens who have come to our shores to support this planet into a better future. But these Illuminati families worked for evil and bad aliens called Zeta Grey aliens, these aliens have been eradicated by the Galactic Federation in the past few years. These little Grey Aliens did genetic manipulations on Earth humans and worked closely with the American Government through the auspices of the Illuminati. The Zeta Grey aliens in turn worked for the Reptoid aliens who had a base on the moon which used psychotronic weaponry on this planet.
Psychotronic weapons can change the way people think by converting sound into electro-magnetic frequencies and can also cause earthquakes through scalar waves and caused the Kobe Earthquake in Kobe in Japan in 1994 where more than 30,000 people were killed. Many governments use psychotronic mind control weapons and have for years. The killer of the world famous singer John Lennon was given mind control psychotronic weapons back in 1980. The scalar psychotronic weapons which can cause earthquakes were done through a USA base in Pine Gap, Australia. The Second World War and the fall of the Soviet Union were caused by Reptoids on the moon using psychotronic weapons.
The Illuminati never knew the full agenda of the Greys and did not know about the Reptoids. The Reptoids can shapeshift into human form and look like lizards in their original form. They cannot shapeshift their pupils in their eyes which remain star like. The 6000 Reptoids on the moon have subsequently gone, although 200 still lurk on our planet.
The Illuminati have established worldwide networks which have essentially made up a secret government on this planet. These networks include the Trilateral Commission, the Council of Foreign Relations and the Bilderberg [or Bilderberger] Group. These organizations are Illuminati front organizations and make up a world secret government, completely undemocratic and fascist and support super capitalism.
But in the past two years the Galactic Federation of good aliens has destroyed all the negative aliens in the solar system or at least their power. Thus, the change in the past couple of years has been immense.
The Illuminati had worked with the Grey aliens as well these ones with the USA Government which did a deal with the Greys in the 1950s. At some of the first meetings with the Greys following the Grey alien crash in Roswell in the USA in 1947 was David Rockefeller himself. Thus, the current Bush Administration is being used as a front for these Illuminati families to continue their world domination. The Galactic Federation have said that they could destroy the Illuminati at any time but want them to literally "give up their weapons" of their own free will. The party is over for these evil families who have caused SO much hardship and hurt on this planet. And indeed, most New Age leaders say that the Reptoid/Grey Alliance is led by the Devil himself or Archangel Lucifer. So these evil Illuminati families worked for the Devil either unknowingly or, in many cases, knowingly —through satanic cults and other areas that are extremely well documented. However, the Galactic Federation is led by Archangel Michael who has been fighting Lucifer in a war for tens of millions of years.
Countless writers have been writing about this agenda for a long time. David Icke is one of the more well known writers in this area plus Galactic Federation spokesman, Sheldan Nidle. But you generally don't see any of this in the corrupt western capitalist media because, of course, they are all owned by the Illuminati. In fact the Illuminati own 97 per cent of all the western capital assets and thus control the Military-Industrial-Entertainment Complex of the Western world. The evil international media baron Rupert Murdoch is bankrolled by Chase Manhattan which is owned by the Rockefeller family who also owns the biggest company in the world, Exxon Oil. The Bush family is, of course, intimately linked to the Illuminati through years of deals and negotiations. The Bush Administration's drive into Iraq is mainly the work of the Illuminati. The Illuminati also staged the terrible tragedy of September 11. It had nothing to do with Afghanistan. The whole mess we see at the moment in what could be another "blood fest" in Iraq, to use internationally respected but perhaps Illuminati propagandist left-wing journalist John Pilger's words, is not about oil. It is about aliens. The push into war by Bush and the Illuminati is about their fear of the Galactic Federation. Yet at the same time there are forces within the American Military Industrial Complex that ARE supporting the Galactic Federation because, in fact, they protect some friendly aliens who live on this planet. So in fact there is also an international war going on within the Military Industrial Complex.
This last cabal —the Illuminati?refuses to give up their illegal control of this planet. If they give up their power and wealth, things will change very quickly —people would be pulled out of poverty. Currently more than 40,000 children die each day through Third World debt as a result of the Illuminati war on common people. The Illuminati use the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund [IMF] as their organ to get their multinational companies into Third World countries which they then rape and pillage. The World Bank and the IMF provide the shock troops for the Illuminati. The Illuminati have had for years top contacts with the Military Industrial Complex by supplying arms for most of the world's wars. But now things have changed dramatically in the past few years. All of a sudden the Illuminati know that their days are up. And they are totally desperate and would do anything.
Not only are the worldwide Anti-globalization Movement and New Age Movement fighting the Illuminati but also many Third World countries. In the New Age Movement, millions of people follow many non fundamentalist Hindu sects such as TM, Siddha Yoga, and from Sahaja to Sai Baba. Sai Baba has a following of millions and can teleport through the speed of light and does many other remarkable paranormal phenomena. He is known as the Cosmic Christ and does not come from this planet. In the New Age Movement there is also a wide belief that the returned planetary Christ called Maitreya is on the planet supported by Ascended Masters whose headquarters are in super energy in China in the Gobi Desert in a place called Shamballa.
In new theoretical physics once energy is faster than the speed of light super energy is produced. Both, energy (e=mc squared, mc2) and super energy (e=mc4), are produced by Mind or Thought or Consciousness. This is a form of philosophical Idealism which was not just postulated by philosophers such as the Germans Hegel and Schelling but also widely in Hinduism and Buddhism.
Within the New Age Movement millions widely believe in the Galactic Federation with thousands of writers claiming to either channel information or to have actually met aliens with information.
Galactic Federation aliens have said that September 11 in New York and Washington was done by Illuminati families to keep the confusion going.
Galactic Federation aliens come here in three ways: by spaceships, as walk-ins or are actually born here and spend their incarnation here. The Galactic Federation says that all humans in the Galaxy come from the Vega Star system and were developed there 7 million years ago. About 5 million years ago a Galactic Federation was formed as humans traveled in space ships throughout the Galaxy and set up colonies on thousands of different planets. Thus, our entire galaxy is populated by humans who look like you and me. We can have sex and reproduce with these human aliens. Some of their planets are made up of oxygen which means that we could live on them. All Galactic Federation aliens say that the first human colony on earth was Hyperborea 2 million years ago. This lasted for 1 million years and then was destroyed by Reptoids in 1 million BC. Reptoids then interbred with Earth humans and we became a hybrid human race with 87 per cent human genetics. The Galactic Federation came back about 900,000BC and founded Lemuria while Atlantis developed around 500,000BC. Lemuria was destroyed in war around 50,000BC while Atlantis was destroyed about 20,000BC. This is widely accepted by most New Agers and certainly by every New Age leader.
Thus, we have been fed a pack of lies by Illuminati controlled media outlets wanting to keep us in the dark. At the same time the Illuminati have been fed a pack of lies by the Grey Aliens as well as has been the American government. Also, both groups have been controlled by the Devil or Archangel Lucifer. Also, it must be pointed out here that indeed some Illuminati families were shapeshifting Reptoids. Many top New Age leaders have asserted that the Rothchild family has reptoids in its members. In the past two years secret Galactic Federation aliens have been eliminating the Reptoids from this planet.
The Iraq invasion has been one of the most vital tests of strength for the Galactic Federation and her allies - who make up legions of former Illuminati members who are now well and truly disillusioned by the evil they have caused . What happens in the next few months is of vital importance for the entire planet yet it now apears obvious the last dark cabl are totally finsihed as new secret deals with Galactic Federation allies have been made and Bush regime officals are facing the prospect of War Crimes . The Galactic Federation was of course clearly against any invasion of either Iraw or Afghanistan and wants the USA to butt right out of world affairs and fix up its entire infrastructure which has been decimated by the Illuminati.
The Illuminati control most of Hollywood so their propaganda unit is one of the best in the world. The war now is very much in the minds of the peoples of this world and the Illuminati have an agenda of telling lies to keep their power.
The Galactic Federation have said that China and India may be the first countries to tell the full story of what is happening in their media and then other countries may follow. The Galactic Federation has said that China will be leading the world in space technology along with India to build spaceships to travel to other star systems. They have said this will happen within 10 years. The ships that will be built will have crystal bio-energetic computers which can receive telepathic communication from captains. This is how ships travel through the speed of light. The captains give a telepathic message to the computer which gives the message to the fields of super energy which puts the ship in a new solar system of its choice. Each spaceship can pick up super energy on their computer using a sound or music system (but not using singer Phil Collins, OK?) and they just navigate the ship into a strong field of super energy. Of course super energy is also the key to understanding Archangelic energy. Each Archangel has a trillion units of power (or angels) in super energy. Thus they can impinge on energy profoundly and change events in this world. (A friend of mine literally went through another car in a head-on car accident because her car and her body changed into super energy at impact).
Reptoids are virtually immortal while Grey aliens live for about 200 years. Within the Galactic Federation human life spans range from 30,000 years with the Arcturians, who are virtually immortal, to the Sirians who live 5000 years to more than 500 human planets who live from 200 to 400 years.
The Galactic Federation wants to see a world government developed in Canberra, Australia, (the crown chakra of the world) led by the Chinese Government and supported by the Indian and American Governments. This would be based on open democratic loving spiritual socialism. Each country would maintain their unique individual sovereignty, languages and culture and all countries would be totally respected. No nuclear weapons would be allowed whatsoever.
The Galactic Federation says Earth cannot officially join the Federation until there is a provisional world government.

**********************************************************************************
Here is the next story
THE RISE OF NEW AGE HINDUISM
By Michael Dargaville

IN the past 20 years a new form of spirituality called
New Age Hinduism has emerged that has become a major
world-wide movement.
New Age Hinduism is not the Hinduism that most people
are associated with ?it is the form of Hinduism
practiced by western followers of the New Age and of
course is now spreading back into the East and also
India.
This form of Hinduism has especially evolved out of
the world famous theosophy movement and also, and very
importantly, the major Hindu sects and groups in India
itself. It is perhaps currently the most important and
quickly growing branch of the New Age.
This is because New Age Hinduism is extremely eclectic
and attracts people from all walks of life.
Central to New Age Hinduism is the notion of
reincarnation or even ascension and the attainment of
spiritual liberation within this life. But it is not
the reincarnation of fundamentalist Hinduism. Most New
Age Hindu leaders say that it is spiritually and
physically impossible to reincarnate from an animal,
which is what fundamentalist Buddhist and Hindus say.
New Age Hinduism believes that humans can only
incarnate from other humans or other high sentient
aliens, such as the famous reptilian alien race that
New Age Hindus say have caused so much trouble with
Earth in recently times.
And this alien area is very much another core belief
structure of New Age Hinduism. New Age Hinduism
advocates the notion that humans from this planet come
from other star systems and that there are in fact
alien human civilizations throughout our Galaxy. They
say that humans evolved on the Vega star system 7
million years ago and space traveled and set up
colonies, including Earth, which was first colonized 2
million years ago in a civilization called Hybornea.
Generally, New Age Hindus are progressive and Left
Wing politically. Many New Age Hindus started their
spiritual quest as hippies or punks and then joined
the many and varied Indian sects such as Sahaja Yoga,
the extraordinary Siddha movement and devotees of the
utterly amazing Sai Baba. Of course many millions are
paid up members of many other groups such as the
Transcendental Meditation ?organization.
What usually happens to a New Age Hindu is that they
may be a follower of Siddha Yoga or a Buddhist group
and then start expanding out into other areas,
especially into the huge number of Lightworker
organisations which channel spiritual beings called
Ascended Masters. They also expand into the many
different alien organisations that are now dotted
widely throughout the world.
New Age Hindus believe that an organisation called the
Galactic Federation is in space ships surrounding our
planet. The Galactic Federation, which is made up of
our human brothers and sisters from other star
systems, is said to be demanding a spiritual world
government and has recently been fighting an
organization called the Illuminati which is made up
the richest people in the world such as Bill Gates,
the Rockefellers, the Rothchilds, the Waltons and the
Murdochs. These families own most of the industrial
and corporate assets in the First and Third World and
are said to be behind the World Trade Centre bombing
in New York and the Iran “war?where 55,000 people
have been killed in the past few months.
The Galactic Federation wants these billionaire
families that control many parts of the world to give
up their wealth and start sharing with the rest of
humanity.
Millions of New Age Hindus around the world now firmly
follow the Galactic Federation. Some New Age Hindu
leaders say that bad aliens called Reptoids, had been
attacking and controlling Earth for thousands of
years.
One other central concept of New Age Hinduism is that
it draws in ALL religions and spiritual groups that
offer positive values, structures and beliefs. No one
is excluded. Thus, New Age Hinduism is an evolving
spirituality. It has no physical head, no pope, only
eclectic spirituality. Thus, New Age Hinduism draws in
Chinese Taoist beliefs, Chinese Buddhism, to the many
other forms of Buddhism and other forms of Eastern
spirituality. New Hinduism will thus adapt Buddhism
into its belief structures and will turn Buddha into
another Hindu deity, which is in fact what the older
form of Hinduism did. Indeed, New Age Hindus say
Buddha is in fact the Planetary Logos of Earth and
lives in etheric matter in China’s Gobi Desert. The
Planetary Logos is said to ensoul the entire planet.
Perhaps the most important aspect of New Age Hinduism
is the notion of incorporating western mysticism into
its ranks. This is extremely important. New Age
Hinduism merges eastern and western spirituality
together and I thus believe will be the religion of
the future, despite the fact that New Age Hinduism
currently hates the word “religion?because of its
negative connotations. New Age Hinduism declares that
Archangels most certainly DO exist in the higher
realms or in etheric matter. Post quantum physicists
call this higher realm of energy faster than light
super energy or hyper realty and say that energy and
super energy are just manifestations of Consciousness
or God. And this is where the billions of angels
exist, in energy faster than light. New Age Hindus
call the attainment of Consciousness Bliss and use
many meditation techniques to achieve this.
Thus, there are now many famous New Age Hindus who
channel information from Archangels who are said to
run the universe. These New Age Hindu channellers
publish in the plethora of New Age magazines around
the world. THESE ARCHANGELS ARE VERY POWERFUL BEINGS
WE ARE TALKING ABOUT HERE. New Age Hindus say that
Archangel Michael is the leader of the Galactic
Federation and that the devil, or Archangel Lucifer,
had been the Leader of the evil Reptoid aliens that
had attacked this planet with psychotronic weapons
(weapons that can change the way people think) and
caused all the wars here such as world War Two by
changing the way entire nations could think. This is
sort of like mass mind control programming.
Thus, New Age Hindu leaders say our planet has been in
a huge occult war. These evil Reptoids and Lucifer
himself wanted control of this planet. New Age Hindus
in fact say that many hundreds of other human
civilizations around the galaxy have been attacked in
this fashion and have now developed on from this. New
Age Hindu leaders also say that Lucifer or the Devil
also channels in super energy most of the negative and
fascist religions of the world, such as the Jehovas
Witnesses and many other fundamentalist Christian
groups.
New Age Hindus say that when our planet recovers from
this war we will travel in space ships (in super
energy) to these other low-level human planets. Humans
on these planets are said to live for up to between
200 and 500 years of age. So they are only slightly
ahead of our own human civilization. Higher level
human planets in the Galactic Federation are said to
have life spans of between 5000 and 30,000 years of
age and some are virtually immortal. New Age Hindu
leaders say travel to these lower level human
civilizations this will happen within seven or eight
years so major public announcements are to be made by
all the major world governments by then. Thus, MAJOR
changes are NOW happening so BE PREPARED.
Thus, the biggest countries in the world in terms of
population, China and India, will obviously play a
MUCH more important role in world affairs than they
currently do and in fact under a new world government,
India and China would be heavyweights, due to their
democratic voting rights in a new world government
that would be based on socialism, love, caring,
freedom, spirituality and wealth.
The Illuminati families would be stripped of their
control, say New Age Hindu leaders. A Swedish model of
welfare socialism would evolve where hopefully these
Illuminati families would actively support the new
world agenda of love and socialism. Thus, the use of a
market economy within a socialist context may be
developed but never again would transnational
corporations that control and destroy much of the
Third World (and First World) be allowed to go
unchecked like they currently do.
The Galactic Federation is said to have had extensive
dealings with the Illuminati but so far to no avail.
Leaders say that the Illuminati have been urged to
give up their power and wealth and join a new world
government. The Galactic Federation says Earth cannot
join the federation until there is a world government
. Currently 40,000 children die each day through the
World Bank and the International Monetary Fund which
charges huge interest rates on Third World country
loans. The IMF and World Bank, of course, are owned by
the Illuminati Families. These Illuminati families
also own the United States Federal Treasury and have
established secret organisations that control world
politics called the Trilateral Commision and the
Council of Foreign Relations.
No major conservative western newspaper ever mentions
this because these newspapers and media organisations
are all owned by the Illuminati. In the United States
four Illuminati controlled corporations own all the
media. In Britain and Australia the situation is the
same, where all the media is controlled by the
Illuminati.
Yet, the alternative media is certainly out there and
New Age Hindus have established thousands of
newspapers, websites, magazines, journals and even
radio and television stations. Thus, there is now an
information war that is happening never experienced
before in the history of the planet in the western
world.
New Age Hinduism is a new creed. Many New Age Hindus
also call themselves Lightworkers and Ascension
workers. They believe that spirituality does have a
political and social responsibility. For example, most
New Age Hindus support the Gay rights movement and
other progressive movements such as the feminist and
Ecology movements.
Another major belief of New Age Hindus is the concept
of a returned Christ. This is the ultimate blend of
western and eastern spirituality. The New Christ is
said to be a figure called Maitreya and is said to
have a secret ashram in India. He is said to be a
planetary Christ, that is, he comes from our planet.
Sai Baba in India is said to be a cosmic Christ, in
that he does not come from our planet. These two
Christs are said by New Age Hindus to be much less
powerful than the Archangels that control the entire
Universe. Nevertheless, these two Christs are said by
New Age Hindus to be OUR leaders on this planet
supported by the Archangels and the Galactic
Federation in space ships surrounding this planet.
New Age Hindus also believe that these two Christs are
supported by beings called Ascended Masters who are
perfected humans working to restore a new world of
love for Planet Earth. They are said to make up what
is called the Spiritual Hierarchy of our planet.
*******************************************************************************************
Here is the next story
THE RISE OF THE NEW COUNTER CULTURE
By Michael Dargaville

Throughout the world a new counter culture has
developed that is radically changing the consciousness
of our planet.
In every town, village and city a new media is
developing that speaks the truth and is challenging
the terrible lies and distortions of the so-called
"mainstream media".
This "mainstream" media, of course, includes such
shockingly conservative and "fascist" newspapers like
the London Times, New York Times, Sydney Morning
Herald, the entire Fox Network, CNN, Time Magazine as
well as Newsweek.
In the past 10 years a new media is now centred in
every area of the world through small publishing
companies, the Internet, local newspapers and
newsletters, local radio stations as well as a
plethora of alternative, political and New Age
journals.
This new counter culture is similar to that of the
1960s yet it is far more powerful.
It draws in the anti-globalisation and anti-capitalist
movement of the world, the huge worldwide New Age
movement, the Underground and alternative literary
movement, the punk and hippie movements, the
Underground and alternative rock and Punk music scenes
plus the very important environment and Third World
protest movements.
The new counter culture includes poets, novelists,
journalists, artists, performers, musicians and
singers, philosophers, scientists and also just
followers and other progressive radicals that have had
a gutful of the absolute garbage that fills column
space after column space in the name of neo-liberalism
and out-of-control billionaire extremists.
The new counter culture is now extremely powerful and
all of the western "fascist" daily media is now very
scared of the potential this new counter culture media
now poses.
As so-called "mainstream" newspaper circulations
tumble, which is what is happening with every major
conservative newspaper in the world, the new counter
culture media is telling the truth about the rich and
powerful gangsters who run the capitalist movement and
its organs such as the International Monetary Fund and
World Bank.
The new counter culture is telling the truth about
alternative medicine, alternative energy, alternative
spiritual beliefs, alternative ways of living,
alternative sexuality, alternative science plus other
progressive agendas.
On the other hand the tired old grey newspapers keep
pumping out the garbage that the world just doesn't
believe anymore - or accept.
This trashy, parnoid, immoral and intellectually inept
media pumps out Hollywood gossip peppered with
"officialese" from government and conservative
figures. If it wasn't for the army of telemarketers
these newspapers simply would not keep going. One of
the major points here is that these newspapers "pose"
as the official voice when exactly the opposite is now
true.
In America every city has a major alternative weekly
newspaper, a huge number of independent Internet sites
are now scattered nationally, plus a huge range of
independent magazines and publishing houses and music
recording companies. Never before has America's
conservatives been challeged by the voice of new
thinking. In the so-called "mainstream" media,
conglomerates own everything, pumping out their trashy
Newtonian-Cartesian-Materialist-Supercapitalist lies.
In Australia, one man, Rupert Murdoch, owns a massive
70 per cent of all the metropolitan and suburban
newspapers. Australia is now a truly undemocratic
country while the remaining opposing "mainstream"
newspapers, such as the Fairfax organisation, which
publishes the Sydney Morning Herald, publish absolute
daily fascist garbage. Yet at the same time a huge
Underground and alternative network has developed in
Australia, especially in the literary scene with
thousands of poets and writers establishing their own
publishing houses and magazines.
Britain is also experiencing this. The major daily
national newspapers in London pump out trashy
neo-liberal filth yet the rumblings can be heard in
the music and literary underground that enough is
enough. The once famous Left Wing London Mirror has
also returned to its once great former glory and is
now waging a campaign to fully disclose how the evil
British Prime Minister Tony Blair is a war criminal
following the American and British invasion of
Afghanistan and Iraq.
The fact that the "mainstream" captialist media uses
its gullible advertisers to pump out such lies,
beggers belief. How do such people continue to throw
money at such terrible media institutions?
The main capitalists of the world or the Illuminati as
they are called - super billionaires and their
families such as Rupert Murdoch, Bill Gates, the
Waltons of Wal-Mart, the Rockerfellers, the Rothchild
family - as well as many other capitalist families are
now witnessing the very crumbling of their empires as
people take action for their own future.
Democracy has returned in a big way with the rise of
the New Counter culture.
From New York, London, Sydney and Berlin, the huge
anti-capitalist rallies of the past seven years is
testimony to a new way of thinking. These huge
historic events usually make page five on the fascist
daily newspapers. They involve hundreds of millions of
people.
And the New Age movement is now demanding to be heard
by a large bulk of the planet. In India Sai Baba, an
Indian guru and now the most famous Indian guru in
recorded Indian history, is said to be an Avatar. He
is said to be able to perform miracles such as
teleportation and materialise objects from nothing.
Virtually every New Age leader in the world follows
Sai Baba - and - virtually every New Age group, which
includes Eastern spiritual sects and groups such as
the Transcendental Meditation organisation, the
powerful worldwide Siddha Yoga group, Sahaja Yoga, to
the many Buddhist and other groups and Theosophy
Groups - acknowledge that Sai Baba has utterly amazing
spiritual powers.
Thus, the New Age movement, which also includes the
many and varied Lightworker and Ascension groups, also
firmly believe that an organisation called the
Galactic Federation, which is made up of humans from
other star systems, is in spaceships surrounding this
planet and wanting a world socialist government based
on sharing, love, openess, democracy and wealth for
all - not just the filthy rich mega-capitalists like
Murdoch, Bill Gates, the Walton family, Rothchilds and
others, whose lying media advocates super capitalism.
The Galactic Federation wants a socialist world
government led by China, India and the Third World and
a more open democratic form of government in America
and elsewhere. They also want no nuclear weapons on
the planet, say their followers.
These New Age leaders have said that bad aliens called
Reptoids (who look like lizards and can shapeshift
into human form) in fact had been based on the moon
and used psychotronic weapons (psychotronic weapons
can change the way people think and have been widely
used by the various governmental spy agencies around
the world) on our planet and caused all the wars here
such as World War Two, World War One and other wars.
These New Age leaders and followers, and this includes
millions of people, now say the Galactic Federation
destroyed the Reptoid moon base in the year 2000.
Thus, the fall of the Soviet Union was in fact brought
about by Reptoid aliens using mind control
psychotronic weapons.
New Age leaders say that apart from Sai Baba, who is
said to be the Cosmic Christ of this planet (ie, he
doesn't come from this planet), another Christ is also
here called Maitreya and he as well wants world
socialism. Under this Christ (who is said to be from
this planet and is called a planetary Christ) is meant
to exist Ascended Masters (perfected humans)while
Buddha is said to be the Planetary Logos and is based
in super energy in the Gobi Desert in China and is the
boss of the planet.
Super energy is said to be what etheric matter is and
is simply energy faster than the speed of light. The
equation here is super energy equals space times the
speed of light to the power of four.
Super energy and energy are manifestations of thought
or Consciousness and also clearly explains the
workings of Sai Baba and inter-stellar space travel.
Space ships just go through pockets of super energy.
Super energy also explains the existence of angels and
Archangels and was founded by a famous counter culture
British physicist called Davide Ash, who has been in
alternative New Age publishing for many years.
What must be stressed here is that vast numbers of New
Age people now follow this agenda and firmly believe
in the alien saga. Thousands of New Age magazines
specialising on the alien situation are widely
published while the fascist "mainstream" media never
publishes anything - mainly because they are owned by
the billionaire capitalist Illuminati who are very
worried they will lose their wealth and power because
of what the good Galactic Federation aliens want.
These people say that the billionaire families were
behind September 11 and wanted the Bush regime to
invade Iraq and Afghanistan to further world
disharmony, which is exactly what they have done. They
say these billionaire families are so scared of the
Galalctic Federation they will do anything.
Never before has it been so obvious what is happening.
The thousands of New Age magazines talk openly about
aliens while the so-called mainstream says nothing -
mainly out of fear.
For example, one famous Internet magazine is totally
devoted to the official release of information of the
United States' involvement with the little aliens
called Zeta Greys who in fact worked for the reptoids
but never told the Americans.
Tens of thousands of writers have made official
statements about the Grey agenda while 400 top
American Generals and CIA agents have testified. (This
is a fact and their Internet site is called the
Disclosure Project: LOOK IT UP). Called the Disclosure
Project, never before in recorded history, has
official statements been made about America's deep
involvement with bad aliens who have now been
destroyed by the Galactic Federation.
The Galactic Federation is said to be in space ships
surrounding our planet. Humans are said to be on star
systems throughout our galaxy. They include Sirians,
Andromedeans, Plaideans, Hydrons to many others. They
are said to travel through the speed of light in super
energy in their space ships. There are a huge number
of magazines and internet sites about the Galactic
Federation.
The stark irony is that the New York Times will never
say anything - loyal to its bosses in the Illuminati
to the last day of their power - while thousands of
other progressive yoga journals talk openly about such
issues.
This is why there is such weird confusion sometimes
because, for example, a local New Age magazine in some
small town will publish something about the Galactic
Federation and Reptoids while the "official" media
denies it.
Yet this is at the heart of the new counter culture.
It is joining all the groups together. The
anti-globalisation movement, the hippie and punk
movements, the New Age movement, the Underground and
world music movement and the alternative science and
literary movements now have some things very much in
common.
And the "mainstream" media is now so confused and out
of touch that is really doesn't know where to go
anymore as it swaggers from more lies and
misinformation. In fact what the "mainstream" media
does is simply destroy itself by their own stupidity
in keeping a lid on the truth.
New Age writers such as Joshua Stone, David Icke,
Sheldon Nidle, Jeliala, Lyysa Royal, to the plethora
of excellent magazines such as Sedona Journal, Nexus,
New Dawn, Sprit Web have for the past 10 years exposed
the truth about the wider agenda of the New Age -
especially the alien agenda and the truth about
spiritual issues, including that of angels (This of
course is denied by the official media).
The literary and music world underground scene is also
very exciting with the voice of the Beat and Hippie
movements still being published by such excellent
publishing companies such as City Lights.
Across America, Britain and Australia tens of
thousands of performance poets, spoken word artists
and singers publish with small publishing houses.
Examples of this is Henry Rollins, legendary Punk poet
and singer, Patti Smith, Rock Goddess and still very
political and seen at all the anti-globalisation
marches.
The small press revolution began many years ago. City
Lights Books was founded by the famous American poet
Lawrence Ferlinghetti in 1953 and became one of the
first alternative and Underground publishing houses to
sell millions of books through such groundbreaking
poets like Allen Ginsberg and Gregory Corso.
Ferlinghetti's books himself sold in the millions. In
fact this publishing house spawned the birth of the
first counter culture and other publishing houses soon
followed such as New Directions, Grove and many others
which developed in the 1960s.
The worldwide Punk movement kept alive this radical
agenda. Punks of course believed totally in Do It
Yourself Publishing (DIY) and thousands upon thousands
of punk titles have been produced in music and
publishing. Punk poets continue to perform around the
world despite the "mainstream" media promotion of
terrible rock music fascism and bland pop music for
airheads - as well as the tirade of fiction garbage
produced by Murdoch's HarpersCollins and Penquin.
The mainstream media is now so splintered that it just
doesn't know what to do anymore - and as the new
counter culture gets more powerful, the old fascist
media may well and truly find themselves totally
powerless.
Yet what they continue to do is totally ignore this
emerging new counter culture which is empowering
people right across the world. And by their very
existence they must ignore the absolute truth of the
new counter culture because ultimately THEY are
utterly opposed to the values of socialist spiritual
democracy.
The fascist "mainstream' media is excellent at giving
total misinformation on the New Age. For example, the
alien agenda is never mentioned yet is widely accepted
by most veteran New Agers.
What the fascist "mainstream" media will do is say
that the New Age is about Buddhism and leave it at
that - or they get conservative low level New Age
writers and publish their works in Murdoch's terrible
HarperCollins publishing company - to give the New Age
some legitamacy with such evil men as Rupert Murdoch,
who in fact has been channelled by Archangel Lucifer.
This is what famous world New Age channellers say
about Rupert Murdoch and his evil family. These
channellers say Archangel lucifer had not only been
behind Murdoch but is the boss of the Reptoid aliens
who attacked this planet. Archangel Michael is said to
be the leader of the Galactic Federation and their
power is in super energy - energy faster than light.
Virtually every major groundbreaking New Age book has
been published by a small New Age publisher. A major
New Age work would NEVER be published by one of the
fascist transnational publishing houses such as
HarpersCollins, Penquin, Random House or others.
In music punk keeps churning out independent songs and
albums for the committed.
And what utterly confuses the idiots in the
"mainstream" is that every day something new happens
or is started in the counter culture media.
Whether its a new magazine in New York or Auckland in
New Zealand, or Toronto or Melbourne, something new is
happening so quickly. Indymedia sites around the world
always keep people posted about political news quickly
and frequently. And excellent Interent sites like this
are supported by independent socialists and
Left/Spiritual groups around the world.
For example, a new politics is forming in western
countries, especially America, Canada and Australia.
The rise of the Green Party and the radicals in the
American Democratic Party could see the genuine
emergence of a powerful new political party within the
United States. And the same is happening in Australia
with the Green Party and the emergence of the
Socialist Alliance Party. Canada and Britain are also
experiencing new political parties.
Everywhere, also, there is street protests and street
poets screaming out about poverty, the abuse of the
capitalists, the abuse of everything. And they are
being heard.

********************************************************************************************
Next story to consider
HOW THE WESTERN FASCIST MEDIA IS
DESTROYING THE NEW SCIENCE REVOLUTION

By Michael Dargaville

THE world's conservative media is attempting to destroy a revolution in science and thinking that is changing our existence.
Throughout the 20th century quantum physics has been saying that energy and matter are produced by consciousness. This new area of physics, called the Physics of Consciousness, is completely ignored by the western fascist media in its last desperate bid to keep the dominant paradigm.
But some of the world's leading theoretical and experimental physicists have totally disproved the lies and distortions produced everyday by the right wing fascist western media such as the New York Times, London Guardian and Australia's terrible Sydney Morning Herald newspapers.
These newspapers have an agenda of keeping the dominant paradigm - the paradigm which says that the "Newtonian-Cartesian" world is the only way.
This is the paradigm which says that our existence is a lifeless material world only good for capitalist consumption - and American foreign policy.
Theoretical physics, from systems theory to the latest in super string and M theory, has been saying that Consciousness produces energy. This is a form of philosophical Idealism but is completely ignored by corrupt and scientific illiterate journalists around the world.
As the media promotes this disbunked, discredited and disproved science of "Newtonian-Cartesianism" which is imbedded in our medicine, biology, psychiatry, economics and industry, a new revolution based on post quantum physics and experimental biology is changing the way we view nature and matter.
This view supports most of the theories of the New Age movement yet the western fascist media is relentless in its exclusion of any New Age thought.
Nevertheless, world famous physicists from the founding fathers of quantum theory to recent stars of quantum physics such as David Bohm, Jack Surfatti, Paul Davies, Fritjof Capra, Nick Herbert, John Wheeler to many others have been saying that imbedded in matter is intelligence, thought and Consciousness.
But we have been told relentlessly that matter is nothing but "hard" billiard ball type indestructable particles. The founding father of modern philosophy, Rene Descartes, said there were two sorts of substances - the thinking stuff and the extended lifeless stuff. Sir Issac Newton used this to say that matter, the extended stuff, was lifeless and without any intelligence, life, purpose or spirituality. What must be stressed here is that both Newton and Descartes firmly believed in God, but they said that God was the thing that invented this material world. YET this has totally been disproved scientifically. What the New Physicists are saying is that actually not only did God invent matter but that matter is actually part of God or has its own divine intelligence. Matter is not some lifeless material substance - an extended blob of meaningless nothings - but in fact is Consciousness itself expressing itself through thought. Physicists are saying that matter is nothing but Consciousness vibrating at different rates through the speed of light.
This is at the very heart of the worldwide New Age movement which follows many Eastern non-fundamentalist sects and western groups who advocate spirituality.
World New Age leaders have said that in fact our planet's civilization comes from other star systems and used faster than light space travel to come here two million years ago.
A famous British New Age Physicist called David Ash invented the theory of super energy and says that not only is energy (E=MC squared) produced by thought or consciousness but that super energy (or energy faster than light) is produced by thought and Consciousness. He says this explains interstellar travel because spaceships can go through the speed of light in super energy (the equation for super energy is energy equals mass times the speed of light to the power of four). Also, world famous Indian guru Sai Baba, who has a following of nearly 100 million people, is able to teleport his body through the speed of light. He is world famous for this ability. This theory of super energy fully explains this (Sai Baba can just dematerialise his body in and out of super energy). Super energy also explains the famous existence of archangels.
Yet these new theories are totally ignored by a cultural fascism in our science journalism that has reached new heights. Even science journals such as Nature ignore the New Physics through cultural fascism. Of course magazines such as Time are the voice of "Newtonian-Cartesianism" and extreme right wing American foreign policy. They are genocide apologists.
The entire western media is a daily diet of extreme right wing American foreign policy followed by hard-core materialism and Newtonian-Cartesianism with a little dose of Christian religious fundamentalism.
This agenda has to stop yet a new media is certainly challenging this awful situation. An alternative New Age media with literally thousands of magazines and websites is fighting this terrible agenda.
The tragic situation that has also developed in the western world is that the anti-globalisation movement, which is a very positive movement advocating anti-capitalism and progressive agendas, is also highly caught up in this Newtonian-Cartesian mindframe. If we have a revolution based on what they want, it will be empty and not worth the effort.
The Hippie movement of the 1960s and 1970s and the Beat movement of the 1950s and 1960s were powerful western movements advocating spiritual and socialist change based on hardcore scientific facts. The Hippie movement eventually moved on to become the modern day New Age movement. Yet how our current situation evolved is highly interesting.
The Hippies of the 1960s and 1970s were highly spiritual but also highly socialist and left wing at the same time. But the brand of hippie spirituality was very eclectic and certainly never ever followed any form of religious fundamentalism, which is what could happen in the anti-globalisation movement. It is common to see left-wing nearly fundamentalist Christians in some of the anti-globalisation movement.
In the New Age movement any form of religious fundamentalism is usually related to "Luciferic activity". Currently there is a huge overlap between Christian fundamentalism and the American right wing.
Ironically China is now in a position to introduce spirituality which is non-threatening and certainly not fundamentalist in any way. In some ways China has been protected from many of the evil cults and sects that abound in the West in the name of religious fundamentalism.
Throughout the 1960s, 1970s and early 1980s the hippies were in control throughout many media organisations. It was common to mention Hinduism and and German Frankfurt school philosopher Herbert Marcuse. Hegelian Marxism became fashionable with the poetry of Allen Ginsberg and the pursuit of the true metaphysical meaning of life. Spirituality became a way of life for everyone. It became entrenched in our culture. Virtually everyone in the western world at the time appeared to be following some eastern sect.
Discussion of any spiritual subject was encouraged throughout the entire western media. Now even the very mention of the word New Age is forbidden(in the daily fascist media), and it's back to cultural fascism again.
How this has happened is extremely complex but needs to be addressed.
The 1980s and the 1990s saw the development of economic rationalism and right wing economics throughout the world. At the same time the French intellectual disease of postmodernism and post-structuralism spread through western learning institutions and universities. Postmodernism is entrenched in a lack of any scientific understanding and is firmly based on fundamentalist philosophical materialism. Postmodernism lacks any scientific discourse and much of the western postmodern academic writings is simply psychobabble of the highest order.
This combination of liberal capitalist right wing thinking and the destruction of the spiritual aspect of the New Left in the West (the Hippies) turned our culture into a fascist state and neo-fascist cultural disaster. It is vital to understand that the NEW LEFT movement of the western world was highly spiritual in a way eclectic way. This nows appears to be totoally destroyed except within the New Age movement.
There is no firm "non-fundamentalist" world culture of spirituality now outside the New Age movement.
The New Age movement is very powerful worldwide and has a following of millions but is splintered into thousands of groups and organisations. And it has been only in the past five to 10 years that these groups are now linking up and fighting the capitalist fascist anti-spiritual western media and the irrational academic postmodernists.
There is so much happening that New Age people take for granted. Most veteran New Agers firmly believe in aliens and follow an organsation called the Galactic Federation who are Galactic humans meant to be in spaceships around our planet demanding change.
They also believe that the USA Government did terrible deals with little Grey aliens who worked for other evil aliens called Reptoids who had a psychotronic (mind control) moon base for most of the 20th century and caused all the wars on this planet.
Although millions of people follow this agenda, the fascist western conservative media continues its lies and distortions.

*************************************************************************************
THE NEW AGE OF TRUTH

By Michael Dargaville

The New Age movement is world-wide and has drawn in many groups and associations who all advocate positive spiritual change.
Sai Baba devotees, Maitreya devotees, Galactic Federation spokespeople and followers, breatharians, non-fundamentalist Buddhists, non-fundamentalist Hindus (such as TM, Siddha, Sahaja and other Hindu sects), theosophy followers to the various Lightworker groups around the world are all joining forces.
Sai Baba in India has a following of millions around the world and in the world-wide New Age movement is called the Cosmic Christ and is said to have a light quota of 130 per cent - that is 30 per cent more than the speed of light. He can teleport and materialise objects through the speed of light in super energy.
Once energy is faster than the speed of light super energy is produced. Both energy and super energy (or plasma energy) is produced by thought or mind which is a form of philosophical Idealism. The equation for super energy is E=mc(4). Philosophical Idealism is the philosophy which says Thought or Mind or Consciousness produces matter. Philosophers such as the German Hegel advocated this. The base of Hinduism advocates this as well.
This is how aliens come here in their spacecraft through the speed of light. They fly into pockets of super energy. Remember the equation for super energy is space equals mass times the speed of light to the power of four.
New Age leaders say an organisation called the Galactic Federation is in spaceships throughout our solar system bringing in the New Age by backing up Sai Baba, Maitreya, the Spiritual Hierarchy and Buddha in Shamballa (in super energy)in China. Maitreya is meant to be the returned planetary Christ.
All humans in this galaxy developed in the Vega star system 6 million years ago, all top world New Age leaders say. About 5 million years ago these Galactic Humans spread out with thousands of colonies throughout the galaxy and started having wars with non-human aliens called reptoids. Galactic humans spread throughout the galaxy and even into the next galaxy called Andromeda. They all traveled in super energy through the speed of light.
Earth was first settled by Galactic Humans about 2 million years ago in a civilization called Hybornea. This was a fully galactic human civilisation that was destroyed by Reptoids about 1 million BC. During this time Reptoids interbred with EARTH HUMANS and we became a hybrid Reptoid/human species with 87 per cent human/13 percent Reptilian genes. Our finger nails are proof of our Reptilian ancestry.
The Galactic Federation came back and destroyed the Reptoid dominance about 900,000 years ago and Lemuria was founded. Earth Humans then lived for 5000 years on average. Lemuria was destroyed about 50,000BC and then the Atlantean civilisation developed on Earth as our lifespans degenerated to smaller and smaller ages to living only about 70 years. This was done through a mutation process by renogade Galactic Human Plaideans who mutated Earth humans from our 12 stands of DNA to our current two. Thus, Earth humans started reincarnating much quicker than the 5000 years they had previously. Atlantis was eventually destroyed by war around 20,000 BC.
The Galactic Federation wants to see a world government developed in Canberra, Australia, led by the Chinese Government and supported by the Indian and American governments based on open democratic loving spiritual socialism. No nuclear weapons are to be allowed whatsoever on this planet. Each country would maintain their unique individual soverignty, culture and languages. China, being the biggest country in terms of population, would take a leadership role for the entire planet. All other countries would be respected totally.
The Galactic Federation has contacted all major world governments. Galactic Humans called Sirians live for 5000 years as well as many other Andromedean humans. Arctuarians live for 30,000 years and are virtually immortal. The Plaidian Galactic Humans live for 700 years. There are many Galactic Human societies that live less than 700 years. THIS IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. The Hydrons live on average for 500 years. There are more than 500 Galactic Human planets IN THE Galactic Federation who live on average between 200-300 years and they have oxygen atmospheres so highly developed Earth Humans could live on them quite easily. The Galactic Federation wants Earth Humans to go to these lesser developed Galactic Human planets first to learn as much as possible to redevelop our planet. (The Galactic Federation has said that within 10 years we will be travelling to these star systems)
Many of these lesser Galactic Human Planets also have minor Reptilian bloodlines like our planet. All humans on earth have a reptilian brain stem. Many lesser developed galactic humans look like us. The Sirians, Plaidians and Acturians are more 100 per cent humans but they have said we can use our 13 per cent Reptilian bloodline to enhance enlightenment or Spiritual Ascension. The Galactic Federation has said that at present the biggest problem facing Earth humans reaching long ages is our low oxygen content. This has dropped from 25 per cent (in the 1700s) to 10/11 per cent in the past 30 years. To beat this problem we must plant more trees. The Galactic Federation has said that a way to make deserts grow into forests is to use crude waste oil which prevents evaporation of ground water and has been highly successful in African countries such as Morroca. Also, the use of bamboo trees which grow quickly is desireable.
The Galactic Federation has also said that they are making the Ozone level bigger to assist this process. Also, there is no problem with the Greenhouse Effect.
A very important understanding of the role of the Galactic Federation is to understand that Plaidians and Galactic Human societies under the Plaidean level or not as developed (ie, who live for less than 700-500 years) travel in "hard metal" spaceships through the speed of light. The Sirians, Andromedans and Arcturaeans are so advanced they have "living" spaceships with seven huge motherships in our solar system watching over everything on this planet. They will never have mass landings on this planet.
The Plaideans and lesser developed Galactic Humans have spaceships three times the size of a standard Jumbo jet carrying up to 1000 passengers. How they fly through the speed of light in super energy is very important.
Each spacecraft has a crystal bio-energetic computer. All Captains on the ships must be telepathic. As they fly into the field of super energy (or star gate or portal) the captain gives a telepathic message to the crystal bio-energetic computer which gives the commands to the field of super energy. This is how Plaidians and Hydrons and lesser developed Galactic Humans travel. Also, the little grey aliens who work for the Reptoids travel this way.
The Galactic Federation last year destroyed a Reptoid base on the moon that used psychotronic weapons on this planet. Psychotronic weapons can change the way people think and has been used widely by Earth governments. There had been 6000 Reptoids on the moon and caused World War Two, World War One, and such things as the shocking genocide in Rwyanda in the 1990s.
The Galactic Federation has confirmed that Archangel Michael is their leader while Archangel Lucifer had been the leader of the particular lot of Reptoids who used the psychotronic weapons on the moon. The American government had unfortunately made a deal with the Reptoid/Grey Alliance in the 1950s (And was the only earth Government to make a deal) but have now completely turned to the Galactic Federation for support. All major governments in the world and now working with the Galactic Federation.
Archangels are said to have billions of units of power (or angels) in super energy. Thus they can impinge very profoundly on our space-time.
The Middle East conflict is a direct result of Archangel Lucifer not psychotronic weapons.
The Reptoids can shapeshift into human form but can always be discovered because they cannot shapeshift the pupils in their eyes which remain red as well. There is a small number of Reptoids who do not follow Lucifer and their parent race, the Dracos or Dragon alien race, follow Archangel Michael. The Dragon alien race are extremely upset what the Repotids have done but still deeply love the Reptoids. The Dragon aliens say the Reptoids lost their "power of flight" during the Luciferic Rebellion which started in the Andomedea Galaxy many millions of years ago.
Thus, the Dragon alien race are also our forebears and they are here as well to offer assistance.
Currently there are 200 Luciferic Reptoids (from the moon base) on earth but are harmless. There is a Galactic Federation Plaidean secret policing body on earth of more than 500 but these aliens must remain secret at the moment.
Throughout the galaxy there are non-human sentient races who follow Archangel Michael. These include Insect Aliens with great loving power.
The Galactic Federation has said that time has in fact speeded up from 7.3 megahertz in the 1930s to 9.2 megahertz in the 1960s to our current 11.4 megahertz. This is a scientific fact. Thus, matter is vibrating at a faster rate.
Over the next three years the Galactic Federation has said that the major motor companies will release a non-fossil fuel engine called the hydrogen engine based on water. It is simple to build and will revolutionize everything in this planet.
Thus, the NEW AGE is really dawning. The time has now come for the planet to join as one and to take our roles as proper galactic citizens. The Federation has stressed we cannot become fully fledged members of the Federation until there is one world government based on love, socialism, sharing, caring, openness, democracy, spirituality and freedom.
Sai Baba, Earth’s Spiritual Hierarchy, the returned planetary Christ Maitreya, the Ascended Masters, the Archangels and Buddha itself now wants to planet to be totally educated about their role and the role of the Galactic Federation

*************************************************************************************

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PUNK
AND ROCK IS GENERATIONAL

By Michael Dargaville

In the 1960s the hippies screamed and pleaded to the world to take rock music seriously - as their voice against the evils of a mad capitalist war ravaged world.
Rock music became the god of the hippies. The hippie generation was born between 1932 and 1954/5. Bands such as The Doors, the Rolling Stones, the Velvet Underground, Canned Heat, Cream plus many others showed that rock music at its highest form was most definitely "anti-establishment".
However, by the 1970s those in that generation were quickly selling out to big business capitalism and were losing their identity - but of course they never lost it completely, as witnessed by the amount of aging hippies that go to anti-globalisation demonstrations.
The punk generation, or those born between 1954 and 1977, hated rock music. There is a fundamental philosophical and rhythmic difference between punk and rock music. The very nature of their music is totally different with beats and moods nothing like each other.
Bands such as Australia's extraordinary Radio Birdman and Saints and Britain's Sex Pistols, the Clash, and the utterly amazing Joy Division completely broke the rock tradition. When they did play rock music it was always done in an ironic way to send up the very essence of what rock music had become.
And rock music had become totally self indulgent and virtually "fascist" with a plethora of terrible bands and singers such as Leo Sayer and Air Supply.
Rock music in the 1970s became utterly bizarre with singers such as David Bowie expressing some of the truly sad aspects of Glam Rock.
The punks detested this legacy. The punks were truly committed to Left Wing and socialist agendas and certainly didn't appreciate the hippie fascism that had developed in rock music by the mid 1970s.
The punks were nevertheless totally committed to weirdness, radicalness and virtually anything - but in a totally different way to that of the Hippie Generation.
The Hippie Generation successfully stopped the Vietnam War and initiated the civil rights movement and the worldwide feminist movement. The Hippie Generation produced such extraodinary works of literature with American novelist Richard Brautigan and poet/singer Bob Dylan demanding revolution of the Imagination. By the late 1970s Dylan had completely imploded and had been defending American farmers.
So the punks came along and wanted change. The punks were genuinely strange and their music completely represents this.
The punk agenda wanted radical change. The Sex Pistols screamed, "God save the Queen, the Fascist Regime" and wanted a social revoltuion. The BBC banned them and saw them as a clear social threat.
In Britain during the last 1970s and throughout the 1980s PUNK music ruled and completely dominated the alternative and Underground music agenda.
And the same went for much of Australia. The Underground Music scene in Australia was totally extraordianry and committed to a radical agenda where anything went in the name of libertarian socialism and freedom of expression.
By the early 1980s Sydney, Australia, had seen the development of Jazz Punk with such extraordianry bands as the Laughing Clowns and Wet Taxis and Ruby My Dear. Most of the members of Ruby My Dear (or which I was a member) went on the establish the very famous Died Pretty punk group later.
The Jazz Punk scene in Sydney was into a "super cool" agenda and the intensity of this scene cannot be overestimated. Hatred of Australia's terrible and corrupt scoiety was at the top of the agenda of the Jazz Punk philosophy. This was punk at its very highest, anywhere in the world.
At hundreds upon hundreds of Jazz Punk gigs "punk cool" was the dominate mode of expression. By 1984 suburbs of Sydney such as Newtown had already established themselves as PUNk icons of the Jazz Punk genre. Jazz Punk permanently changed the future direction of music in Australia.
In those days Punk controlled the entire Underground music scene of Australia while a plethora of terrible and fascist rock bands dominated the commerical radio stations.
In America PUNk dominated New York and LA. World famous Beat writers such as Allen Ginsberg and William Burroughs (the Beat Generation was born between 1910 and 1932)completely welcomed the new Punk generation and saw them as their young solders keeping up their tradition. Ginsberg had completely welcomed the hippies and became very close friends to the Beatles and Bob Dylan.
But the PUNKS were far more politically aware at the time than the older hippies and Ginsberg would do many gigs with the Clash. Event after event were staged where Clash lead singer Joe Strummer would welcome Ginsberg on to the stage. This was an extraordianry event in the history of the development of the International Counter Culture. Here was a British Punk band two generations younger than Ginsberg doing and joining together for a common cause. During this time Ginsberg would often perform his famous and amazing poem called Capitol Air with the sounds of the Clash playing behind him. This was truly a wonderfoul time for PUNK music.
William Burroughs would write to the Sex Pistols and tell them how good they were to be saying something about the terrible British Royal Family.
In the 1980s PUNK was the word in the music scene anywhere in the world amongst serious musicians. By this stage Punk had developed into New Wave but was still PUNK. It is ironic now to see music journalists refer to Sting and the Police as a punk band when they were never anything of the sort - they were a baby boomer hippie band - the last of the big rock acts of that generation. Sting himself is too old to be punk.
But punk certainly did completely open up music and developed the New Wave Scene. Bands such as Nick Cave and the Bad Seeds, the Cure, Simple Minds and New Order and Died Pretty paved the way for amazing new experiment and beautiful punk music.
New Wave punks developed Punk to its highest level - a level that music in recent times cannot come close or match in any way.
Ironically, the corrupt and terrible music recording industry has been promoting rock music in recent times as some sort of "Indy" alternatvie for the past seven years and have virtually destroyed recent music as we know it.
The awful music that now comes out of the so-called "alternative" scene these days is appalling. Very few punk musicians find this new development amusing yet music writers on most of the commerical media and corrupt newspapers promote this abusive and crappy music.
But the Punk legacy continues within the Underground. Punk never sold out and punks can be seen at all the anti-globalisation demonstrations as front line solders against the terrible and evil governments around the world that promote liberal capitalist economics and multinational companies out of control and hungry for profits.
Punks have been fighting for nearly 30 yeras to establish a better world - a world free from discrimination of any kind.
Punk even developed fully in the New Age movement. The New Age movement essentailly grew out from the Hippie Generation and became extremely radical. Gay PUNKS such as Boy George welcomed the Hari Krishna movement. But PUNKS also sang and wrote widely about alien sex, Hinduism and a plethora of other New Age topics.
And this is extremely important to the PUNK movement. The Punks were highly spiritual and welcomed spiritual socialism but hated established religions and especially Christian fundamentalism and idiots such as the Mormans and Jehova's Witnesses who are totally evil religious cults that the Punks detested and would spit.

************************************************************************************
Next story to consider

THE TRUTH ABOUT WORLD HIPPIE POETRY

By Michael Dargaville

I have often asked myself where is the Allen Ginsberg of the Hippie Generation.

For those among you who have not heard of Allen Ginsberg he is perhaps America's most famous and influential poet of the 20th century and the voice, soul and consciousness of the Beat Generation, the international Counter Culture and international gay rights movement. He died tragically of cancer in 1997 at the relatively early age of 69.

The Hippie Generation are born between 1933 and 1955, a period spanning about 22 years. The Hippies were what Beat novelist Jack Kerouac hoped would transform the world into some sort of New Age heaven, where enlightenment, Buddhism, spiritual drug taking, open sexuality and democratic socialism would all merge together into a new planet of freedom and liberation.

The current evil, war mongering, misinforming fascist western "mainstream" media such as newspapers like the New York Times, London Times and Sydney Morning Herald don't even recognise the hippies these days. They refer instead to the Baby Boomer, a mythical generation from 1945 to 1955. The baby boomers were in fact the second half of the Hippie Generation but this is never mentioned because to downplay the hippie movement in history is extremely important to the corrupt and fascist establishment media in the western world. This media want to forget about Woodstock held in 1969 and the Summer of Love held in San Francisco in 1967. Their role is to revise history and misiform, as if it is their paid agenda.

The Beat Generation was born between 1910 and 1933 and included such internationally famous and extraordinary writers such as poet Ginsberg, novelist, philosopher and poet Jack Kerouac, novelist and Beat legend William Burroughs, publisher extraordinaire Lawrence Ferlinghetti, feminist legend Ann Sexton, lyric poet Gregory Corso, plus hundreds of other utterly extraordinay poets and writers such as Michael Mcclure, Leroi Jones, Bob Kaufman, Charles Bukowski and Terry Southern.

The Beats started a revolution that initiated the worldwide New Age movement, the gay movement and the new counter culture socialist movement of the western world, not to be confused with the more traditional western Trotskyist socialist movements that are basically conservative, extremely dangerous, and have infiltrated a great deal of the socialist debate in the western world yet fortunately has not stolen the western socialist movement.

I have often asked myself if American poet/singer Bob Dylan, American poet/singer Patti Smith, Canadian poet/singer Leonard Cohen, American poet/singer Jim Morrison, Canadian poet/singer Jonni Mitchel, or British poets such as Roger McGoff or Adrian Henry reached the heights of Ginsberg, Bukowski, Ferlinghetti, Sexton, or Corso. And when I cannot accept that these poets were simply not as good as the Beats I start to think that indeed the Hippies never reached the great heights of the Beats. Really think about this. Is there no one to match the utter magic and protean spirit that the Beats reached worldwide. Why is it that Bob Dylan just doesn't come close to Allen Gisnberg in vision. Is it because his music lowers his intellectual vision and his level of political commitment? Or was it just because the fascist establishment got more powerful during the Reagan years. Yet the establishment was even more powerful during the Beat heyday of the 1950s and early 1960s!

BUT then I think of Australia - mythical land of deserts and Aboriginal spirituality - where in the 1970s and 1980s Australian hippies reinvented Australian literature and clearly made it some of the most exciting poetry and fiction published in the English world. In Melbourne performance poets such as Jas H Duke, Pi O, Myron Lysenko, Eric Beach and the famous Tom the Street Poet transformed Australian culture into a dynamic synthesis of protest.

And in Sydney another lot of hippies had used poetry to tell the establishment to go and shove itself. Utterly extraordinary poets such as Michael Dransfield, Charles Buckmaster, Vicki Viidikas, Rae Desmond Jones, Nigel Roberts and many others joined up with the Melbourne poets and produced HIPPIE poetry that no American, no Britain, no Canadian, no Irishman/woman and no New Zealander could match.

Thus, I believe that the Australian Hippie poets saved world-wide hippie literature, mainly in poetry, from the accusation that the hippies could not be compared in intellectual depth and dexterity to that of the Beats. And of course this would include many other English speaking countries in Africa, India and elsewhere. I am, perhaps, being a little xenophobic here when I say that Australian hippies truly made hippie poetry AS important and kept the same depth as the American Beat vision.

Australian poetry became electric, a street culture of hippie bliss, revolution, communes, spirituality like nothing else. This is the background in which I grew up. I am of course not part of the Hippie Generation, but the generation later. I had been a teenage hippie during the early to middle 1970s but was not from the Hippie Generation. I was from the Punk Generation, born between 1955 and 1977, although I want to stress that being a teenage hippie was a pre-requisite to being an early punk and in fact there is a very important synthesis between Hippie and Punk and of course this goes straight to the roots of Punk being a very, very spiritual movement. I later went on to become a punk poet and musician in the 1980s and 1990s while the hippies were still doing their thing. In fact Australian punk went on to conquer the world and produced punk music that no other country could match, except Britain.

I have done my research widely into world literature during the Hippie period and I still cannot find a hippie poetry anywhere in the world that matches what those Australian hippies did. I had thought no one could compete with Allen Ginsberg and the Beats. I truly worship Ginsberg and the Beats and was begging that the United States would again produce a Hippie version of Allen Ginsberg but it just never eventuated or came to fruition. This clearly proved to me that the hippies had certainly made the counter culture international and of course they used music to do this. No one could compare a song/poem (the hippies uses songs as their poems) from the Beatles, the Rolling Stones or any major rock band which the Hippies evented with that of Allen Gisnberg or the other major American Beats. It just doesn't rate.

But in Australia the hippies kept the brilliance of the counter culture alive and in fact became a world famous hippie destination stop over for those on the international Asian hippie trail. Today, of course, Australia is a truly sad country where one man, Rupert Murdoch, owns 80 per cent of the metro and suburban newspapers and his journalists produce a mon-culture of political and cultural fascism. His newspapers and the conservative opposition of Fairfax's newspapers both support the one-party capitalist state created by the two major political parties, the Coalition/Labor axis.

Yet the Australian hippies made Australia into such a wonderful and weird culture. It had an extraordinary vibrant period of rebel poets, many of whom have been silenced through age, death, disease, distance and other reasons. I am very proud of Australian hippie poetry for giving the world a hippie poetry that Americans of that generation clearly couldn't. The Americans just couldn't compete with the Australians here. And of course America is a much bigger country in terms of population - 260 million compared to Australia's 20 million. But it proved to me that SIZE is certainly not important when producing profound poetry.

A similar comparison can be made with the United States and Britain in music. The USA can NEVER compete with British music. Both the hippie rock and folk music and the Punk and New Wave music from Britain is completely and totally far and away, higher, better, more important to world history, than virtually all American music of the period. Think about this. Think of the hundreds of extremely profound British rock, folk and punk musicians and bands. They completely overwhelm the Americans. Why does this happen? I have done years of research into the spiritual aspects of channelling great creative works and have done three Masters degrees into the philosophy of quantum physics working on a theory called super energy. The theory of super energy says energy is also faster than the speed of light. This theory says that both energy and super energy (E=mc4) is produced by thought, Consciousness or Mind or Spirit. This is a form of philosophical Idealism postulated by the famous German philosophers such as Hegel, Schelling and in Buddhism and Hinduism. Every major world physicist now says that Mind is creating matter from David Bohm, Fritjof Capra, Paul Davies, John Wheeler and Jack Sarfarti. Thus, all the great music and poetry is coming from Archangelic power in super energy. Every New Age channeller in the world acknowledges angels and Archangels and super energy is where the angels channel writers and musicians. Thus, good writers and musicians are channelled by Archangel Michael and other positive Archangels such as Gabriel and bad writers and musicians are channelled by Archangel Lucifer, more commonly known as the Devil.

Of course it is also widely accepted in the New Age movement that many people even follow aliens. The theory of super energy would, for example, explain alien travel because spaceships could just fly into pockets of super energy or star gates and go through the speed of light.
In the New Age millions follow the belief that bad aliens called Zeta greys and evil shapeshifting Repoids (who look like lizards and their leader is the Devil or Lucifer) secretly invaded this planet and did a deal in total secret with the American Government and billionarie rich families such as the Rockefellers and Rothchilds (or Illuminati) during the 1950s.

However, millions of New Agers say that in recent years these bad aleins were destroyed in the Year 2000 by good aliens from another organisation called the Galactic Federation (whose leader is Archangel Michael) , who are meant to be human aliens. The good aliens apparently destroyed a Reptoid base on the moon that used psychotronic mind control weapons and caused all the wars on Earth in the 20th century such as World War 2. In the extremely famous worldwide New Age movement Galactic humans are meant to have civilizations on millions of star systems and came to Earth 2 million years ago and set up colonies such as the famous Atlantis and Lemuria, which were later destroyed in wars. All humans were have meant to have come from the Vega star system 7 million years ago and then set up human colonies around the galaxy using spaceships travelling faster than light in super energy. New Agers say the Galactic Federation is currently in space ships surrounding this planet demanding an end to this billionaire family wealth and wanting a more socialist spiritual world government of peace, honestry, wealth and freedom. Thousands of New Age magazines and internet sites are all saying this about aliens and Archangels and represents a very serious threat to the fascist western capitalist media.

American super poet Allen Ginsberg certainly led the way for the current worldwide New Age movement which also now takes in virtually all non-fundamentalist Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Islamic, Christian and Hindu sects, groups and organisations. A New Ager by defination IS eclectic and is a member of many different spiritual groups and organisations at once. For example, you can be a Taoist and Suffi at the same time and be a member of all the alien groups posted around the world.

Poet Alen Ginsberg was the lynchpin of everything counter culture and he will always be cherished as the New Age's first major counter culture Leader and General in a way that no other counter culture leader has done. Ginsberg of course was a famous Buddhist, socialist, protester and mystic.

The so-called fascist mainstream media in the western world is extremely worried by the counter culture and sees it as a major threat to their power and existence. That is why they never support any part of it. The counter culture in the western world is now so broad, eclectic and different that the fascist Establishment has completely been bedazzled and left in the cold. Conservative "rock" journalists write music reviews about conservative pop-rock singers. They have created their own mono-culture of lies, deceit and boredom that no intelligent and informed person believes anymore. They just have no idea what is hip and what is not - and is plainly revealing their true and honest foolishness and idiotic cultural fascism.

The fascist "mainstream" Hollywood culture keeps spewing out their garbage as the Counter Culture keeps the war going against these terrible cultures. More and more people are joining the counter culture. They realise that newspapers such as the New York Times, Washington Post, LA Times, London Times, London Telegraph, Sydney Morning Herald, Fox Network, the entire filth of Murdoch's legacy, have for years promoted this fascist "mainstream" culture.

In America the counter culture is so complex that counter culture Americans I speak to no longer even read what enemy newspapers such as the New York Times say or what the terrible TV and radio stations such as Fox and CNN churn out. They have in fact created their own culture, a culture or vital intelligence against the grey/fascist/pro-war/anti-New Age culture of death.

**************************************************************************************

Here is the next story?

THE TRUE PLIGHT OF AUSTRALIA'S HUMAN RIGHTS ABUSES

By Michael Dargaville

THE Australian Government's recent changes to its immigration laws have been designed to take the heat off worldwide condemnation of a major human rights abuse.
The Government has introduced legislation to allow refugee women and children who have been detained to now enter the community.
Many feel the legislation doesn't go far enough at all.
Yet this is only one aspect of Australia's huge and growing area of human rights abuses.
In the eyes of Australia's elite and media, the country is portrayed as some sort of democratic paradise.
However, this is a complete fabrication of the truth.
When human rights are taken into consideration, many factors are examined.
One major area, of course, is freedom of speech and this most importantly includes a free media.
Australia currently has the highest monopolised media in the world with international media baron Rupert Murdoch owning 80 per cent of the metropolitan and suburban print newspaper media.
This, of course, is one of the worst human rights abuses in Australia. And of course it is widely supported by the elite and, of course, the media.
Rupert Murdoch's undemocratic and Orwellian control of the Australian media has drawn widespread criticism from virtually every alert writer in Australia but also many around the world.
Murdoch is also world famous as a right-wing tyrant and control freak.
Because of Murdoch's control of the media, a major international media monitoring body, Reporters Without Walls, which is based in Paris, has now placed Australia's media 41st in the world behind many fascist and totalitarian countries.
The worst part of Murdoch's terrible control is that it is supported by what is left of the other media. This is a most important factor.
The government media organisation, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation, openly supports this human rights abuse. The major opposition newspaper media organisation, the Fairfax Group, which publishes the SOMETIMES terrible and utterly abusive Melbourne Age and Sydney Morning Herald newspapers, also supports this human rights abuse.
The Fairfax media is now the voice of the one-party capitalist state which has developed in Australia since the Murdoch takeover and the radical move by the Labor Party to the Right Wing of politics. The fairfax organisation has in recent times, however, run stories signalling what is happening yet not on a scale that would constitute a campaign.
Everyday Fairfax's newspaper run front page headlines picking on the small issues, the small man and woman, the murders but never the big truth, the fact that Rupert Murdoch's control is an Orwellian human rights abuse. This has indeed made Fairfax one of the laughing stocks of the media with its facile coverage of events in Australia.
Needless the say all the smaller and insignificant commercial newspaper media groups such as Australian Provincial Newspapers (APN), also supports this terrible situation.
The Labor Party allowed Murdoch to take control of the media in 1987 with a Parliamentary Bill that radically changed the nature of newspapers in Australia.
Even though Labor had the power in 1987 to stop Murdoch, they illegally allowed him to get control of the Herald and Weekly Times media group, which owned vast networks of newspapers around Australia.
THIS is when the human rights abuse started to occur on a masssive scale, around about 1987, and the Australian people were helpless to stop it.
At the same the Hawke Labor Government was busy destroying Australia's economy with a huge foreign debt and selling some of the major public assets in a radical move to the Right. This virtually created a one-party capitalist state as Labor went about its mission of supporting uncontrolled deregulated capitalism and economic rationalism.
When Murdoch was allowed by Labor to illegally get control of the Herald and Weekly Times newspaper company, socialist, left wing and independent journalists were banned completely and a totally Orwellian state was started.
To understand the vast human rights abuse that this action started, what Murdoch actually owns needs to be examined.
Firstly, the Herald and Weekly Times media company was owned by tens of thousands of independent share holders. It was known for its independent political, economic and cultural writing. The Melbourne Sun News Pictorial was a paper that genuinely suported broad Left Wing issues and was indeed Australia's only Peoples Paper at the time. The Fairfax media group at the time, before it too was sold and destroyed in 1989, was also promoting independent journalism with such papers as the National Times.
The Herald and Weekly Times was a company that owned the Adelaide Advertiser newspaper, the Brisbane Courier Mail, The Melbourne Sun News Pictorial, the Brisbane Telegraph and the Hobart Mercury, plus community newspapers and TV and radio.
Murdoch at the time owned opposition newspapers in Adelaide and Brisbane but also his huge Sydney chain of newspapers including the right wing Australian newspaper, and Sydney Telegraph.
So in 1987, in one huge swoop, Murdoch was given control of most of Australia's newspapers. Australia had never seen such a concentration of power in its history as this. One man, through greed and a thirst for totalitarian power, now owned and controlled 80 per cent of all the suburban and metropolitan newspapers in a country of 20 million people. This was unheralded in any other so-called western democracy.
And this is when freedom of speech really started to suffer in Australia. This was also the time, in 1988 and 1989, when the Australian people were profoundly hoodwinked by a fascist and corrupt elite that still runs Australia to this day.
No where in the world does one man own such a vast tract of media. Period. When Murdoch took over the Herald and Weekly Times he closed some of his own newspapers and destroyed the fair editorial comment in the new papers he aquired. Journalists became his henchmen as they picked on small people, a sort of community fascism incorporated.
Of course each state government throughout Australia co-opted with this vast and terrible human rights abuse. A secret code developed where any sort of criticism of Murdoch was seen as virtually unAustralian by the vast legion of hacks and corrupt "journalists" that now run Australia's truly demented media.
Sensationalism and popularism became the order of the day as independent and fair journalism was thrown out of the window.
Australia has never recovered from this shocking human rights abuse. Some Australians, mainly the elite, don't even view this as corrupt and a human rights abuse, but in the eyes of the United Nations and its charter of human rights, this IS seen quite rightly as the abuse it is.
To make the situation even worse, Murdoch was given control of virtually every suburban and community newspaper in ALL of Australia.
In Melbourne, the Leader Group of newspapers is totally owned by Murdoch. In Sydney the Cumberland group of newspapers is also owned by Murdoch. These two suburban newspaper chains virtually totally control the flow of tenders and money throughout local councils in these two powerful and big cities. Thus, Murdoch's stranglehold goes right to the very heart of the Australian community. The sickness of such control is almost hard to understand while his hack journalists go about their role as professional cripple kickers of the Underclass.
In Brisbane Murdoch owns virtually every community and suburban newspaper as well. In Adelaide Murdoch owns ALL of the community and suburban newspapers. He even owns all the printing presses in Adelaide. In Perth and other parts of Western Australia Murdoch also owns dozens of community and suburban newspapers. You start wonder where does it all stop, maybe Darwin. No, Murdoch owns the daily newspaper in Darwin. Even in regional Austalia Murdoch owns major regional newspapers such as the Geelong Advertiser, Townsville Bulletin, Gold Coast Bulletin and others.
In all, Murdoch owns a whopping 80 per cent of the Australian metropolitcan and community/suburban newspaper print media. This constitutes a massive human rights abuse and a human rights abuse that is entirely ignored within much of Australia.
Internationally famous journalists such as John Pilger has described this situation extensively.
Also, many other internationaal commentators have said how evil and terrible this situation is.
And of course throughout the Murdoch empire, the Murdoch ideology rules supreme. Right wing, sometimes agressively racist but always full of disinformation, be assured.
The fact that a country has allowed one man so much power does perhaps indicate a serious lack of moral fortitude. Why haven't tens of thousands of people taken to the streets, one may ask. The reason is obvious. The people have been conned and hookwinked AND controlled by the media that abuses them.
Yet a new media is developing as a result of this terrible abuse. New and radical newspapers are being published, the Internet now has tens of thousands of bloggers, community radio stations keep pumping out the truth while independent book publishers are also telling the truth.
Murdoch backed and supported the Bush regime to invade and kill tens of thousands of people in Iraq and Afghanistan. Throughout the world Murdoch's empire supports virtually every right wing war. Murdoch has an army of right wing writers and causes. Needless to say you cannot have a career with Murdoch unless you are seriously right wing.
His newspapers in Australia and especially his flagship the Australian newspaper totally supported the Iraq invasion. In both of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan nearly 200,000 people have died in recent years.
Murdoch has completely supported this and thus is a major human rights abuser on this fact alone.
BUT the major human rights abuse is especially also his complete 80 per cent control of the Australian print newspaper media. This is totally undemocratic, totalitarian, fascist, unjust, criminal, abusive and downright evil.
Sometimes Australians just do not realise that this constitutes a major human rights abuse. Under the charter of the United Nations, freedom of speech and a free media, IS a major platform of human rights.
When the United States puts forward its yearly report of human rights abuses against China, it rarely mentions the media because the media is controlled by the government, by a public organisation.
Yet in recent years China has outlined major abuses of human rights within America such as the torture of people by police and spies, the monopolisation of the media by four corporations, the incarceration of black America, the unequal distribution of wealth (which is a major human rights concern) and the terrible killings that occur around the world by American soldiers in wars such as Iraq and Afghanistan.
As the Australian media cries human rights in Asia, they never criticise the truth of their own country. And they are in fact the ones that are doing the human rights abusing. This is truly a bizarre situation.
When Murdoch dies his children Lachlan, James, Elizabeth and others will be left to continue the Murdoch human rights abuse.
This will not change until governments in Australia introduce laws to keep freedom of speech and a free media FAIR. In European countries, there are many laws to protect the rights of a free media. Corporations and ownership laws prohibit such a huge monopoly.
The tragic situation in Australia is that the fascist elite just keep promoting the utter myth of a democratic Australia.
Human rights abuses are so endemic in Australia that other serious abuses never get reported.
Australia's spy agency, ASIO, is said to have committed major violations of human rights. Socialist activists have said that ASIO use electro-magnetic weapons on people in the form of such machines called neurophones. These machines are said to alter brain wave patterns and can change the way people think. Some informers and whistleblowers are saying that the Tasmanian mass murderer Martyn Bryant was given this weaponry in 1996 to get rid of guns. And of course nothing from the human right abusers at Murdoch or Fairfaix.
In the 1970s Australia became world famous for its human rights abuses against anyone who the law enforcement authorities didn't like. In New South Wales a police unit called the Special Branch constantly set people up on fake charges and social activists that they didn't like. Torture was not uncommon, it has been alleged.
In Queensland during this time, the police force consistently committed human rights abuses against its citizens.
This has continued with Australia's Aboriginal community, who are sometimes violently beaten by police. In fact, the human rights abuses against Australia's Aborigines has gained world attention.
Countries such as China are now known for their excellent treatment of its 140 million minority ethnic people, while countries such as Australia cannot even solve this utterly major issue with its 500,000 Aborigines.
The absolute tragedy and disgrace of the human rights abuses of Aborigines is now so well documented that it never even enters the so-called "mainstream" (Murdoch) media. Aborigines have been denied their land titles, locked up in cells on trumped up charges and in the late 1980s and early 1990s an epidemic of black deaths occurred in police custody.
Outcries from around the world about the treatment of Australia's Aborigines has fallen mainly on deaf ears. Not until the Aboriginal nation has its own soverign country will these human rights abuses stop. In Sydney Aborigines are treated so appallingly major civil riots have occurred in recent years. This is a major human rights abuse and it just keeps getting worse.
The detention of refugees for years became THE symbol for Australia's long history of human rights abuses.
Police forces in Melbourne and Sydney are still known for their corruption and illegal treatment of citizens. People with mental illness are often shot dead in Victoria through terrible police laws that give no protection for these people. This is just another area of the litany of human rights abuses that is Australia.
Institutionalised racism is another area. History books are written for the powerful and the elite. Homeless people in Sydney and Melbourne are often attacked. They are left to fend for themselves in cities that are often so cruel and corrupt it begger's belief. At one time in the mid 1990s an estimated 200,000 were homeless. If this is not a shocking human rights abuse, I don't know what is.
Australia's human rights abuse situation is not getting better. Writers and activists are often followed, harrassed and even beaten by ASIO, the various police agencies and given underemployment for their views. They are often discriminated against in the workpalce.
Criticism of Murdoch or Kerry Packer, another billionaire who owns all the magazines Australians read, is never allowed.
Tens of thousands of slave labour migrant workers get terrible pay and conditions in sweatshops that Australia doesn't even acknowledge. More labour human rights abuses. And nothing is said.
As the country parades to the world that it champions human rights, many others are laughing and jeering at the cheap fascist thugs who continue to do this in Australia.
These thugs of course include not only the Liberal Coalition Government and the Opposition Labor Party but the crypto-fascist journalists at Fairfax, News Corporation (Murdoch) and the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.

******************************************************************************************

Here is the next story
DEATH OF THE AUSTRALIAN AVANT GARDE
By Michael Dargaville

Australia's once rich and limitless avant garde is now no more, rotting dead in hidden graveyards around the country.
From Perth to Sydney, from Brisbane to Melbourne, the avant garde is dead, buried and rotting in corrupt arts bureaucracies and brain dead universities.
It must be stressed here that there is a difference between the avant garde and the alternative and counter culture society.
Australia still certainly has an alternative and counter culture society as seen in its developing media of community radio stations, independent newspapers, zines and radical publishing houses.
Yet this alternative does not break new ground. This alternative has an agenda of being some oppositional voice or force to the bastions of conservatism such as the Murdoch and Packer dominated media of right wing Australia.
The avant garde agrees with what the alternative and counter culture does, but usually goes much further and breaks new ground.
Thus, the avant garde is very different. Australia had once been one of the Anglo-American leaders of the avant garde, from painting, science and literature, Australia was a towering figure.
But no longer could this apply as a new vastly conservative literary/music and academic culture now runs the deadly boring and politically correct small magazines, art galleries and scientific journals throughout Australia.
The visual and performing arts are now deeply conservative. Steeped in institutionalised philosophies of Europe and America, the Australian art scene now rarely produces such astonishing painters as the enigmatic Brett Whiteley.
In the 1960s and 1970s Australia truly produced an avant garde in culture and literature that shattered the very foundations of the entire country.
Novelist and short story writer Frank Moorhouse became a legend by using vastly unpopular expletives such as "fuck" and "cunt" in his fiction in the 1970s with an intellectual narrative. Moorhouse was a truly avant garde and cutting edge writer during those very daring times. No other Australian fiction has done what Moorhouse did with this amazing fiction. The middle class was shocked out of its dumb slumber. Moorhouse represented the Hippie or Woodstock Generation, born between 1934 to 1955/56.
Other avant garde writers such as Vicki Viidikas, Michael Wilding, the amazing Terry Gilmore, Rae Desmond Jones, Pi O, Nigel Roberts, Jenny Boult, Eric Beech, Shelton Lea, Richard Tipping, Jeltse, the astonishing Jas H Duke, Annie Couani, Myron Lysenko, Michael Dransfield, Chris Hemmensley, Robert Adamson and Charles Buckmaster and many others started an arts avant garde revolution in writing, literature and culture that permanently changed the heart of Australian society.
But these days nothing like this exists.
Some of the above from that wonderful Hippie Generation have either died while others have retired from life and absolutely nothing has replaced them. Some of those above such as Moorhouse retreated into conservatism, mainly for survival reasons.
I truly thought in the late 1970s Moorhouse would become more important to English literature than William Burroughs, but this of course never happened. William Burroughs is the American Beat legend novelist who inspires avant gardist around the world to this day and will continue to inspire well into the future.
The next generation, the Punk generation or Generation X, born between 1955/56 to 1977/8, did produce some astounding avant garde movements in music and thus permanently changed the musical landscape of Australia.
This included the beautiful and amazing Punk singer Ed Kuepper and an army of other Punk/New Wave musicians from bands such as the Reels, the Saints, the Wet Taxis, Paris Green, Laughing Clowns, Melbourne's unique Wreckery who represented the true punks of Melbourne plus hundreds of other punk poets, writers and musicians. This all happened in the late 1970s and 1980s.
And along with all of this was an avant garde punk media and publishing regime promoting zines and indpendnent music. Although this still happens on a small scale in some parts of Australia, commercial music publishing has destroyed a great deal of this utterly amazing unique culture and philosophy.
In recent times the most avant garde music acts representing the next generation, or Generation Y, has reinvented rock bands such as Jet and the Vines, who wallow in commercial success and gimmickry. Talk about a step backwards.
Throughout the late 1990s and early into the first part of the new century Australian alternative music was dominated by commerical rock music trying to reinvent some sort of Beatles/Rolling Stones revival act for Generation X - this is utterly anti-avant gardist and will be forgotten whereas Ed Kuepper will not. It was sad as it was bizarre and totally unsuccessful. This helped to further destroy the avant garde.
And along the literary landscape the avant garde looks like it has permanently gone into prison.
Virtually across the entire landscape of literary magazines conservatism and materialism rules supreme. Never send a poem to any magazine with an expletive or they will call the police.
With absolutely no democratic objectivity, magazines such as Meanjin and Island, read like something out of the 1950s.
Overland Magazine says it's left wing but that's about it. Despite its claim of being left wing, it never attacks Rupert Murdoch's 80 per cent control of the metropolitan and suburban print newspaper media. Murdoch's control of the newspaper print media IS a human rights abuse, accepted by the legion of hack academics. Overland's poetry is dead, middle class and lacks any spirituality or avant garde thinking. The editors of the magazine tells new writers to carefully read what THEY require. Fuck you.
No expletves are ever allowed in any of these utterly deadly boring and conservative magazines. Of course these are the magazines the tax payer pays for through the corrupt and deadly boring Arts Council.
The rot started to set into the Australian literary scene with magazines such as Scripsi in the 1980s which promoted absolutely elitist crap and then called itself avant garde. Thankfully this magazine is now deceased. Never had Australia seen such an elitist and anti-avantist magazine of such scale.
The avant garde is about change and openness, not this sort of sordid garbage. The magazine represented the materialist American academic culture that had just been taken over by French philosophy, right here in Oz land.
Virtually every literary magazine associated with Australian universities are so profoundly and deeply conservative it beggars belief. They publish names you never remember because you just simply do not want to know this garbage.
Astonishing poets such as PiO have continued to fight this terrible situation with independent publishing collectives such as Collective Effort in Melbourne which does publish some avant garde and radical writing. They published the very avant garde Jas H Duke, who was a legendary Melbourne performance poet who spoke from the heart with a unique intellectual gift and vision.
The situation has been compounded by the vastly conservative commercial publishing houses such as Penquin, Random House, Picador, Allen and Unwin and the University of Queensland Press. These publishing houses started to adopt a sleezy money or nothing approach in the 1980s to publishing that absolutely killed the avant garde. Former avant garde writers started writing material to suit these apalling publishing companies mainly to get grant money from the Australia Council.
Today, you are not recognised as a writer unless you get one of these corrupt grants from the Australia Council, which is totally run by this conservative corrupt elites with dirty money.
The poets of Generation X in Australia (they don't really exist) are so utterly fucking conservative it beggars belief. Poets such as John Kinsella and other academic language poets now dominate the hopelessly conservative literary magazines such as Cordite, truly the most boring shit I have ever read.
When I joined the poetry scene in Australia in 1979 as a very young man I was amazed at the Hippie Generation's invention of this avant gardist DEMOCRATIC culture. This of course was a by-product of the Beat phenomonen with American legends such as poet Allen Ginsberg representing the true heart of the avant garde. This showed the true side of the avant garde, a hopelessly caring, deeply intellectual, open to new ideas culture that was alive.
But not in Australia. People think the avant garde is about drinking coffee and giving HATE gazes at other people.
I went to all of Hippie poetry gigs in Sydney when they were famous. The hippies ran a mountain of radical, avant garde magazines that said, "fuck you, we will do what we want". None of these magazines have survived.
But the next generation after them are so utterly anti-avant garde or anti-radical it truly is a saddening and deeply alarming situation. And it is one of the reasons I left Australia.
As I write this, my entire generation of Australia, has virtually given up any dedication to the avant garde. They constantly appease the arts bureaucrats and middle class institutions such as Monash University, truly one of the most conservative universities in Australia, if not the world.
Yet 20 years ago this younger generation of punks were at least trying new things with such utterly amazing young poets as Patrick Whitman, Steve Herrick and even Adam Aitkin. Now it's all dead apart from the so-called performance poets of Generation X, who want prime time on JJJ to promote their essentially conservative tomes.
The entire generation is awash with conservatism. Where are the new radical, cutting edge and avant garde magazines that the former hippie generation had by the hundreds. Nothing from generation X is with vigour. Pockets of new movements have come up and then descended as fast as it rose. And I want to stress I have been deeply involved in all the famous pockets of avant garde Generation X culture in Australia from the Jazz punk music scenes of Sydney in the 1980s to the radical performance theatre ensemble companies such as Splinters in Canberra in the 1990s.
It was so easy to be published as a poet in the days of the 1980s because of the access to radical and avant garde culture.
Now days it's so fucking dead it's not worth living in Australia. Being avant garde means being labelled weird or insane even by other arts practitioners.
Even Australia's out of date and brain-dead universities had some exciting thinkers during the 1960s, 1970s and even into the 1980s. Michael Wilding was professor of Australian literature at Sydney University.
Some philosophy departments such as the Department of General Philosophy at Sydney University were alive with debate, rage and anger. Today, that department is no longer and the university is an elite research machine for the Establishment. Indeed the entire Group of 8 universities are virtually cryto-fascist in their approach to the avant garde, the counter culture and the alternative. Not one famous writer or thinker from these alternative cultures teaches at these profoundly conservative academic institutions.
Michael Wilding had written some of the best fiction Australia has ever seen and this proved that Australian universities allowed cutting edge and avant garde writing. But not today. Stuffed with conservative postmodern and French philosophy courses that specialise in pscyho-babble, a new conservatism in the academy has reached towering heights.
One of the most pathetic university departments I have seen is where the department has some "queer theory" academics, and this is meant to be the "absolute" cutting edge of thought. But alas, I am afraid not. Deeply steeped in materialist dogma and a hidden censorship, queer theory certainly does have some progressive agendas, but it also equally has some very, very conservative aspirations, especially regarding materialist philosophy. And that's the cutting edge in Australia in academia. They have finally allowed homosexuality and trans-gender issues. Big deal.
In the 1940s Australia produced some of the most important visual and avant garde painters in the world, such as Sidney Nolan, who incidently, I say with pride, is a distant cousin. But no longer.
No longer does the world pay attention to our painters because they have not been allowed to develop in this deeply conservative landscape with a deeply new urban institutionalised fascism that now exists in the arts/science culture industry that is raping Australia of its guts, courage and insights.
The Sydney Morning Herald's David Marr once wrote with perception that the war on censorship is on-going and never stops.
And this is what has happened in Australia. Censorship now rules like an iron fist. It's as if any intelligent new thinking is not allowed at all. In the 1960s and 1970s it was common to see devotees of radical Hindi religous sects side by side with expletive screaming poets in utter angst. But not today. Not for the middle class and deeply cryto-fascist clowns in our universties, media and publishing houses and art galleries.
So conservative is Australian culture that even the culture viewed these days as avant garde is in no way avant garde.
The counter culture of course has a place and is very important to Australian society.
But for new movements to develop and start in Australia an acceptance of new ideas is desperately needed.
In my area of academic research, called philosophical Idealism, virtually not one university in the entire country has done anything of substance at all. Indeed Australian philosophy has been so deeply imbued with materialism that it has infected the entire academic structure throughout all learning institutions. Surely, this is not good for a country like Australia that must be more accepting of radical new theories.
If you look seriously at all the academics at many Australian universities, there is virtually no interest in radical eastern or theosophist philosophies that are taken seriously. Whether this is a product of racism or just plain deep conservatism is unclear, but surely it must change. For example, the alternative medical industry, a huge industry in Australia worth billions, is deeply rooted in the New Age movement. This industry has millions of people but nothing from the austere conservative academic instituions that promote materialism and queer theory for materialists.
And the censorship debate is very important. I have used heavy expletives in my poetry and novels to challenge this docile almost fascist middle class culture head on with sad consequences. My poetry these days is never published in the conservative literary quaterlies but 15 years ago it was. That tells me that some new serious conservative revolution has deeply changed the Australian "creative" psyche.
No one ever protests publicly about Rupert Murdoch's control of the print media, which is a human rights abuse. Not even the Green Left Weekly, which calls itself socialist but in essence is run by a pack of deeply materialist dolts who never attack the familes that run capitalism.
The whole sad culture is a sham. To publish books with expletives in them these days is risky business. I know because in the 1990s I published countless books in Australia using radical expletives to hammer a point. Not only did I deeply offend the powers that be, but was totally blackbanned by a crypto-fascist culture industry that stinks of self rightious abuse.
And those who called themselves the avant garde of my generation, the punk generation or Generation X, and who received all the funding money, got the poetry grants, produced abnoxious twee garbage and crap for their university supervisors and middle class parents and friends so they could stoke their pathetic egos.
Of course most creative writing departments, a new venture in Australia, has just imported this deeply conservative agenda and is set now to destroy further Australian literature.
What Australia needs more than ever at the moment is radical thinking, new ideas, contempt for the establishment. It needs vibrant new people, of all generations, and especially the new Generation Y (born 1978-2001), whom my wife is from, to stand up and say that enough is enough.
They urgently need to start a new culture that destroys the idealogues and fools of materialism. Even Johnny Farnham would be more open minded than most of the so-called middle class hacks who say they are avant garde.

***********************************************************************************

Here is the next story
RUPERT MURDOCH, POETRY AND AUSTRALIA
By Michael Dargaville

When the American super poet and counter culture general Allen Ginsberg published his last book of poetry in the late 1990s with Rupert Murdoch I nearly choked in anger.
Shortly after this the extraordinary Ginsberg died of cancer in New York City, with counter culture Queen novelist Kathy Acker sitting beside him. I cried for four days after Ginsberg's death, my teenage hero gone for good.
A total hero of mine Ginsberg was stupidly duped by ill-informed literary vultures by publishing his last great book with a vast and terrible human rights abuser like Murdoch, a man that has helped destroy Australia.
Prior to this Ginsberg had virtually published all of his poetry with small presses such as the revolutionary City Lights Books.
Rupert Murdoch is the Australian/American devil.
Rupert Murdoch not only owns vast media networks in America and the United Kingdom, but owns 80 per cent of the metropolitan and suburban newspapers in Australia. This is a clear human rights abuse.
The main opposition newspaper company in Australia, Fairfax, openly supports Murdoch's control through ommission so the situation in Australia is utterly hopeless for fair journalism.
Murdoch took control of Australia's media in 1988 when he illegally bought the huge Herald and Weekly Times media empire and its vast network of newspapers, which was a genuine democratic organisation owned by tens of thousands of independent shareholders.
Now Murdoch ruthlessly controls everything in Australia including its most famous football code, Rugby League, which is a religion in that country.
Murdoch is the ultmate thug and human rights abuser, a supporter of war criminals around the world, the ultimate evil creep whose power is ultimately based on the New York banking clique, the Rockefellers, through Chase Manhatten Bank. He recently bought a Rockefeller apartment in New York as payback.
Murdoch supported the Australian Labor Party, which was fairly left wing up to the end of the 1970s, to move to the right and thus helped the political destabilisation of Australia.
The country is now a one-party capitalist state controlled by utterly evil politicians. Both of the major political parties, Labor and the Coalition, support out of control and deregulated capitalism.
Poverty is now rampant in Australia and freedom of speech is under threat. Terrible secret and covert acts from government agencies have happened such as the Martin Bryant set-up in Tasmania in 1996 where he gunned down 36 poeple although major informers have said he was given psychotronic weaponry in the form of a neurophone to get rid of guns before the shootings.
Any writer or journalist who questions Murdoch's control is blackbanned in Australia by all the media because all the "conventional" media supports Murdoch's utterly shocking Orwellian nightmare and fascist control of the sources of information.
However, there is a big alternative growing through the Internet, Indymedia sites, radical newspapers and magazines, amazing academic journals, a huge network of community radio stations, as well as major student and New Age magazines and journals.
Also, Australia's once world famous literary community is again starting to flex its muscle through independent and small magazines. The truth again is being told and it ain't nice.
Also, minor political parties such as the Greens are getting much bigger and the huge anti-globalisation movement is getting bigger every day. Australia is on the verge of revolution yet not within the media.
Lying Fairfax journalists produce everyday lies of huge distortion saying Prime Minister Howard is in power because of a move to the Right in society. Howard was only returned to power because Australians IN NO WAY want another RIGHT WING Labor Party. They will punish Labor until the party either changes or disintegrates. That is how unforgiving and tough Australians are.
No other country in the world has censorship by ommission so big as in Australia because of Murdoch's ugly control and Fairfax's cheap fascism produced everyday. Fairfax have blackbanned any writer who is genuinely progressive, except John Pilger, the lying journalist of the "Left" - whose latest book, Tell Me No Lies, is full of Lies. Pilger never attacks the true source of western power, namely the families who own all the corporations. He just attacks the governments which are nothing more than puppets.
In America Americans are fed up with Murdoch's propaganda and control and a new recent film, Outfoxed, exposing Murdoch as the complete thug, has been well supported throughout America.
Murdoch's American arm fully supports George Bush and any right wing cause.
Murdoch in fact is the voice of the Illuminati, the 13 families who ruthlessly control America's wealth.
This right wing propaganda is utterly unrelenting and of course is within all of his empire, especially in Australia.
Labor in Australia is often portrayed by Murdoch's newspapers as left wing when the party is nothing of the sort. It is a sick right wing joke that defends human rights abusers. The party turned to the centre right and extreme right when Bob Hawke was a Labor Prime Minister in the 1980s.
Yet all the Murdoch newspapers now ruthlessly support current Prime Minister John Howard despite the political destabilisers.
Australia now only has its wonderful counterculture to try and stop this terrible situation where all the media is virtually fascist and supports virtually every right wing cause around.
The Fairfax media is totally corrupt and scared of Murdoch and so now totally support him.
Fairfax now picks on small people and never concentratres on Murdoch or Kerry Packerm another vile human rights absuer who owns all the magazines that Australians read.
In the 1960s Australia had one of the most advanced media groups in the English world.
The young hippies such as utterly extraordinary poet Michael Dranfield and Charles Buckmaster and a plethora of other notable writers such as poet Vicky Viidikis, Michael Wilding, Frank Moorhouse, Rae Desmond Jones, Jas A Duke, Pi O, Jeltse to many many others, produced extraordinarily protean works of literature.
However, in the early 1990s some major hippie poets turned to Murdoch for support and dragged many of them into the Murdoch fold.
This was a disaster as it confused many. Murdoch is the sort of thug that will publish Canadian hack journalist Naomi Kleim's No Logo and produce a movie like the hollow "The Day After" only to make money out of the counter culture. This is the most utter cynical sick act of evil. This cannot be stressed enough here.
Yet on the big picture his TV stations and major newspapers are supporting everything that is evil and terrible.
All of the famous hippie and counter culture poets in Australia who turned to Murdoch in the early 1990s have now disowned Murdoch totally. These include the famous Robert Adamson and John Tranter, regarded as extremely mega-famous in Australia.
Both Tranter and Adamson in Australia were seen as hippie leaders and now they have pulled all their support away from any Murdoch publishing regime involving poetry through Harpers Collins and again have set up small presses.
Of course Allen Ginsberg, the super American poet, at the time he published with Murdoch didn't even know the full evil of what Murdoch really represents.
There is no doubt that because of this Ginsberg must be fully forgiven and remembered as the great poet that he was.
The hippie generation, born between 1933 and 1955, made Australia a truly counter culture society. My generation, the punks, born between 1955 and 1977, have continued the fight, albiet, sometmes from another country.

**************************************************************************************************
Next article to consider...

EXPOSING JOHN PILGER, FRAUD EXTRAORDINARIE

By Michael Dargaville

Internationally famous Australian/British journalist
John Pilger has for years made a career out of
protecting the interests of this planet’s true ruling
elite.
The true ruling elite of this planet is a group of
secret families who own all the corporate and
industrial assets of the world.
This elite is also known as the Illuminati and
includes such evil and terrible families as the
Rockefelles, the Rothchilds, the Waltons, the Morgans,
Bill Gates, and the Murdochs.
Yet Pilger, who has built up a fan base as a Left Wing
intellectual journalist, has for years attacked the
puppet governments that these families control. He
never attacks the true source of power because
probably he has been on the Illuminti payrol for much
of his career.
At the same time, Pilger tries to get emotional
support from the traditional Left yet has ignored the
true Left, which is this huge mass of people that are
broadly left wing and extremely intelliegent ?and of
course now powerful through the Anti-globalisation
movement.
Pilger has for years pushed this agenda while New Age
leaders and writers around the world have been telling
the world about the evil intensions of the Illuminati
families.
And Pilger has done exactly what the Illuminati wanted
to achieve ?the Cult of Personality of a Left Wing
journalist.
MOST left wing people know that the true rulers of
capitalism are these families who rape and pillage
every day through their control of the International
Monetary fund and World Bank. More than 40,000
children die each day because of the Illuminati of
families. These families has set up secret
organizations called the Trilateral Commission and
Council of Foreign Relations yet Pilger never says
anything.
And in the traditional western Left such as the
Socialist Alliance, which has a very SMALL following,
there is this continuing line pushed that this
multi-national company has done damage here and that
this government has done damage there. BUT they never
go for the true source of power ?namely ?those
families and people that OWN these multi-national
companies. And this is why there is such confusion
around at the moment.
The traditional western left wing is just full of
absolute garbage and have made people like Pilger
their hero. Pilger has made a career out of shitting
on the “broad?left.
I want to make it very clear from the outset that I am
a committed socialist. I hate Rupert Murdoch’s world
media monopoly and I hate corporate power anywhere and
I especially hate ALL the families of the evil
Illuminati. But the traditional Left never analyses
what this corporate power is. Their leader Pilger, who
now looks like a drag queen with his pathetic long
hair and post-hippie load of crap, now looks like an
aging playgirl pin up. And what is more, he has gotten
away with it.
Throughout his early career Pilger made a name for
himself as a London Mirror “journalist? He has
written himself how absolutely wonderful the London
Mirror was in the 1960s, and 1970s, (when he was
there) yet in reality the London Mirror NEVER
supported the Broad counter culture left wing and
socialist agenda.
While Pilger was being the “heart and soul?of what he
thought was the Left Wing, earning huge money and
traveling the world, the Punk and Hippie movements
created genuine western revolutions that Pilger
totally ignored.
The Beat, Hippie and Punk revolutions were
overwhelmingly committed to the broad left left and
socialist revolutions. Pilger always appeared at the
time to publish in the traditional Left outlets and
NEVER published with such revolutionary Beat
publishing houses such as City Lights. He never gave
total support for these revolutions, just tacid
approval ?leaving room for a great deal of confusion.
This is what Pilger is best at, giving total confusion
on core issues.
For example, the world-wide New Age movement, which
has a following of tens of millions, believes that
aliens are surrounding this planet and that the Iraq
“war?is really about the Illuminati’s fear that these
good aliens called the Galactic Federation will
destroy their money and power. There is a plethora of
newspapers, magazines, Internet sites who all say the
same thing ?that this alien organsiation called the
Galactic Federation (which is made up of human and
non-human aliens) is in space ships surrounding this
planet. Every major New Age writer has said that
September 11, the Afghan invasion and the Iraq “war?lt;BR>have been caused by this scenario. They say the entire
issue in world politics in the past three years has
been about the Galactic Federation of aliens, and not
oil. And, of course, these New Age writers such as
world-famous David Icke (who in fact is not some
ultr-right fascist but a caring humane social
democrat), says that both Bush and Blair are just
being used as puppets by these evil Illuminati
families.
I want to make it clear that the New Age movement,
which incorporates thousands of progressive spiritual
organizations such as the Sai Baba movement, to the
many non-fundamentalist eastern Buddhist and Hindu
groups as well as the western mystical groups, follows
the alien agenda now virtually universally.
There are just literally thousands of writers here
talking about the entire alien agenda and how the CIA
and the American Government had done major deals with
engative aliens called Zeta greys for the past 50
years. Pilger would have clearly known all of this but
says nothing because he is an Illuminati propagandist.
He had a lot of CIA mates and even published a book
about Australia called a Secret Country which said the
CIA destablised the famous Whitlam left orientated
government in the 1970s because it was too left wing.
This is garbage. The CIA got rid of Whitlam because
the American pine Gap base in the middle of Australia
was a Grey alien base and also a psychotronic base. A
Secret Country was a complete fabrication. I believe
Pilger knew the entire alien agenda and simply used
that book to push the Illuminti and CIA agenda. How
fucking evil is that?
And Pilger keeps pushing the same old tired oil line
about the Iraq invasion because he is probably on the
Illuminati payroll and has been for years. And yet, at
the same time, he has managed to get the sympathy from
many wonderful left wing and committed people around
the world who are not aware of this much bigger
picture. And an agenda that Pilger actively puts down.
Pilger is a true hack and a dangerous misinformer. He
has written about how Rupert Murdoch abuses around the
world through his huge and undemocratic media monopoly
yet publishes with Murdoch that is the most two-faced
form of journalism. Rupert Murdoch has destroyed
Australia and owns 80 per cent of the metropolitan and
suburban print media which is a human rights abuse.
Pilger is the complete spy. He gets all his
information from the CIA who probably paid him (but
not now because the CIA work for the Galactic
Federation) and then says how good he is.
During the 1950s, 1960s and 1980s a revolution in
publishing happened that changed the face of the
western world. This was mainly done through the
auspices of the Beat, Hippie and Punk revolutions
where thousands of independent publishing houses were
formed around the world. To this day this legacy is
powerful and important.
Yet Pilger has virtually never made reference to this
as he just kept saying how good he was and was the
George Orwell of modern recent history. He keeps
writing about how there are no western writers saying
anything when exactly the opposte is true. He mentions
terrible authors such as Martin Amis and a few others
yet most serious writers know this already. Pilger is
the ultimate publicist. He got huge multi-national
companies to publish all of his books (except his
last) and worked for a major conservative traditional
“left wing?newspaper for 20 years. He never
championed the true revolutionary poets and novelists
of the wonderful Beat Generation such as Allen
Ginsberg, Lawrence Ferlinghetti, Gregory Corso,
William Burroughs to the huge number of important and
famous hippie writers.
And of course he totally ignored the famous Punk
revolution writers because of course they were
genuinely THREATENING in the 1970s. His beloved Daily
Mirror never supported the filthy punks because at the
Mirror’s core was this self righteous “fascism?that
said that middle class decency was the order of the
day. This was Fabian socialism at its highest and of
course the perfect Illuminati front. That is what the
Illuminati do best is create the perfect front and
Pilger was their man. During the rise of the very
powerful hippie movement in the 1960s and 1970s the
Rockefeller family courted all the famous hippie
groups to join them as a way of subverting the
revolution. The Rockefeller family threw millions of
dollars at these hippie groups. The Illuminati gave a
huge amount of lip service to the Fabian socialists.
An example of where Pilger gives lip service to this
Illuminati “Fabian Socilaist?agenda was the rise of
Australia’s Fairfax media. This company in the 1970s
and 1980s owned the Sydney Morning Herald and
Melbourne Ages newspapers plus the National Times and
was owned by the Australian patrician family, the
Fairfaxes.. Pilger says the National Times was the
“best?and most “courageous?newspaper of any western
English paper at the time. This is just absolute
nonsense. The Sydney Morning Herald was just another
Illuminti front. The Fairfax family, hugely rich, had
a few “Fabian socialists?to keep the stupid Left
happy in Australia. The company at its heart never
supported the Hippie or Punk movements and had a few
“nerdy?left wing toads.
This is truly sickening and alarming. Pilger has
created a terrible legacy of confusion for people. As
they read his boring and contrite journalisms in the
New Statesman and “new?revamped London Mirror, the
joke is on us. Pilger has been the master masturbator
now for a long time. All of his targets are the small
fry such as the terrible fascist writers and the
puppet governments.
Pilger never writes about the agenda of the
Rockefeller family, the Rothchild family, the Windsor
family, the Morgans, Bill Gates. It just never appears
because they are his bosses and HE knows where and
what to say. Pilger is a fraud and a cheap one at
that.
Pilger’s popularism is extraordinary. He is a true
parasite of the worse order.

*****************************************************************************************
Next article to consider...

HOW THE WORLD GOT JAZZ PUNK FROM AUSTRALIA'S DEMISE

By Michael Dargaville

Australia is a truly sad country these days with
endemic corruption and media gangsters running a
tightly controlled form of Italian and British fascism
similar to the 1930s.
But more than 20 years ago Australia invented a form
of punk music and lifestyle that now reaches into
every pocket of the world.
Jazz Punk started in Sydney in 1982 with the invention
of experimental avant garde beautiful Jazz Punk music.
The inner city of Sydney became the PUNK mecca of
Australia with thousands of people coming to the
Sydney suburb of Newtown to be in the action.
Saxaphones were everywhere and the feeling that we
could be artists of eternal protest against the world
and Australia's terrible greedy and corrupt society.
In the early 1980s, the punk generation, or those born
between 1955 and 1977, was experiencing the second
wave of punk.
Punk first exploded simultaneously around the world in
the mid to late 1970s with an array of outstanding
bands such as the Clash, Joy Division, the Sex
Pistols, the Saints and Radio Birdman.
In Sydney Radio Birdman began a cult that has not
finished to this day. This band attracted a rare
following of true believers that made Sydney punk
famous around the world.
Yet the JAZZ punk explosion of the early 1980s was
something totally different. Although Radio Birdman
was truly avant garde to the core, the Jazz Punk
phenonomen bred a new type of spirit into you that
said, "Fuck the Nazis Off Until The End."
It was the true spirit of the Underground with a
Capital U in the best sense of the word - not the
crappy commercial rebellion that stinks of
santamonious lies and is peddled by the so-called
mainstream media.
During the Jazz Punk revolution of the 1980s
newspapers such as the Sydney Morning Herald never got
involved. And this was meant to be during the
so-called golden period of Fairfax, the company that
publishes the evil Sydney Morning Herald, before it
had fallen to its current status of publishing
"defacto fascism" every day. The Sydney Morning Herald
newspaper today is truly a "fascist", right wing,
evil, immoral, intellectually dishonest and corrupt paper. The newspaper churns out
"officialese" peppered with Hollywood garbage and
fifth rate commercial singers. Nevertheless, the newspaper sometimes does publish articles of genuine importance which lose their significance because of the material it consistently publishes.
In 1982 some thought the Sydney Morning Herald was
one of the best newspapers in the English world. Yet
to the Jazz Punk fraternity, it was absolute elistist
crud because it never championed our music and
lifestyle during the 1980s. Yet it did manage to
produce some groundbreaking literary and political
journalism, although always usually reserved for the
older hippie generation (born between 1932 and 1955).
The streets of Sydney's Newtown in the early 1980s was
sheer bohemianism, spirituality and left wing heaven
and a definite BENT feeling of defiance.
Hotels and pubs such as the Landsdowne in Broadway,
the Strawberry Hills Hotel and the Hopetoun in Surry
Hills became important venues for the Jazz Punkists
and ther philosophy.
Hundreds and thousands of cool young people would wear
black and talk Beat and counter culture punk politics
and literature until the early hours of the morning.
Bands such as the Laughing Clowns, the Wet Taxis,
Paris Green, Ruby My Dear, the Particles and Box the
Jesuit radically changed the face of music in
Australia forever.
Jazz Punk music sank into your consciousness.
Everything was about subverting the dominant paradigm
so bloody deeply that nothing else would remain, that
the very structure and foundations of society would
reach up and a new revolution of expanded
consciousness would take place.
Jazz Punk performance poets would launch themselves
into furious drug inspired dialogues about God,
aliens, Kathy Acker, Allen Ginsberg, Jack Kerouac and
New York.
Everything was possible but illegal at the same time.
Heroin abuse, polygamy and alcoholism became the order
of the day along with asceticism, individualism and
lonliness.
Sydney's famous homosexual movement was already moving
into Newtown by 1983 and quickly linked up with the
Jazz Punk scene.
Well known gay Jazz Punk writers would write novels
over 400,000 words. Insane parties would be held where
love, sex and depth psychology with a dose of speed
would be discussed in packed bedrooms.
Jazz PUNK legend John Deeble, who performed widely
with the Wet Taxis, and was known nationally before
his death as one of Australia's foremost performance
artists, laid the foundations of using avant garde
music as a deeply held social responsbility.
Deeble spent the last part of his life between Sydney,
Canberra and roaming the hippie colonies of
Australia's northern New South Wales.
He took with him that absolutely dedicated "street
awareness" that Jazz Punk instilled and infused in
people - that deep belief that at the core of human
existence is spirit, aboriginality and love.
The Jazz Punks were extremely tough and deeply
independent.
The most famous musician of the movment, Ed Kuepper,
started what possibly some critics believe is the best
punk band in the world - the Laughing Clowns. The
Laughing Clowns produced music that became the symbol
of genuis and spirit mixed into a frenzy of love and
honesty. Over the years the band has become famous in
the world Underground, and officially ended their gigs
in Berlin in 1985 but continue to be reborn.
Most serious musicians in Australia and the world
agree that the Laughing Clowns represented the first
truly "everlasting sounds", music that is simply
profound and important. To this day the band is still
largely unknown in the wider society of Australia yet
throughout the world has acquired a cult status
probably higher than that now of Radio Birdman, the
first internationally famous Sydney punk band.
The Laughing Clowns during their five years from 1981
until 1986 produced a number of groundbreaking albums
that heralded a new way of thinking in Australia, a
deeply held belief that freedom and expression from
Australian fascism is of utmost importance.
To this day, Kuepper is easily the most important
musician Australia has ever produced yet unfortunately
is now not even accepted in his own country. His gigs
these days draw small audiences and most people have
not heard of him.
Yet, again, he is widely known in the European and
American Underground, thus again reaffirming the
bizzarre reality that true genuis in musicianship
doesn't make money.
Kuepper has maintained his deeply held independent
nature and is used often as a symbol of Australian
Left politics. Kuepper picked up early the Australian
psyche and punched the shit out of it. He personified
the Jazz Punk ethos of imploding the ego to smash
fascism. The used car salesman syndrome, so pervasive
in a city like Sydney and much of Australia and
especially its politics, is a target of Kuepper and
the Jazz Punk movement. Yet at the same time the
movement would support used car sales men but hate the
ethos. This bizzare fusion of radical politics has now
spread right throughout Australian culture.
Australia became a one party capitalist state during
the 1980s when the two main parties, Labor and
Liberal, became similar and advocated extreme right
wingism. This is now changing in the past few years
with the emergence of a genuine new political movement
with the ever expanding Green Party and the
development of the Socialist Alliance Party and also
the Anti-capitalist movement, which is big in all
Australian cities.
One man, Rupert Murdoch, owns more than 70 per cent of
all the suburban and metropolitan newspapers which
pump out the single ideology of how good Rupert
Murdoch is as well as capitalism. This evil man and
his family, along with another billionaire media
magnet Kerry Packer, control the political parties and
most of the money. Corruption and scare tactics is
part of the culture.
This culture was starting to develop when the Jazz
Punk movement in Sydney had truly gone international.
Many Jazz Punkists moved overseas to further the
"Sydney Dream" of the Jazz Punk Illusion - the belief
that nothing but the edge is important - absolutely
nothing - where God, aliens, Archangels, heroin,
prostitutes and socialism - is a posssibility - that
seeking the inner truth in all matters is the name of
the game.
During the height of the Jazz Punk explosion
performance poetry became a high point. Poets such as
Patrick Whitman blew the shit out of the timid middle
class while Steve Herrick shuddered the floor boards
of the Sydney Trade Union Club.
By 1984 the Jazz Punk movement had become a religion -
a belief that the grinding, utterly important nature
of the Universe must be attainable - that the
unavoidable truth must be learned. There was also the
belief that under no circumstances would we submit to
any form of fascism in any way - whether it be sex
fascism, drug fascism, hippie fascism, punk fascism,
media fascism, political fascism, literary fascism.
Instead we would sell our shit on the street and crawl
in the gutters, rather than accept the "fascist cunts
and pricks" of the Sydney Morning Herald, the Murdoch
scum, the lying Australian Broadcasting Corporation or
any other misinformer.
Yet it is the music that lives. It is the music that
lasts and is so profound - as well as the literature.
Jazz Punk not only had a coherent philosophy but it
also had a music that is utterly profound and
brilliant, a music that will never be forgotten.
When you hear the Laughing Clowns song, "Eternally
Yours", you can feel that power, that utter magic,
that Archangelic substance, that "protean" uniqueness
that artists such as American poet Allen Ginsberg
reached.
I have been in the New Age movement for the past 20
years and have spent much time studying the effects of
spiritual energy on music. In 1985 I was living in
London and then returned to Sydney to join the Jazz
punk movement again. I wanted to investigate spiritual
energy in music and went to Indonesia to learn about
Balinese drumming where you go into a deep trance.
I subsequently became very good at physics and did two
Masters degrees into quantum theory and philosophy
investigating a new theory called super energy which
is energy faster than light. Many of the most famous
physicists in the world are now saying that Mind
produces energy. Well super energy is just Mind faster
than thought. This is a form of philosophical
idealism.
In the New Age movement there is a wide held belief
that Archangels and aliens exist. I used this theory
of super energy to explain alien travel and also the
existence of archangels. Aliens simply travel in their
space ships through pockets of super energy probably
assisted by Archangels in super energy. (In the New
Age there is a wide view that an organisation called
the Galactic Federation is in space ships surrounding
this planet. The Galactic Federation is said to be
made up of humans from other star systems and they
have come here to save our planet by killing and
destroying a bad alien Reptoid base on the moon which
used psychotronic weapons (psychotronic weapons can
change the way people think and is widely used by
spies, activists have said). New Age leaders say these
bad alien Reptoids were meant to have caused all the
wars on planet Earth using psychotronic weapons and
used little Grey aliens (as seen in the Speilberg
Hollywood epics like ET) to do a deal with the United
States. This may sound over the top but millions of
different groups and individuals follow the Galactic
Federation which clearly reveals its eclecticism.
Anyway, my research led me to believe that the entire
Jazz Punk movement in Sydney was channelled by
Archangels in super energy. The Archangel of the
creative arts, Archangel Gabriel, used the music of
the Jazz Punk movement to be her voice. Archangel
Gabriel and all the other positive Archangels such as
Archangel Michael are widely followed in the New Age
movement as well as Indian gurus such as Sai Baba who
is meant to be an Avatar or cosmic Christ. Archangel
Gabriel, I since deduced, may have been the power
behind all the positive artistic movements such as the
Beats and the Hippies.
On the other hand, the leader of the Reptoids, New Age
leaders say, is Archanel Lucifer or the Devil, which
channels shit music like Britney Speares and the
plethora of Boy Bands and the terrible media run by
Rupert Murdoch and the Sydney Morning Herald plus the
others such as the New York Times, Time Magazine, CNN
and Warner.
The Jazz Punk ideology is so profound that it gave me
an undying belief in the supremacy of truth. I told
myself during these times that nothing would stop me
from finding the truth and that I would never submit
to EVIL. It was the Jazz Punk ethic that did this to
me. And as I crawled in the gutters and nearly died
from poverty in Paris and Sydney and in various other
places around the world, the Jazz Punk angels kept me
alive and kicking.
The many people involved in the Sydney Jazz Punk
movement will never be forgotten. Many have gone their
seperate ways. Many, such as myself live permanently
outside of Australia. Other people such as Louise
Elliot, the legendary genuis and sax player for the
Laughing Clowns who was based in London for much of
the 1990s, continue to travel.
The Jazz Punk belief that ethics IS important can
still be seen in the streets of Newtown today. Even
throughout the 1990s Sydney still hosted famous Jazz
Punk happenings. The terrible Australian sell-out punk
musician Nick Cave always stays around Newtown when he
comes to Australia. He was Melbourne's most famous
Punk in the late 1970s but now premiers in Rupert
Murdoch's evil newspapers and sings his boring songs
with Kylie Minogue.
Yet even if Ed Kuepper sells out to anyone, it would
not make any differecne because the man is a saint and
a member of the Jazz Punk movement. He would only do
things through ignorance, not gain. Nick Cave is the
sort of Musician that only does things through gain.
Nevertheless, Kuepper of course IS not selling out and
continues to play at benefit concerts around
Australia.
Quite of few of my Jazz Punk friends have died, some I
have lost contact with while others pop up again and
again. Recently I contacted one very close friend who
now lives in Brisbane. He and I played in a very
wonderful Jazz Punk band where we did quite a few gigs
with the Laughing Clowns in the very early important
days when the "vibe" and "absolute cool" expression
was founded. The band we played in was utterly unique
and most of the members then went on the form the very
famous Died Pretty group.
What the Jazz Punk ethos says is still very relevant
and important. It is the philosophy, along with that
of the New Age, that keeps me going. It is also the
unique philosophy that the rest of the world is
starting to find out about.

***********************************************************************************
THE TRUE ART OF FOLK PUNK

By Michael Dargaville

As a performance punk poet/musician/singer who has travelled the world and continues to perform, it never amazes me how the media continues their lies about punk.
For example, the stupid Sydney Morning Herald newspaper, Australia's most disgraceful paper sometimes, has an array of journalists constantly promoting "rock" music, as if they are complete cultural and historical dead heads.
Haven't they heard that ROCK music IS not punk/New Wave. And that the hippie generation invented rock music.
The punk/New Wave Generation or Generation X as Douglas Copeland calls it, was basically born between 1954 to 1977. They are the generation after the hippies, who were born between 1932 and 1954/5. The hippies invented rock music and clearly defined it and it seems as if the Sydney Morning Herald just loves continuing that fascist rock/POP legacy.
Punk/New Wave music was the dominant music of an entire generation, a complete breakaway from ROCK.
The punk Generation and movement then went on to invent techno, grunge, goth, the new romantics, gay punk, ferral punk, DIY punk/New Wave, the various anti corporate anti ROCK movements to the plethora of other punk/New Wave sub groups that exist around the world.
New Wave in fact could nearly be seen at the start of PUNK with the advent of Joy Division, Manchester's utterly unique punk band that continues to inspire to this day.
Joy Division represents worldwide the absolute essence of punk music and its NEW WAVE heritage. This is New Wave Punk.
All of the TRUE punks from Britain were born between 1956 and 1964 and the same can be said of the Australian punk movement. Ed Keupper of the Saints and his band, who are regarded as the fathers of punk in Australia, were all born in the mid 1950s.
The Sydney Morning Herald launches pathetic campaigns to try and infer punk is NOT a generational movement by using such American "ROCKERS" as The Ramones to give historical evidence. They also use Blondie. Some idiots even use Patti Smith, whose music in the mid 1970s was clearly pure ROCK and nothing else.
Now, the punks and New Wave movement clearly welcomed The Ramones and Blondie into their fold, sort of like the hippies welcoming BEAT GENERATION (born between 1910 and 1933) icons Allen Ginsberg, Lawrence Ferlinghetti and Gregory Corso, into their fold. The legendary American poet Allen Ginsberg was indeed a hippie but was of course a Beat. He was born in 1926, a few years before the advent of the hippie generation.
Ginsberg was both, the father of the hippies but a Beat.
Incidently the Beat Generation invented the now worldwide counterculture which stands for independent socialism, New Age spirituality, anti-war, anti-Rockefeller, anti-Walmart, anti-fascist and pro alternative medicine. This is of course everything the fascist Murdoch media doesn't stand for. The counter culture is now famous because of the Beat generation and is a very serious movement gaining ever growing popularity. It joins now four generations from the Beats, the hippies, the punks and the new Generation Y.
So what Allen Ginsberg represented, who was the father of the counter culture, is the same that the Ramones and Blondie represent and even the utterly amazing iconic British Punk Poet John Cooper Clarke, born in 1948. It must be stressed, however, that many punks think the Ramones and Blondie was NOT punk, yet I accept them wholeheartedly as punk - hippie punk. But for the stupid Sydney Morning Herald to infer an ENTIRE generation was not influenced by Punk/New Wave is absolute pure cultural FASCISM, something they are very good at.
The Sydney Morning Herald can sometimes be such an obnoxious fascist right wing newspaper. It banned the punk movement in Australia in the 1970s and now supports the fascist American/Australian media tycoon Rupert Murdoch, who owns 80 per cent of all the metro and community newspapers in Australia, which is a clear human rights abuse. And Murdoch doesn't even own the idiotic Herald.
The paper has consistently promoted Kylie Minogue, Dannie Minogue, the terrible and ugle Nicole Kidman, Lachlan Murdoch, the whole paparazzi of Generation X fascism and the paper isn't even owned by Murdoch, the evil fascist thug who pumps out absolute garbage and supports George Bush through his right wing Fox empire.
Nevertheless, in recent times the Fairfax press has launched some good anti-Murdoch journalism and is starting to investigate important journalism that needs to be published. This is to their credit.
But to return to punk and its origins. I joined the punk movement in Sydney in 1977 and became a Radio Birdman groupie, an utterly amazing punk band that defined a generation. Then by the early to mid 1980s I had become a performance punk poet and punk musician and singer and threw myself heavily into the famous JAZZ PUNK movement of Sydney where iconic suburbs such as Newtown and Chippendale forged a genuine new sound in punk unseen anywhere in the world. The Jazz Punk movement changed my life utterly, turning me forever into a totally independent spiritual Punk singer, a fuck you attitude that never gives in.
I ended up performing with the legendary Laughing Clowns and in fact was an official member of Ruby My Dear, which some Jazz Punkists thought was even MUCH BETTER than the Laughing Clowns. Ruby My Dear went on to form the extremely famous Died Pretty "rock" punk group.
I stopped performing MUSICALLY in 1987/88 due to an illness yet by the early 1990s I had really started making a big name for myself as a performance PUNK poet. So one day in late 1995 I began playing the guitar again and started writing some amazing new songs (which were poems of mine) and started playing FOLK PUNK music.
To me folK punk is the logical extension of JAZZ punk, a grass roots music that you can take anywhere,
which is perfect for my lifestyle of living permanently in the Developing World and Asia yet travelling in the West.
I have lived on and off in China for the past 7 years and have performed in many Chinese cities. I lived in Beijing and performed widely there with many punk groups. I have also performed in universities singing sometimes to 5000 people in an audience.
I also sell my punk/New Wave poetry books to people and continue to sing. When I return to Australia I always sing in the Underground venues.
Folk punk to me is acoustic punk at its highest. I essentially learned the art of folk punk from the iconic Jazz Punk group Ruby My Dear and also a very famous Underground punk artist from Australia called John Deeble, who was a Jazz Punk legend and played widely with Louis Tillet's Wet Taxis and Paris Green. John Deeble and I played all over Australia doing utterly amazing gigs, some of which is fortunately on film. Check it out.
John Deeble formed the very famous Underground folk punk band FUKT (Funky Underground Karmic Trash) of which I was a leading member. We performed everywhere in the Australian Underground for three years in the late 1990s and into 2000.
Ruby My Dear and John Deeble taught me how to use PUNK music with accoustic music and how to put my poetry to it. And the rest is history, as they say.
The Sydney Morning Herald has continued to blackban my music and poetry to this day. But I love them deeply because they are the only media organisation of any strength now in Australia.
I became famous in the Australian Underground Music scene in the mid to late 1990s again because of FOLK PUNK and performed widely, banned of course by Fairfax and Murdoch's filthy fascist media environment but well known and respected by the local Underground and Counter Culture fraternity.
I got very sick again in the late 1990s due to a spot of trouble with ASIO, Australia's spy network which used pscyhotronic weaponry on me and my family. They used a neurophone on me and made me very very sick and again my music was destroyed somewhat. This time I have continued to play music despite my change in voice due to the sickness.
Folk punk, however, continues to be alive in Australia and the world and is certainly growing around the world.
Indeed, folk punk was the music I always was MEANT to play. As a child I was indeed a teenage hippie who played utterly amazing FOLK music, before the invention of punk. My brother had been one of the best guitarist in Sydney where I grew up, an extraordinary folk guitarist and singer and some other friends were just as good. They could play Leo Kotke verbatim after listening to him once or twice.
They were that good. Forget AC/DC.
This utterly groovy folk scene I was involved with came from the hippie North Shore and Parramatta scene
of Sydney from the early to mid 1970s and was very anti-rock. It was totally ecclectic, spiritual and loved Jonni Mitchell and Lenard Cohen and of course
the Americans John Faye and Leo Kotke.
I now believe this folk music was indeed channelled by very powerful positive spiritual forces,
forces that we allowed into our lives subconsciously.
The Sydney Morning Herald is an utterly evil and fascist newspaper. They actively encourage evil into their lives and thus they are channels for evil. Murdoch and his newspaper are similar.
Yet the folk punk tradition is for good and celebrates truth and diversity.
The folk punk movement was influenced by the New Age movement, which is a worldwide organsiation that follows non-fundamentalist Buddhist and Hindu spirituality and western mystercism such as the Theosophy movement. Also, it follows the alien and ET
worldwide agenda where many people believe that a good alien organisation caled the Galactic Federation now surrounding this planet demanding socialist change. The destroyed bad alien groups called greys and reptoids, thousands of New Age web sites say.
The folk punk movement is a journalism of the people. We are telling the truth through our words and deeds and fighting the Nazi scum at Murdoch;s filthy dirty News Corporation. My own father was a former Melbourne Age journalist, a wonderful man who gave his life to truth. He worked on the Melbourne Age when the Age newspaper was one of the best newspapers in the English world. Today the Melbourne Age has been supporting some truly undemocratic international actions and has launched somesilent campaigns against me and friends. This is a tragic story and only the beginning..

*********************************************************************************
Next story to consider

RUPERT MURDOCH AND THE LITTLE GREY ALIENS

By Michael Dargaville

Just how did Rupert Murdoch, from such a small insignificant country such as Australia, become one of the most ruthless, powerful and corrupt businessmen in the world.
Many in the worldwide New Age movement now say it was Murdoch's support from very high up through the United States Governments' secret 50 year deal with grey aliens.
This secret deal between the Grey aliens and the American Government was called the Plato Pact. It is now extremely well documented.
The United States Government had a secret grey alien base in the middle of Australia called Pine Gap.
Only in recent years has this base been "de-alienised" because the little grey aliens have been told to go by another group of benevolent aliens from an organisation called the Galactic Federation.
Australia was such as important bit of property to the entire corrupt alien deal between the USA Government that Murdoch was used as a decoy.
A plan had been hatched as early as the early 1980s to let Murdoch get control on the Australian media, which he did by 1986 with the corrupt control of the Herald and Weekly Times media group.
Prior to this Murdoch had a huge rise to power in the western world (as part of this plan), mainly at the hands of the Illuminati, the rich billionaire families of the world such as the Rockefellers and Rocthchilds who own huge amounts of the world's capital assets, who have used Murdoch as their promoter.
How did this little Australia dirty digger get control of some of the most important western newspapers in the entire world such as the London Times and others.
There is only one answer and one reason - through the association of the USA Government and the Illuminati's deal with these grey aliens.
There are over 550,000 websites on the Internet about grey aliens so the tens of thousands of journalists writing about this agenda, couldn't all be mad.
Thousands of alien journalists claim that the United States Government did a deal with these grey aliens shortly after the famous Roswell crash in 1947 where three alien craft were captured. This is extremely well documented with many leaked top secret "above presidental level" information now out in the open.
In America the famous Disclosure Project headed by Dr Steven Greer has 400 generals, former CIA spies, soldiers and other personal who have publicly given testified information to their direct involvement with grey aliens.
In 2001 more than 5000 journalists from around the world crammed into the Washington Press Club to hear the former generals, CIA spies and soldiers who talked openly and publicly about their contact with these little grey aliens.
Conservative newspapers such as the New York Times and Washington Post ran front page stories at the time. CNN and other major networks also ran prominent stories about the Disclosure project... and then... there was complete silence from these utterly corrupt "mainstream" corporate spy riddled media outlets in America.
Thus, the so-called "mainstream" media in the West is full of lies, deceit, cover-ups on this big issue.
And the reason why these corrupt newspapers never say anything is this. The United States Government has placed a "non-disclosure" ORDER on all the western media not to mention this or virtually anything to do with aliens, which they dutyfully adhere to.
Of course other countries around the world are not so obliging such as the Mexican Government which has recently exposed how its Airforce is constantly followed by UFOs from the Galactic Federation. The Mexican Government's full exposure of this rated front page headline news in most of the world media such as the China Daily newspaper, which ran the story every day on the front page for 10 days.
The Brazilian Government has done the same and has exposed widely how its government and military jets are followed by alien UFOs from other star systems. It beggars belief, that such an important story, is now again never mentioned in the virtually crypto-fascist media of the western world.
Of course the alternative and New Age media in the western world is competely full of this. An enormous culture war has been going on now for a long time.
Rupert Murdoch of course is the key to this culture war. His latest film Star Wars keeps the disinformation going. His opposition uses Tom Cruise in War of the Worlds to keep the disinformation going. The disinformation says it's all fiction, which is what the Illuminati want you to believe.
Thus, the evil, bizarre and utterly demonic rise of Murdoch involved aliens. The entire alien agenda involved the rise of Murdoch. The Pine Gap American base in the middle of Australia was vital to the evil Grey alien secret deal with the Americans. AND Murdoch was their man. Murdoch, now, of course is a spent force because the Greys have been ditched and so will Murdoch very shortly.
The western Murdoch type media surely must think everyone is stupid when the situation is very much the opposite. People now know the truth about this terrible cover-up.
Yet the question remains. How did this little Australian man called Rupert Murdoch get so much power?
The key families involved with the Illuminati are the Rockefeller and Rothchild families.
Murdoch was payrolled in the early days throughout the 1960s by these two very powerful families, who own billions of dollars of capital assets around the world. The Rockefellers own the Chase Manhatten Bank and Exxon Oil and many New Age commentators believe this family and others have been behind the war in Iraq and Afghanistan - and were in fact behind the September 11 tragedy. World famous spiritual channellers have all pointed their fingers at these families as the cause behind alQuida. Western spy organisations of course are now following this very closely as well.
Murdoch has had close links with both the Rockefeller family and the Rothchild family.
In fact one of the senior Rothchilds is on the board of a Murdoch company in England.
Also, Murdoch has done most of his banking with the Rockefeller owned Chase Manhatten banking corporation.
David Rockefeller, who died recently, and who was one of the richest men in the world, before the rise of the the so-called computer giants such as Bill Gates, was at the first meeting of the American government and the grey aliens.
Rockefeller poured countless dollars into the entire alien agenda. He even established alien front organisations such as the Council of Foreign Relations and the Bilderberg Group.
Rockefeller was behind the rise of Murdoch. In the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s virtually all the Murdoch newspapers were awash with Rockefeller supported political campaigns. Everywhere the Illuminati went, Rupert Murdoch went as well.
As a child growing up in Sydney in the 1960s I would read Murdoch's paper the Mirror every day. Once in late 1969 coming back from a trip to southern New South Wales with my parents I saw a UFO following our car. I told my parents, "Hey, dad, there's a space ship following us." I think they just laughed and ignored what I said.
Little did I know in those days that Murdoch would help and destroy Australia's fragile democratic structure by illegally taking control of 80 per cent of ALL the country's metropolitan and suburban newspapers.
In those days Australia represented the summer haze of late '60s radicalism and beach culture.
Just how did Murdoch gain access to some of the highest politicians in the world. The answer is simple. News Corporation was used by the Illuminati to push their agenda of extreme right wing politics.
The Illuminati along with the USA Government had a top secret agenda of working with these very evil grey aliens who provided terrible technology such as psychotronic weapons, which the American base at Pine Gap, Australia, has used against Japan. In 1994 this Pine Gap base used scalor psychotronic weapons in Kobe, and thus caused the Kobe earthquake. More than 50,000 people died from that quake, caused from Australian soil and probably with Australian knowledge.
Aliens from an organisation called the Galactic Federation have confirmed that the Pine Gap base did this.
Rupert Murdoch has always been a thorn in the side of socialist democracy anywhere in the world. Murdoch has launched ruthless campaigns of disinformation on any group or individual who dares tell the truth.
Another very important aspect of the entire Murdoch supported assault on Australia involved the destruction and sacking of the Whitlam Government. Whitlam was sacked and destabilised by the CIA and American Government in 1974. This happened because Whitlam's Deputy Prime Minister Jim Cairns wanted to end all the American bases in Australia, especially Pine Gap.
You could imagine what this meant to the Americans and the evil grey aliens. It would mean the end of their deadly base. Thus, a very strong campaign started to finish Whitlam and his government. John Pilger says in his book A Secret Country that Whitlam was sacked by the CIA because if was too socialist. This was not the main reason. It was because of the grey alien base.
During this time the Murdoch press utterly destroyed any credibility that Whitlam had. Murdoch was being true to the Illuminati cause.
As a dedicated Australian who does love Australia very deeply I really believe people should wake up in that country and realise what really happened.
Countless New Age and UFO writers have exposed the truth about what happened on the entire alien saga.
Some of the more well known include David Icke who has published many books about aliens and the entire secret ET saga involving greys and reptoids.
Some of his books have described another breed of alien called Reptoids who in fact controlled the greys.
The reptoids were said to have had a base on the moon for much of the 20th century directing some sort of terror campaign on earth by using psychotronic weaponry (mind control weapons) against humanity. The reptoids were behind the rise of Hitler and fascism using a massive psychotronic weapons base from the moon. They were behind the fall of the Soviet Union again using psychotronic weapons. The reptoids had an agenda of using the Illuminati as their minions on earth. And their game plan was to destroy socialism, cause disharmony, descredit socialism in China and the former Soviet Union as a means of enslaving humanity.
The reptoids used the greys as a decoy to befriend the USA Government.
The greys were used by the reptoids to enforce this secret war in a friendly gesture with the USA Government.
How much the Illuminati of families knew and their own deal with aliens is open to debate. Some say these rich familes had absolutely close deals with Reptoids.
New Age leaders say that in the Year 2000 another alien organisation called the Galactic Federation destroyed the reptoid base on the moon and kicked out all the Reptoids, despite the fact there were still 200 left on Earth, some of whom ran the Rothchild family. Reptoids are said to be able to shapeshift into human form and New Age journalist David Icke and others say memebers of the Rothchild family have been seen to shapeshift into reptoids, who look like lizards in their generic form, between 6 and 7 feet tall.
The Galactic Federation is said to be made up of 60 per cent galactic humans and that we were orginally from this clan, with Earth's previous civilisations of Atlantis and Lemuria destroyed by war with reptoids. Thus, New Age leaders say we come from other stars and travelled in spaceships through the speed of light using super energy, or energy faster than light.
In quantum physics the world leaders have been saying for 40 years Mind produces matter which is a form of philosophical Idealism.
The academic world is full of corruption with some Catholic philosophers working closely with the corrupt aspects of the Vatican in Rome to stop any of this new research and have even failed top physicists to keep a lid on this new research.
But the research has now been well and truly documented. Post quantum theory is now being widely examined by many different countries, and the cat is now out of the bag.
Rupert Murdoch has destroyed Australia. He owns 80 per cent of all the metropolitan and suburban newspapers in Australia which is a terrible human rights abuse. He has lied to the world virtually about everything and launches terrible campaigns on anyone who deceives him.
The terrible alien saga just will not go away for the last desperate cabal who through George Bush have killed nearly a million people in the past few years in Iraq and Afghanistan and other countries. The Illuminati is behind this. Rupert Murdoch's newspapers keep the lies coming out every day, adherring closely to all the old Illuminati tricks of the trade.
But it is too late for this old fascist and his family. The game is up.
China and India are going to take control of world politics shortly whether the old Illuminati fascists like it or not. The Galactic Federation is surrounding this planet now in spaceships ready to finally destroy the Illuminati.
Thus, the Galactic Federation can protect China and India from any nuclear attacks by an Illuminati controlled USA. And that's what the Galactic Federation wants - a world socialist government of openness and compassion led by China, India and the Third World with a reconstituted western world.
*************************************************************************************

Dear Editor
Now please find enclosed with extended manuscript some of the poems for a radical colelction of poetry. As explained earlier, I am a strong socialist/spiritual punk passionate former Australian who lives and works in China as a teacher, academic, punk musician and performer, journalist and creative writer. My poetry is strongly committed to the worldwide feminist movement, the worldwide socialist movement and both the worldwide PUNK and New Age movements. I have published 50 books of poetry in Australia with huge print runs, some up to 10,000 copies which are now Underground classics.
Many of my poems deal with feminist issues from a male point of view and I have strongly attacked middle class and institutional "feminist" paradigms in recent years, especially feminists who have sucumbed to fascist and oppressive institutions or media. I have been strongly influenced by the radical libertarian "counter culture" feminist movement that evolved from Sydney, Australia, during the 1970s and 1980s. I am also strongly anti-racist and many of my poems deal with racist issues. Lastly, my poems also deal strongly with issues in spirituality and I am a keen follower of the New Age movement and have virtually been an active member of virtually every major New Age sect in the past 20 years, including the world famous Indian Sai Baba organsiation, Siddha Yoga and Theosophy groups. More information about me is provided below at the end of these poems. I can be contacted at  newidealism@yahoo.com.au. I really hope I can place these poems with you.
Yours sincerely
Michael Dargaville
CHINA

***************************************************************************************************

POEM ABOUT BEING A RADICAL MALE FEMINIST WHO USES CUNT POSITIVELY AND NEGATIVELY

i was abandoned by Australia
blackbanned by the fascist media & idiotic literary
magazines who fuck us senseless with their boredom
i declare i am a radical male feminist
who can say Prime Minister John Howard
is a cunt, and that the Sydney Morning Herald
are fascist cunts that Overland literary
magazine supports
using & calling someone or something a CUNT
negatively IS not sexist or anti-woman
AND IF YOU DON'T BELIEVE IT WORK IT OUT
you dumb cunts & motherfuckers
Rupert Murdoch's 80 per cent control of the
newspaper media is a big fucking human rights
abuse supported by Overland literary magazine,
the ABC, Fairfax & all the political parties
OH GOD LEADER, King of Cunts
Shine Henry Miller, shine KATHY ACKER
& make cunt leap for the rewards
it so richly deserves
I support women, I love women, I fuck women
I fuck their cunts in glory
I was trained to be a radical
male feminist by Libertarian women in Sydney
Women feminists, REAL WOMEN FEMINISTS,
TOTALLY Liberated me as a MALE so I could
fuck the shit out of everyone! Thus, I
am a Liberated Male because of feminism
I LOVE CUNT, I WORSHIP CUNT
& when you call someone a cunt negatively
you could be saying they're stupid YOU CUNT
OH Archangel Gabriel breathe life back
into Australian poetry like Jas H Duke
Fuck Rupert Murdoch's evil control OH GOD
stop the fascist academics who MIND
FUCKED my brilliant career GOD in Shamballa
my artistic friends deserted my soul CUNT
haters OF the sadness of seeing fascism
celebrated everyday in Australia OF how
Fairfax published anti-China stories to have
me evicted OH fascism in Australia!!
i give my life to feminism, believed it totally
got blackbanned by fascist women OH god
I lived the feminist lifestyle of the male feminist
on the nasty streets of Newtown
I lived in the poorest suburb of Sydney in
the name of feminism!! I FUCKED SEVEN
FEMINIST LESBIANS IN A GROUP HOUSE in 1985 who
wanted my baby. I DECLARE I AM A FEMINIST
I declare I hate the Sydney Morning Herald newspaper
and the Melbourne Age newspaper blackbanned me
and I want to see a feminist Australia
I want to see a woman Prime Minister who is a lesbian
I want to see happy feminism everywhere in Australia
I want feminism engrained in John Howard's arsehole
I was a radical who lived on the streets of Melbourne,
Sydney, Hobart, Canberra and Adelaide who roamed the hippie valleys of Nimbin and who sang PUNK songs in the
name of PUNk feminism and PUNKS call people cunts
in the name of feminism
I AM A PUNK WHO USES CUNT TO DESCRIBE WORKING
CLASS INTELLECUALISM AND HAVE BEEN ABUSED
by fascist literary magazines such AS Overland
who promote Noam Chomsky even though Chomsky sold
out to the CIA. Overland literary magazine never
uses expletives in their trashy magazine
they are cunt fuckers and scum from fascist
middle Australia NO LEFT WING in them
OH God SAI Baba get Overland
I am a dedicated feminist and want feminist freedom
I want PI O to realise, I want Jeltse to realise
that cunts are OK to realise
that being a true cunt means using feminist liberation
tactics and declaring that Rupert Murdoch and
Kerry Packer must be evicted from Australia and
their familes destroyed.... OH GOD SAVE Australia
**********************************************************************
THE ULTIMATE NEW AGE FEMINIST CUNT POEM

to be a male feminist you use cunt
to be a male feminist means liberating cunt
a Macquarie University academic says there's
no such thing as a "male feminist"
BUT she's wrong!
i support women for equal opportunity in
every avenue of life every aspect all of GOD
in everything and this includes cunt
CUNT liberation is REAL liberation
as the dead pages of books pages in
western newspapers continues the same
dead saga!
The Melbourne Age newspaper now so
fascist it disappears up its own arsehole
The London Guardian barks loudly
the platitudes of FAKE leftism
close to Nazism
close to the fake Tony Blair agenda
close to the bore John Pilger
John Pilger is such a wanker who
never criticsed the REAL OWNERS OF THE
world such as the Rockefeller, Rothchild,
Walton, Gates, Dupont, Windsor familes
and has fooled the stupid LEFT "WING"
John Pilger's role in life was to
discredit China and Soviet leftism
a stooge of western intelligentsia spy
agencies just like the dicks at fascist
Australia literary magazines
being a New Age male feminist
means saying fuck you FAKE leftist shit scum
**************************************************************************
YOU ARE NOT PUNK IF YOU SUPPORT RUPERT MURDOCH

in the past 10 years some Punk frauds
keep publishing with Rupert Murdoch
these punk frauds include
Nick Cave & others
You cannot be punk, never COULD
BE Punk if you publish in
any way with Rupert Murdoch
The terrible evil filth of the
Murdoch family has more than
$6 billion to kill and support
the right wing wars around the world
Fox News in fascist America
supported the Iraq war
Murdoch killer HUMAN rights abuser
extraordinaire
Murdoch killer of children,
butcher of babies, fascist
western PIG - OH Punks
of the world! I say you are
NOT punk if you support
Rupert Murdoch!
*************************************************************
THE ORGASM OF DIRTY POETRY

this parasite from another parasite Australian
university
this ugly former friend what SNOT
this MOTHER of all WHAT?
this is another sad poem
this was my sad daughter
this is how BAD life can be!
this is the end, sing it again Jim Morrison
Fairly fucked conservative evil fascist
Australian universities have
tortured me for 10 fucking years
& now they fuck my face
in space like the fuckin aliens MAN
YOu literary scum will never
never never never get near me again
*******************************************************************
LONG LONG NIGHT OF THE SOUL

Lucifer destroyed Australian poetry
a lot of the famous hippies were
motherfuckin Satan worshippers
my head is torture so SICK
spies everywhere checking on me
the NET denying aliens
cloudy fogged days
DID Allen Ginsberg know the
USA Government did deals
with aliens! FUCK NO!
****************************************************************
THEY HIDE THEIR STUPIDTY
BEHIND THEIR PhD DEGREES

they produced boring conformist PhDs
& now they run universities
they fuck us up the arse
with their tortured materialism
they declare they are professors
when they mind fucked the mind
of GOD they support Rupert Murdoch
these fascist cunts with PhDs from
Australian universities what cunts
what evil trash what shit these scum
who publish in THE AUSTRALIAN newspaper
yet say how good they are
they are like Peter Carey, Frank Moorhouse,
Rodney Hall, John Tranter, David Malouf,
they never say anything about Murdoch or
Kerry Packer just say how important ART
is when they are the Nazi scum of art
*************************************************************
LIVING ON CUNT JUICE

this is a New Age poem about Cunt Juice
juicy juicy juicy juicy CUNT juice
i love cunts and am a strong cunt feminist
i played in a famous punk band once called
CUNT and now I am lead singer of the
DEAD RAT CUNTS a famous punk band
from China I am a strong libertarian feminist
blackbanned for being a feminst who loves
CUNT liberation these evil boring fascist
literary magazines such as Island, Meanjin,
Overland and Cordite are the voices of
fascist middle class feminism and are the
VOICES OF HATE
they are the voices of hate just like the
fascist universities and media such
as the Sydney morning Herald
i hate HUGELY the sydney morning herald who
have used metaphors and supported the fascism
of australia
i love cunt juice i survive on cunt
juice i declare that cunt juice is fine
and lovely and nice to survie on
i am cunt forever i am feminist JELTSE
I am cool I AM a PUNK feminist
punk punk feminist is the coolest
i have lived on the streets of London
and fucked big fat black women
because of my feminism
i have given my life to cunt juice and feminism
you NAZI nazi nazi cunts
**********************************************************
NEW AGE, 2005, SEPTEMBER

autumn in China
fields of grassy lunch & noodles
friendly children
reading western culture is so damn
frightening MY FUCK where is
that counter culture DID IT END
ALL THE INTERNET poetry magazines
are so fucking conservative
ENDLESS lostness western UNIVERSITIES stuffed
with fascism, non-understanding
fuck fuck
FORMER ACQUAINTENCES FUCKING nAZI SCUM
South African cunts with beards
& Nazi Nazi Nazi poets who
praise American puke!!!
************************************************************************
GOD IS HERE IN LUOYANG

(for Wang Cai Ju)

a few days before my baby boy is born
walking thru a market in Luoyang, China
feeling the God-energy
Oh, man, you can feel the GOD energy
you can taste the flame of that energy
YOU can smell it in super energy
in etheric matter this god energy
IMPINGING ON e=MC SQUARED ON my fucking life
AND they start playing that fucking amazing
song THAT China song OH it's so HIGH
so PERFECTLY cool AND hip with syrup AND
hip like ARCHANGEL Gabriel IS here
like WOW like FUCK maybe the CUNTS
at the Sydney Morning Herald will change
swining like HIGH like hippy like BEAT PUNK
like Cola in fucking old soda bottles

***********************************************************************************
POEM ABOUT EXPLAINING MY FEMINIST CUNT POEMS TO A FASCIST AUDIENCE

banned in australia, avoided, shitted on, duped, fucked up
i gave my life to feminism
& then banned by vicious fascist cunts
gave my life to the New Age movement
i discussed aliens & the work of the CIA
saw my friends run away after "involvement"
became a Sai Baba devotee way back in 1990
heard and believed in aliens by 1992, convinced of the
return of Christ
BUT pissed on by Aussie fascist poets &
journalists & academics WHO minded fucked my
space & grace
(The sort of dicknoses who run Southerly Magazine,
in Australia surely the worst and most fucked up & conservative
literary magazine in Australia - if not the world)
i spent 10 years on an MA (Honours) in advanced
quantum theory how it posits spirituality & validates
the New Age & then destroyed by ACADEMIC fascist corrupt
parasites WHO support Rupert Murdoch!!!!
I tasted feminism/ate feminism/courted feminism
i gave my semen to the WOMENS LIBERATION movement
joined the prostitutes collective feminist union
in sydney & lived on the streets of Paris for six months
spat punk poetry to Parisian girls
fucked the most beautiful whores in the world
& met spiritual leaders in the European New Age
threw myself into postmodernism and French philosophy
i threw myself into the womens liberation movement
because i knew my male liberation depended
on WOMEN so i used "cunt" a lot in my
poems to show my devout feminism I HAD
become a KATHY ACKER devotee by 1984
& then i got into big trouble
for telling the truth about Australia
about how fascist & corrupt it was
i was an expert on quantum phsyics & CUNT
feminism & learned libertarian feminism in
sydney in 1979-1982
i gave my life to the avant-garde, & especially
avant garde feminism, spirituality,
& New Age feminist spirituality & shouted CUNT
to the whole of australia worse than Frank Moorhouse
& rodney rude put together & got blackbanned
by fascist fascist fascist middle class academics
who MIND fucked my brilliant career
i gave my life to the Beats, Allen Ginsberg, the
Ascended Masters, FEMINISM, the ARCHangels
i roamed the amazing streets of China in the name
of the New Age & preached New Age socialism
I sang to 5000 students at a punk gig in nanchang
& became a cult hero with my mohawk haircut
telling the audience the aliens are surrounding
this fucking fucked up planet
i screamed abuse AT john pilger, noam chomsky
FOR NEVER CRITICISING THE FASCIST OWNERS
OF THIS PLANET NAMELY THE ILLUMINATI families
of billionaires such as the Rockefellers (who own
Exxon Oil and Chase Manhatten Bank & 5 per cent
of the fascist New York Times), Rothchilds,
Windsors, Waltons (who own Walmart). Pilger and
Chomsky, so-called voice of the "LEFT WING", never
said one word about this HOW DUMB ARE THEY
OR ARE THEY PART OF THE WORLD FASCIST PLAN
I CONSTANTLY PREACHED THE VALUES OF FEMINISM
my MA (Honours) thesis supervisor was totally corrupt,
a Vatican spy who was told to play down the
friendly alien invasion proves the Vatican worked
with the Zeta greys that the USA did a deal with
(there are 550,000 internet websites about Zeta grey
aliens so those stupid disbelievers start believing)
SHIT FUCK CUNT Tug Dumbly (Aussie performance poet)
then the fairfax media further banned me!
Rupert Murdoch's 80 per cent control of the
Australian newspaper media IS EVIL & FASCIST
& I COMPLAINED TO JOHN
HOWARD AND THE FASCIST LABOR PARTY FOR GIVING
RUPERT MURDOCH THE MEDIA & every dicknose
australian writer & academic supported Rupert Murdoch
& the murdoch family's COMPLETE CONTROL of the
Australian media i saw my own family fucked up
by Murdoch's control of Australia
i protested and protested and protested and protested
about the Murdoch control of my beloved homeland Australia
i cried on the streets of Beijing, I lobbyied the
United Nations, I complained to world newspapers
banned by every little scum so-called LEFT WING
academic Australian literary magazine these fascist
shitheads i thought how do you get thru to them
that Rupert Murdoch's control is a gross human
rights abuse that is an international disgrace
Rupert Murdoch's 80% control of the Australian
newspaper print media is so evil, so Luciferic,
so utterly wrong, so detestable, so deplorable.
AS I SCREAMED OUT DEBASED PUNK SONGS FROM CHINA
as i loved in the gutters of asia sometimes in
the name of god as i spat out at the fascist
evil FAIRFAX media for never saying anything, never
saying anything about what was really happening
as the media became worse and worse & FUCK SHIT oh my
Gig Ryan, poetry editor of THE MELBOURNE AGE,
who i once respected but now I say is a fascist
conservative who supports the entire fascist system
& smothered my arsehole with expletives!!!
& then the University of the Sunshine Coast banned me,
then Charles Sturt university banned me! then
the University of Queensland banned me! WHAT the
fuck! AND then Curtin University. They set up my
research to be ridiculed OH HOW EVIL IS AUSTRALIA
HOW FUCKING EVIL IS THIS PLACE WHERE MY BELOVED DAUGHTER
ROAMS HOW EVIL AND BITTER AND SAD THIS country called
Australia is OH THE dreams THAT SOMETIMES
flow for my beloved Australia the people who have destroyed
me the so-called friends who left me, never contact me
the lovers who destroyed my name, told lies about me,
oh GOD, how much pain is there - unfortunately i
forgot to mention Kerry Packer & all the other arseholes
at the ABC who support this terrible fascist state called
australia & HOW much love do i have left for
australia I SAW GOD IN AUSTRALIA but now in china
my love is forever for the people of CHINA who
have given me a new home & a new life & a new baby
what love i have for the chinese people
what anti-racist sentiments i have expressed
for all of my life
& paid for it by fascist corrupt academics
who ARE bad, who are evil, who are so
small minded, so fucking evil
who supported Rupert Murdoch & Fairfax
& paid lip service to radicalism
OH the fascist academics at the philosophy
department at SYDNEY UNIVERSITY run by a pack
of nasty fascist men you PHILOSOPHERS
at SYDNEY UNIVERSITY will die in your own
fascist intellectual blood the archangels will get
your souls when you die you nasty fascist anti-feminist
cunt scums at sydney university who support all the
fascist things in australia i beg australia
to start burning its universities these UNIVERSITIES
HAVE NO hippie ideology in them are so evil no INDIAN
OR NEW AGE THOUGHT IS ALLOWED i want to destroy
every last australian university in the name of love
***********************************************************
next poem to consider
IN MY JAZZ PUNK HEART

(dedicated to all Sydney punks)

in my JAZZ punk heart I see the good God - clearly, so very clearly
in my JAZZ punk heart I cry for the bad religions of the world
in my jazz Punk heart my fucking soul is burning like the death of VOID VOID VOID VOID
in my JAZZ Punk heart visions of Sai Baba & superb lonliness & art (pop art)
in my JAZZ punk heart I fucked 1000 oriental whores & became mentally depressed
in my Jazz PUNK heart the fluid lies of western "democracy" farts like a deadly shitty body
In my Jazz Punk heart seagulls shit in carparks
in my Jazz Punk heart I have Indian visions of Cunt, Joy, Heaven & orgies with Archangel Gabriel
in my jazz punk heart the putrid smell of facism coats my lungs
in my jazz punk heart the western media ARE human rights abusers
in my JAZZ punk heart i lost all my artistic friends thru greed, deceit, evil, oneupmanship paid the price for fools
in my Jazz Punk heart i gave my life to sydney
in my jazz punk heart i prayed & met archangels
in MY Jazz punk heart i burned burned for FEMINISM, FOR CUNT, i prayed for women to open their cunts & hearts in the name of feminism i am a total feminist WHO HAS GIVEN HIS LIFE TO FEMINISM AND bashing the sydney morning herald
in my Jazz Punk heart i lived on the streets of CHINA played the acoustic guitar on Hong Kong streets & zipped through giant buildings in Shanghai, Beijing and the mystical streets of Henan
in my Jazz PUNK heart i prayed to the GOOD GOD to destroy the Murdoch family for their control of Australia
in MY JAzz punk heart I prayed for the end of fascism, racism, sexism, CUNT PISS SHIT, I prayed for the end of poverty, religious fundamentalism, academic materialism
IN MY JAZZ PUNK heart i left australia to a new life
In my JAzz PUNK heart I saw Louise Elliot become a legend
IN MY JAZZ punk heart I saw the Laughing Clowns produce the best punk music in the world
IN MY JAZZ PUNK heart i cried on the streets of Amsterdam, listening to God, & wanted INDIA totally
IN my jazz punk heart religion is finished
in my JAZZ punk heart I ate CUNT, talked CUNT and wrote the most radcial feminist poetry in the entire English language
IN MY jazz punk heart I screwed Jesus, ate Jesus, Sananda, & asked for the BLISS of heaven to come to earth
IN my JAZZ punk heart I wanted GOD to kill bad aliens and the Devil
IN MY JAZZ punk heart i committed myself to the BEAT AND HIPPIE movements
In my Jazz Punk heart I prayed for socialism, for public housing, for the end of capitalism
in my JAZZ punk heart I climbed on Asian prostitutes, shot heroin, became mentally depressed (a long time ago), screamed crazy poems about love.
IN MY Jazz Punk heart I lost my first wife who gave her perfect to soul me forever
In my jazz punk heart I loved the CLASH, the Sex Pistols, the Wet Taxis, Paris Green, Died pretty, Ruby My Dear, Talking Heads, and especially RADIO BIRDMAN and Joy Division, all major punk bands
IN MY jazz punk heart I wanted to visit SAI BABA in India & taste God and had visions of GOD and teleporting with SAI BABA
IN MY JAzz Punk heart I was totally blackbanned by absolutely fascist evil fucked up dirty cunt brained literary magazines one called CORDITE banned me for life with threatening emails
IN MY JAZZ punk heart I told the world my commitment to feminism my commitment to feminism is aboslute i have seen women shitting on the streets, i have seen women in absolute degradation, i want worldwide feminism and lesbianism I HATE THE MIDDLE CLASS who fuck up feminism and lesbianism
IN MY JAZZ PUNK HEART I saw Monash University in Australia as a totally fascist institution
in my Jazz Punk heart I prayed for the end of Melbourne University and the evil and terrible Herald Sun started by Rupert Murdoch & carried forth by his fascist family
IN my Jazz Punk heart I lived on the streets of sydney & cried in the gutters of Newtown, lost all my friends to heroin or fascism or whatever but they burn still inside me
IN MY JAZZ punk heart there's nothing left sometimes
IN MY Jazz Punk heart ANGELS of huge dimensions have talked to my soul clearly on wonderful clear visionary nights
IN MY JAZZ punk heart i am alive and full of love for the world and want my son to be happy
in my JAZZ punk heart I have sang and sang to beautiful girls and boys and snatched their snatch in the heat of darkness
IN MY jazz punk heart my bitter life is serious
IN MY jazz punk heart absolutely former fascist friends are deeply dangerous to my freedom
IN MY jazz punk heart i see pelicans fly over my first wife on perfect days in Bateman's Bay, surely the most beautiful little city in the world on a clear blue day
IN MY JAZZ punk heart I have whaled & walked every fucking street in CHINA i have sold my lines of poetry for nothing i have been a street artist in beijing in the name of socialism in shenzhen i taught literature and New Age alien language to perfect girls
IN MY jazz punk heart I hear the saxaphone that President Clinton played the day he found out about the repoids
IN MY Jazz Punk heart I shouted world peace from the top of buildings i shouted fascist fascist SYDNEY MORNIng herald I saw Australia as a giant beacon of love
IN MY jazz punk heart I saw love and honesty and freedom
********************************************************
POEM ABOUT THE DIRTY BASTARDS AGAINST THE BIG DADDY GOD

the English academic at Sydney University
is Nazi scum
my mind is against this fascist motherfucker
Absolute no literary friends left in Australia
after they all ran out/ one former
literary friend left me for someone more "famous"
You get some idea what sort of motherfucker/low cunt
this scum is/ I raged against fascist American CIA
Nazies - against Language Poets. Oh, fuck man, I
followed the times. THE WHOLE WORLD LOOKS LIKE
UTTER SHIT! Total hegemonic control. Today I spoke
of LOVE, of Sai Baba. The Galactic Federation.
I lost all my literary friends - absolute
motherfuckers and fascist dirty cunts
(not good cunts, OK). Spies were everywhere.
Fuck this Jesus! Today I got on the Internet
looking up FREE VERSE. Oh God Walt Whitman,
Allen Ginsberg! Oh Death. Archangel Michael
is my Soul Mate tonite as I FUCK MY GUTS with
the filthy shit in the London Times, New York
Times & Sydney Morning Herald VILE PUS!
They fuckin love Lucifer these dead fascist
cunts MY GOD I despise these Nazi cunts!
The cunts at the Sydney morning Herald tried
to get me out of China - these fascist cunts
ARE Nazies just like Canberra poets FUCKIN
Nazies. And my literature suffered. The Iraq
invasion had nothin' to do with oil but aliens,
these fuckin' cheap cunts at Indymedia set me
up/my family lost down the fuckin' toilet of
confusion/utter cunts everywhere/in my fuckin
lonely past/the CUNTS in philosophy
& the Truth BLANK VERSE maybe & then
blackbanned by the Creative Writing Department
at Wollongong University for not being a
materialist! Watching Nick Cave suck Rupert
Murdoch's cock & watching all the dead cunts
that run these dead motherfucker literary
magazines TRYING to forget the fact that
the NEW IDEALISM is rejected by FASCISM
& THESE evil fascist poets former junkies
are now informers like John Kinsella who
fucked prostitutes on Australia Council
money FUCKIN HELL another chinese sunset
lost in 5000 years. WAITING for love here
tonight! Shit I wanted God in my arsehole.
Wrote about David Bohm, Fritjof Capra & all
the New Age physicists. Wrote about really
profound things! fuck! AND THE NAZI
MATERIALIST ACADEMICS WANTED TO FUCK US
AGAINST THE WALL LIKE LITTLE CHILDREN.
Fuck this NAZI academic scum & distorted
the truth THIS Nazi bit of Academic scum lied
about SCIENCE man he lied about science about
Fritjof Capra, David Bohm & the New Physics.
My God how they lied so utterly completely &
for once in my life I was so utterly fucked
OFF & I dreamed of the Beat writers such as
KATHY ACKER How fucking amazing KATHY ACKER
was BUT all I could see iS these bullshit
ACADEMIC literary magazines which are for
DUMB middle class artists WHO wanted to get
THEIR FUCKIN brains examined ONE materialist
academic who wrote nasty nasty shit DID a
PhD on derrida - all the French mongrels had
Foucault coming out of his arsehole PURE
fascist materialist scum of the worst order!
The ALIENS kept putting on new websites on
the Internet! Painfully my "avant garde"
literary friends left one by one as I
ranted at the Sydney Morning Herald, Melbourne
Age, New York Times & London Times (owned by
fascist Murdoch) & how they all say the same
thing basically. I saw power SO misused, so
fucked up, so utterly existentially evil
moron. OH fuck me arse! The evil Sydney Morning
Herald supported Rupert Murdoch, the evil media
baron that America wanted to fuck off!!!
**************************************************
SUNSHINE CITY CHINA POEM

days of meditation contemplating hippies
the entire fucking counter culture
feminists are good WHY oh why man are
universities SO fuckin conservative
MY consciousness endlessly protraying
my need to consider ALLEN Ginsberg. Archangel
Michael, Maitreya, Buddha, Christopher
Isherwood!
I vow to love the beauty & damn fucking
richness of Henry Miller's devout CUNT!
Dumb poets such as John Tranter praise
Rupert Murdoch! Another Star Wars production!
Lachlan Murdoch will inherit nothing but
God! New York is death, fucking death, fucking
joy! I see China & Joy! I see China
& such immense fucking beauty!
Oh Allen Ginsberg! How the shit did we
end like this!!!
******************************************************
MY SON IS THE STAR OF OUR HENAN VILLAGE

(for Wang Cai Ju)

O Raphael child of tru love GOD child I
love thee truly & tenderly
my life is for you as your mother and I
continue our life in China
What struggles we've had, the cold
& my constant illness
the illness of 50 thousand pains
the illness of liver & kidney
that No western doctor knew
MY lonely life is for you Raphael
& my new family, my HENAN family
where true grit is your certain truth
the beautiful village where your
beautiful mother was born brings
tears my son
we have struggled through the
years but now I see the truth
of village life MY GOD how happy
we've been in our village on
those perfect Autumn days just
before the doom of winter.
I saw all of Henan in
our village I saw my Chinese
family with their souls of gentle love
the farmers so proud that
no army could steal this perfect attitude
IN my desolation staring Jack Kerouac
right in the face I do see angels my son!
I do see tender angels on those
autumn village lanes
I do see angels in the woman we gave
a fat roll of pork
I do see angels in the friendly
Chinese village men of OUR village!
yet it's the desolation of my former
friends who ruthlessly destroyed me
in Australia
it's the desolation knowing that my
Chinese village is my true home &
my friendless Australia is crying
so deep in my soul
Desolation angels in my Chinese village!
Birds, fields of glowing crops I see
my beautiful 3 year old neice called
Yanse walk home from school
up through the autumn lane
a truly lovely sight in this
China that no fascist western
newspaper has ever seen!
in the village this is the real china
where honesty is essential!
In our Chinese village in Henan we have
everything a socialist could ask for -
Communist Party officials, a lively church,
committed teachers, caring farmers whose love
of the land is obvious by the sheer
amount of perfect crops!
yet the Desolation creeps back into my
soul thinking thinking of my lost
family in Australia, of how I was
totally victimised by a white fascist
culture that I've given up understanding!
The deadly hurt of the deadly people
of the Australian people will always leave
me in my Chinese Henan village!
Archangel Raphael please guide my son
in his life & guide my family &
wife!
*******************************************
CLEAR NEW AGE & EXISTENTIAL

nothing in the USA is saying the truth anymore/I read
new Age magazines on the Internet
guess who has arrived to the New World
all life is a sham sometimes
The Illusion of dead cunts of reality of missing beings
discarded fucking souls CUNTS & Archangel Michael
the fucking woman/the fucking EVIL fucking slime in
the fucking evil fucking literary magazine
AND then I find HOPE of the dude who calls
himself Mr Theosophy & is actually mystical &
honest in a gay sort of way/ I wonder about
aliens & John Paul Sartre! Trying to prove to
meaningless clones that aliens do actually exist,
that it's not some CIA joke, I suggest look up
the Disclosure Project led by Dr Steven Greer
where 400 American generals, CIA agents & just
plain soldiers had direct contact with ZETA
grey aliens (This is a public website)
Praying endlessly praying for my sick mother
& father whom I love & cry for OH GOD fucking
heal thy mother & father OH forgive me spiritual
CUNTS & blame it on Rupert Murdoch & Lachlan Murdoch
& CNN & corporate America! What else to do!
The Queen is a fucking Reptoid! No shit.
Pop stars & their facile music! Just goes on
& on. Rock stars & their facile music. Just goes
on & on. Corporate filthy shit! fascism, the
new fascism. The new fascism. The new fascism.
*******************************************************
THEY MUST NOT HAVE HONESTY IN POETRY ANYMORE

Allen Ginsberg's sort of poetry is
extremely dangerous to the cunt scum &
penis shitheads who run the filthy world
poetry police! In America poetry is run
by intellectual cowards & the same
of other countries!
Shit, another university blackbans more
quantum theory (this time my old uni)
proving that alien space travel is
possible. Fuck, the fascist conservative
UNIVERSITIES & NEWSPAPERS of the world
such as the London Times (Rupert's
personal arsehole), Sydney Morning
herald & New York Times! What! What!
What! Clear your throat! Another bi-polar
fuckwit
reinvents his ego! Poof! Cunt. Cunt. FUCK
you PROFESSOR Brown for the Arsehole of
the Year Award! It's so damn postmodern,
you know, you dirty coward professor scum
I WILL MAKE A LEGAL COMPLAINT AGAINST YOUR
FASCIST UNIVERSITY SO BEWARE!!!!!!
Archangel Michael is sick of shitting the
truth out of his disciples! Get another
dick tracy mate! fuckin huge!
******************************************************
THE ALONENESS

the black night leeches my BETRAYED soul
my grip on reality is loose
they invaded my head space
constantly singing the corporate
national anthem in the name
of punk
that said it still doesn't stop
the deadly savage aloneness
of living in the 21st century
with no loving humans
no friends of literature
no cosmic truth in evil fascist universities
no honesty no forgiveness no certainty no
empathy... only aloneness aloneness
aloneness aloneness aloneness aloneness with
absolutely no one else but
the big big daddy GOD &
his/her cool sad friends & very alone
spiritual angels & that's
the truth the fucking truth
and so be it and
so it is!
******************************************************
THE GOOD GOD IS ALIVE SO FUCK OFF RACIST, SEXIST, MATERIALIST PURILE ACADEMICS OF AUSTRALIA

total hole of Capitalism fucked the media
filth in Rupert Murdoch, bullshit London Guardian &
the helplessness of the counter culture - they
want to make money off the counter culture
all the time the ROLLING STONES have become
Businessmen of the Year & i wouldn't buy
a U2 album if ya paid me & Nick Cave
is a Dunce Cunt Pork fucker advocate
of Scum Incorporated FUCK YOU FUCK YOUR MUSIC
& Dear Mr Rockefeller wants my alien Hot Rod & FUCKING
WHAT HAPPENS TO TEDDY WHEN FUCKIN ROCKEFELLER FUCKS TEDDY
& Archangel Michael frowns in Blue Heaven!!!
- Allen Ginsberg, Thelonius Monk &
Ian Curtis from JOY DIVISION my god the spies
in the Vatican fucked my intellectual cosmic
arse yr mother for sixpense to see the big
giraffe one step two step & CUNT burger
for middle class fuckers in middle fucking
class universities that FUCK OUR brains apart.
********************************************************************
next big poem

POEM FOR THE ANGELS OF FAITH, HOPE AND CHARITY
AND THE SPIRIT OF CHINA IN THE 21st CENTURY

This world of excitement makes me
utter strange new dimensions in
The glory of the New Age as I now see how
failed and completely bankrupt
And evil the western
socialists have been only China can lead the future
Because the western socialists
duped CHINA the western socialists were
NOT SOCIALISTS THEY only
wanted to destroy CHINA
Because the terrible liar/journalist John Pilger
and the Sydney Morning Herald are so
EVIL and they think they
have all the answers when they
Were lying for the fascist
Illuminati scum of the West these evil
Cunts have lied and
tried to tear the world apart
The wonder fuckers have
screwed our brains and souls the ILUMINATI
THEY destroyed my
marriage and my relationship with my
Perfect daughter whom
I CRY for and I love deeply and proudly
AND I wanted to
get a gun and POINT it at the spies
AT THE Sydney Morning
Herald newspaper filthy dirty cunts
Who used psychotronic
weapons on MY FUCKIN mother and
My fuckin FATHER . The Agony
of the American scum
Is beyond belief I CANNOT
BELIEVE GEORGE BUSH
IS SO EVIL AND WANTS TO
BAN HOMOSEXUALS
And perhaps the Illuminati of BILL GATES
and THE WALTONS will
kill me and stop my mission and perhaps
LUCIFER will support
Them and the SYDNEY MORNING HERALD
IS SUCH EVIL
PISS SCUM UGLY
SCUM FUCKERS THE SYDNEY
MORNING HERALD IS THE
MOST EVIL NEWSPAPER
IN THE WORLD AS WELL as the
New York Times who is owned
by David Rockefeller
and the Rockefeller family owns
a big share of the NEW York Times
(They only needed a 6 per cent share
to get control of the NYT, do you see)
The NYT is one of the most evil
newspapers in the world and supported
The work of the DEVIL
they supported American hegemony
In space and they (the Americans)
have killed millions of
People in the past
few months through psychotronic weaponry
And I want all this to
change OH ARCHANGEL MICHAEL
DESTROY the pope and bad
Religions And John Pilger
& the Democratic Socialist Alliance Party
And I wonder
how long this
shitful world will last and
Nigger's piss me off
because of their faggot mentality
Their faggot evil
shit that fascists promote
AND you can use niggers and faggot
in poems & still be left wing, anti-racist
& pro-feminist you dumb faggot cunts &
TONY Blair and Rupert Murdoch
are the MOST evil people
I have ever seen and RUPERT MURDOCH
is personally
Known to be the KING of evil
and all these evil new AGE
People (who are not really NEW AGE)
also say evil strange
things and you really start to Wonder
Why all these
evil SCUM fucks are doing this even
though I LOVE THE NEW AGE
AND I WANT TO SEE
CHRIST SPIT IN THE FACE OF THE
QUEEN AND I
WANT TO SEE MAITREYA GET ALL THESE
EVIL MOTHERFUCKER SCUM
WHO PLAY SOCCER FOR MONEY
I WANT TO SEE CHRIST REINVENT
PUNK MUSIC AND PISS
ON THE SYDNEY MORNING
HERALD who are hard cock fascist scum
And I read PLAYBOY
and Allen Ginsberg, and the
Angels of the BEATS. AND we
are SO alone and NOW without HOPE
DOWN and Out and very out
On our own because our voice IS NOT being
Heard at all and
all these evil motherfuckers
From the SOCIALIST ALLIANCE
Party they fuckin destroyed
The counter culture and
WESTERN left wing in the west I WANT
TO GET THESE
EVIL SCUM WHO ACCUSED
CHINA of terrible things
when CHINA was only trying to
Keep the socialists
ethic going. JOHN PILGER is
Such evil shit JOHN Pilger and David Rockerfeller
Both published with Random House
in 2002 in the same year
do you realize how EVIL THIS is.
John Pilger IS SO evil I cannot tell you and
Was supported by the Illuminati
JOHN PILGER never wrote
About the EVIL Illuminati families
because he was on the
Illuminati payroll and I want to
get JOHN PILGER (and fuck
You to death Johnny boy Pilger Mr SCUM
FUCKIN EVIL CUNT FACE)
who is evil Shit and
I look with big sadness at the entire western
Counterculture and
how it was destroyed by these evil fuckin scum
I cannot tell you how
evil these scum are and I pray to Archangel Michael
To let the voices of truth
and freedom be heard and the voice of GOD
Fuck the scum fuck the
scum and the cunts on the LA Times newspaper
And all the AMERICAN
MAINSTREAM NEWSPAPERS ARE SO
FUCKIN evil and we
must smash their Illuminati scum and every word
They write is fuckin
evil total evil and shit these vicious cunts
These cunts of scum
these Illuminti scum that have torn this
Planet apart and
all the shitty evil capitalists and they mind
Fucked our families
and they raped our wives and they shoved
Fascist religions down our throat and
they KILLED KILLED
Killed killed killed OUR
BRAINS OUR souls OUR shit OUR ENTIRE
CHILDREN WITH WITH THEIR
FILTHY SHITTY PSYCHOTRONIC
WEAPONS THAT
AMERICA USED ON JAPAN AND IRAN
And these evil motherfuckers
were such entirely evil shit
I CANNOT TELL YOU
HOW FUCKING EVIL THESE CUNTS
WERE AND MY
PERFECT DAUGHTER IS a victim
And the Sydney Morning
Herald had a front page spy
Story about me
how my ex wife fucks ROD Stewart
(I WOULD BE VERY CAREFUL
BECAUSE you will pay KARMICALLY
FOR EVIL EVIL
INTENSIONS AND THREATS) the Sydney
Morning Herald has
threatened to kill my daughter and are
Holding my family to ransom
the SYDNEY MORNING HERALD
ARE THE BIGGEST CUNT
FUCKERS AND THEY ARE TRYING TO
GET THE SPIES
THEY KILL MY FAMILY Oh God get them
And I want to get
you cunts and shove your evil scum into
A garbage bin the SYDNEY
MORNING HERALD AND THE
MELBOURNE AGE
newspapers ARE THE BIGGEST SCUM
FUCKERS AND
RUPERT MURDOCH OWNS 80 per cent
of the OZ (Australian) Print NEWSPAPERS
and the entire world was
destroyed by Rupert Murdoch
and John Pilger used Rupert Murdoch
to hide the evil Illuminati DO YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT
JOHN PILGER DID HE JUST ATTACKED RUPERT
MURDOCH TO HIDE THE BIG WIGS OF THE EVIL
ILLUMINATI
Murdoch's
control in Australia is a big human rights
abuse and Rupert Murdoch's arsehole
is filthy shit
And he will pay so big for the
bad KARMA that he has created and
He makes me sick entirely
sick and I want to get this filthy
Shit this shit that kicks
little people THE BRITISH BROADCASTING
CORPORATION IS
NOW OWNED BY RUPERT MURDOCH
AND THE
Sydney Morning Herald have
Intimidated everyone
now for years and the entire
CountERculture is DEAD AND TOTALLY BORED
And no one
exists anymore in the counter culture
And I want the
Galactic Federation to land soon and CHINA
Is the best country and
I roamed these perfect CHINESE streets
And I COULD FEEL MY SOUL
BEING FILLED
With CHINA I could understand my
soul getting filled
Up with CHINA one perfect Chinese
morning while I prayed to
Archangel Michael and I heard my soul
being filled with CHINESE love
Because China Can DO ANYTHING
CHINA is complete
And CHINA has the best purpose
and the wise ones
To make the best decisions as I flowed
through the
streets of Nanchang, Hong Kong,
Shanghai, Taiyuan, Beijing, Chungchun. I saw
Those streets full of Chinese
honeys and love and the FLOW
Baby did I see the flow I SAW THE
FLOW OF LOVE swinging
I saw the FACE OF CHINA in the
groove I saw CHINA and
Its soul and how it wanted to smash the fascism
Of the western world
and JOHN PILGER who is such filthy shit
On a clear morning
driving along I saw this Chinese
Village on the outskirts of a big city and
I saw the happiness
I SAW THE REAL
CHINA THE GLOWING SPIRIT THAT SPEAKS TO
OUR SOULS the China
that is love and HONESTY and the rest
Of the world does
not know about yet I SAW THE FUTURE
OF THESE BRILLIANT
SKIES ON A SUNNY AFTERNOON
AND SAW IT SINK INTO
MY BONES. I saw all the western
Lies about China I
saw how the western media had tried to
Destroy the MIGHTY dragon
of CHINA I saw HOW John Pilger
Was really trying
hard to destroy CHINA and all these evil motherfucker
Scum like DAVID ROCKEFELLER
that Nexus Magazine supports
Nexus Magazine is an Illuminati
FRONT and the New Age population think
Nexus Magazine is important
when Nexus Magazine is totally evil
the entire concept of evil has permeated
HOLLYWOOD AND
THEY GAVE EVERYTHING TO
RUPERT MURDOCH AND BILL GATES AND THE
WALTON FAMILY AND THEN
Iraq had all these dead people
Because of the Illuminati
And things were really starting to get out of
Control and this is why JOHN PILGER is mentally
ill I feel John Pilger
and the so-called socialists in the
West have been totally infiltrated by the western spy
networks and
the Illuminati because the Rockerfelles paid
huge amounts of money to get rid of the
HIPPIES because
they knew the HIPPIEs wanted real socialism
CHINA is a real democracy
AND I PRAY
FOR CHINA TO RULE THE WORLD
AND I WANT
CHINA TO SHOW THE REST OF THE WORLD
HOW MUCH OF
A FASCIST STATE AMERICA IS
I saw the cool wide spiritual streets of CHINA
I saw the truth of the people
I saw the entire stream of LOVe in these
Cool cool cool tangy hot streets
I wanted CHINA to
demand that America go and
FUCK themselves
and that the western socialists
Were not
socialists they were fuckin fascists and JOHN
PILger is a real fascist he is scum
Like the New York Times,
Hollywood, MEL Gibson,
And all the Hollywood actors are such evil scum
Who make movies for the scum of the Illuminati
I want Hollywood to go and fuck themselves up their
Illuminati arsehole.
NOTES on Michael Dargaville:
Michael Dargaville is a New Age activist, Performance
Punk Poet, novelist, poet, scientist, philosopher,
journalist and musician. He is based in China where he
teaches at a Chinese University. In the past 25 years
he has performed with internationally recognized PUNK
music bands and performs widely around the world.
Michael has also worked as an Underground New Age
journalist and publisher and has done extensive
academic work for three Master degrees in the
philosophy of quantum theory and the New Age. He has
published more than 60 books, with 50 books/pamphlets
of poetry, four novels and books of journalism and
philosophy including the now famous THE NEW IDEALISM,
a work which outlines the New Age movement. He is
based in Asia to promote and work for the Spiritual
Hierarchy and Galactic Federation. He can be contacted
at  michaeldargaville@yahoo.com
*************************************************************************


THE GODS OF THE UNIVERSE IN 2004 AND ALL THE LYING
SHIT

New York Times filthy fascist cunts low dogs
The Archangels will fuck your dirty pigs
Who grunt like dying shit when you fuck
New York Times I want to piss on your
Dirty coward journalists who talk about
Planet Chomsky dirty cunts Oh God big
God can we get the
dirty cunts these
and CHomsky is a drirty fascist cunt anyway
who never attacked the Rockefellers, Rothchilds,
Duponts or Waltons who are the true owners
& controllers of America
New York Times Illuminati scum Murdoch Bill Gates
The Waltons CUNT SCUM smegma
Sydney Morning Herald so terrible WE are
Here in strange times & God & big
Angels are
here THEY talk to me on
The bog house thinking of John Pilger,
Sheldon Nidle and Allen Ginsberg
What racist past do we have into
The void of the unfulfilled & all the
Fascist lies of Aliens & the Galactic
Federation is here? Here today and there
Like perfect poems
for sluts & Gods & scientists
AND baby hot love in New Idealism &
The intelligence of my arsehole!
Of the savage fuckers DEATH
Allen Ginsberg being
Used by evil fuck scum in Sydney Morning Herald
Who fuckin are these
sexist PIG cunts who promote
Fascism & the Bush Junior regime! Total dorks!
Evil Queen of England the devil in philosophy
In my arsehole of HATE & love lost in
Acres of Postmodern
nausia dirty filthy CUNTS
Spread like the dirty shit in Australia's arsehole
And all those stupid evil
poets in Australia who
ARE being channeled by Lucifer OH Archangel
Michael please stop Lucifer channeling all these
Stupid EVIL cunts like Britney Speares from Lu See
Ana at ANU Geoff Page cunts SO fucking evil!
DIRTY stinking fascist cunts dirty evil spies who
Cry like the Canberra Times DOG Meat FUCKIN LOW
EVIL parasites SCUM full on bays in a
Beautiful harbor and the aloofness of the Hippie 1970s
& they ruined and destroyed my life
& the Sydney Morning Herald threatened to kill me in
2004
& the Sydney Morning Herald is evil and support Rupert
Murdoch
& the Sydney Morning Herald have racist, sexist pig
fascist journalists
& all the filthy British media is filthy pig shit
& they fuck our brains
with filthy crap every day
& then I think of those beautiful bays and the happy
Murdoch family who fucks Australia's arsehole
& I feel for my dead mind
& I am so happy to be away from evil people who
said they were my friend when they were fuckin spies
& you may kill me and shit on me
& your soul will lie in the filthy Luciferic shit
that is the Canberra Times and the Bangkok Post
is SHIT and the LA Times is filthy shit and the PUNKS
and HIPPIEs were
beaten by the Illuminati scum that
rapes and pillages this planet and kills 40,000
children every day
and I say fuckin Archangels why did you let
Australia's
spy agency destroy
my marriage to this lovely girl who gave
a lovely baby and in Australia all these evil fuckhead
poets kept the hate going AND IN AMERICA NOTHING
is ever reported NO NOTHING
no nothing just the shit
of the filthy shitty Illuminati shit in the New
Statesman
and the filthy Illuminiti shit in the Daily Mail and
daily telegraph
and Rupert Murdoch has
made a major appointment of the
evil Rothchild family who owns 400 million dollars to
the
board of SkyTV. YOU FILTHY PIG CUNT SCUM WILL DIE
because your souls
are going to be destroyed because Lucifer's
power you sick evil dogs is in energy not super energy
DO YOU
UNDERSTAND ROTHCHILD YOUR
FUCKIN BRAIN IS GOING TO
Be torn apart by good archangels who are going to
fuckin' rip your
Filthy brain apart and
your DNA is going to fly away like the savage
Shit that it is and I don't care at all about all this
evil
Shit that is going
down and I love China and I hope China
Will protect me from these evil rat faced Illuminati
scum and
A world government will be created and everything will
be
Fine AND THE POETRY of pus will shit like the dead
Evil motherfuckers
who run the Melbourne AGE newspaper
In Melbourne and Nick Cave is a fuckstick bit of
filthy shit
I HATE NICK CAVE AND
I WANT TO SEE SICK nick CAVE
Fuck his own arsehole on
Internet porn I think Nick Cave is filthy
Pig shit so go and fuck your self you idiots of
Canberra go and
Fuck your terrible arseholes and
Get David Branson's soul to have a shampoo
(Work that one out Brian)
fuck your own bit of shit
YOU FILTHY EVIL ASIO AGENTS WHO FUCKED UP
MY LIFE AND WAS
SUPPORTED BY JACK WATERFORD OF THE
CANBERRA TIMES WHO IS ASIO NO SHIT AND THEN I
Wanted all the dead cunts of
the world to sort of learn something
About the Sex Pistols because PUNK poetry was SOOO
important
And they tried to make me into some hero
A dead hero supported by
the CIA and then living the
Truth about the dead GREY aliens who did deals with
the
American government and the Aliens from the Galalctic
Federation
Are going to rip Bill Gates arsehole to bits and they
are going to
Get Bill Gates and Bill Gates
is responsible for the death of
40,000 children and the Sydney Morning Herald will
send out agents
to try and kill me the Sydney Morning Herald
is the biggest bits of
lying filthy dirty pig scum and they tried to kill me
these filthy
dirty SYDNEY MORNING HERALD FUCKERS who are such dirty
evil shit like the deadly scum
who call themselves LEFT WING and never
write about the New Age they never
said anything and kept their Newtonian
Cartesian crappy bit of pus cunt scum for their minds
these filthy
Evil left wing scum like JOHN PILGER who never writes
about aliens
Or the Illuminati and I don't care because George
Orwell sold
Out to the CIA and so did John Pilger on the
pay roll of the Daily Mirror
For years living it up FUCK YOU go and learn about the
counter culture
And the leftt wing (They are not really Left Wing)
scum on
the International Socialist Party is fascist
Because they don''t KNOW SCIENCE THEY
ARE SOOO STUPID AND MAKE ME SICK
THESE DUMB FUCKERS CALL THEMSELVES SOCIALists AND
They are not socialists at all they are cunt scum
fuckers who will
Nigger their poofter dreams these filthy nigger
poofter scum
Dirty fuckers cunt scum morons
OH to be in the world of archangels
Oh to be free
Oh to be heard
OH TO SEE COURTNEY LOVE
SING THAT LOVELY PUNK SONG
OH TO HATE KYLIE MINOGUE AND ALL
THE AUSTRALIAN FILTHY
SCUM LIKE NICOLE KIDMAN
NICOLE KIDMAN IS THE BIGGEST
BIT OF FILTHY SCUM AND I WANT
NICOLE KIDMAN TO SHOVE
HER CUNT UP THE DEVIL WHERE SHE BELONGS
Because Nicole Kidman is filthy scum that must live
The life of the Devil I WANT
THE SYDNEY MORNING Herald
To die quickly (in their filthy scum shit evil soul
Lucifer)
They threatened to kill me and
set me up in a mental hospital
Because they are Illuminati scum
that must die in their filthy pig shit
The editor of the Sydney Morning Herald is a criminal
AND THE BRITISH BROADCASTING
CORPORATION (BBC) ARE
HUMAN RIGHTS ABUSERS
AND THEY MUST BE PUNISHED
As I glide through the streets of China in a lost
world
As I see those Chinese and Indian people
As these perfect young people look like some sort of
BEAt phenomENON like hey fuck let's go KATHY ACKER
All these evil scum run the English departments of
American and British
universities I can say that these
Evil mother fuckers are so easy to exterminate
Because their pussy cunts are dirty bits of shit Yeah
And we need to kick arse and tell China about the
aliens
THE CHINESE NOW NEED TO RULE THE PLANET
BECAUSE IN A NEW WORLD GOVERNMENT THEY WILL
HAVE ALL THE PEOPLE TO CONTROL THE PLANET
And I tell the Chinese that they now rule the planet
Because the Galactic Federation can stop any American
Nuclear missile no shit no fuckin shit man I fuckin
Tell you the Americans no longer rule the planet
through the
REPTOIDS THE FUCKIN AMERICANS ARE FINISHED THE WORLD
IS NOW READY FOR THE CHINESE AND THE INDIANS
We have really just been in a a big
Cowboy and Indian movie
Man I tell you no shit
So we have to tell the Chinese about the aliens
We have to tell the fuckin Indians to start getting
their
Third World act together because they can shit on
America
THE WORLD WILL NOW BE SHITTING ON AMERICA
SO THE AMERICANS WILL HAVE TO LISTEN
And all these stupid fuckin dead white male Americans
That every Australian journalist wants to be like
And all these idiot British motherfuckers who invaded
Iraq
Will be dead meat for
the aliens the aliens are going
to get Bill Gates and the Rockefeller family
will eat piss/shit on Planet Niberu
and Archangel Michael is going to get
their souls and crush them into
submission THESE STUPID ILLUMINATI
DOGS FILTHY DOGS they realize that they are fuckin
dead
Meat and Irvine Welsh is shit and Allen Ginsbergr and
William Borroughs and all the Beat scum of the world
AND HOMOSEXUAL FAGGOTS WILL RULE WITH
THEIR HEROISM
And yeah and oh year baby
And my monster will groove
And my DNA will crave for the afraid
And my arsehole will leap for action
CUNT ACTION AT Chinese beauty
At the cock and filthy crap that merges
Into Galactic language and all this shit
And all the shit and all the shit
THAT I SEE IN FRONT OF ME I SEE ALL THIS
SHIT THAT IS SO BIG AND I SEE ALL THIS SHIT THAT
IS HUIGE AND
I SEE DEATH AND I SEE
THE SYDNEY MONRING HERALD TRYING TO
KILL ME
AND SYDNEY MONRING HERALD AND
MELBOURNE AGE ARE EVIL SCUM THAT WILL PAY THEY
WILL PAY THEY WILL
PAY THEY WILL PAY THEY WILL
PAY THEY WILL PAY THEY WILL PAY THEY WILL PAY
NOTES on Michael Dargaville:
Michael Dargaville is a New Age activist, Performance
Punk Poet, novelist, poet, scientist, philosopher,
journalist and musician. He is based in China where he
teaches at a Chinese University. In the past 25 years
he has performed with internationally recognized PUNK
music bands and performs widely around the world.
Michael has also worked as an Underground New Age
journalist and publisher and has done extensive
academic work for three Master degrees in the
philosophy of quantum theory and the New Age. He has
published more than 60 books, with 50 books/pamphlets
of poetry, four novels and books of journalism and
philosophy including the now famous THE NEW IDEALISM,
a work which outlines the New Age movement. He is
based in Asia to promote and work for the Spiritual
Hierarchy and Galactic Federation. He can be contacted
at  newidealism@yahoo.com.au.

***********************************************************************************
POEM FOR THE STINKING CUNT SCUM OF AUSTRALIA'S ALTERNATIVE LITERARY/MUSICAL SCENE

These are the people that call themselves the alternative - people who put themselves on platforms and say how meaningful they are.
These are the people that throw abuse at the ratshit fuckwit right wing filthy CUNT SCUM that is Australia.
These are the sort of low low low cunts who say how good Nick Cave is when Nick Cave is nothing more than a voiceless Murdoch stooge.
Do not make friends with anyone in Australia's Underground or Alternative scene. THESE ARE THOSE PEOPLE.
These ARE THE people that will become your friends and then turn on on you totally.
THEY HAVE NO FUCKING SOUL NO FUCKIN BRAIN NO FUCKING HEART AND NO FUCKIN POETRY.
These are the people that REALLY want esteem from terrible poetry magazines such as Overland, Meanjin, Cordite and Island WHO CRAVE CRYPTIC POWER yet fane alternativism.
THESE ARE CUNT SCUMS LIKE JOHN TRANTER AND THE GENERATION OF 68 who never wrote a radical poem in their lives.
These are the people like filthy dirty Australia Council money these cunts are the worms of filthy dirty Rupert Murdoch's arsehole.
These are the filthy dirty vile insane newspaper columnists who piss on strength and shout at nothing.
These are the tasteless cunts who promote rock music every day and think they are cool wearing black and they know nothing of punk, nothing of RADIO BIRDMAN.
These are the little cunt scums in Brisbane doing Phds who piss on my philosophy who know nothing who talk about aliens who think they are cool and who hate Todd Dumbley and JJJ.
These are the evil cunt fuckin bits of meat at all the media institutions of Australia.
These are the ones who have read Kathy Acker and keep comparing me to Kathy Acker and that is true for I am Kathy Acker in a man's body I love Kathy Acker she is my hero and Kathy Acker talked about how Rupert Murdoch's cunt is the biggest cunt of them all.
These are the people that wear black to an Ed Kuepper concert and talk cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt outside Tilleys Devine cafe in Canberra in 2001.
These are the people who ignore me constantly in coffee shops and are spivs but work in the Underground and they have nothing to offer but their beady little president George Bush eyes.
These are the tight little Generation X cunt scums and fuckers and shitheads who think John Tranter is alright when John Tranter does a Doctor of Creative Arts.
These are the people who are tasteless little turds who use metaphors in their newspapers every day like in the Sydney Morning Herald who have banned me for 25 years.
The Sydney Morning Herald banned me for 25 years and I am curently asking them for a job even though I have called them vicious right wing fascist pro Murdoch cunt smega scum but the Sydney Morning Herald must face the truth and realise that MARK LATHAM is a saint and important.
These are the people that are on the edge and they say the truth.
These are the people who know Mike Carlton who gets it wrong sometimes and Mike Carlton is cool though because he hates Lachlan Murdoch so I am Mike Carlon's friend so plese Mike Carlton we can be friends.
These are the people who knew Terry Gillmore in Underwear and met Bob Adamson and didn't get any grants and left me in the cold one night.
These are the Satanists like Neal Freeman who directed EVIL spiritual campaigns against me and then said to me at David Branson's funeral that he derserved to die because he was too famous. He was just stating an occult truth perhaps.
These are the people like Brian who will not talk to me because I mention his name in my books they are worried about me mentioning their names and being associated with me they are the biggest cunts and members of my famous punk band called CUNT so they are true cunts (and we can be friends you fuckin cunt) and they think they are cool but they are not cool I urge them to go and get cool these are the people that want to kill poetry and defame that I not mention their names becaase it will affect their career and Rupert Murdoch's little spies will discover you one day and put you on the neon mantle my friends who really want cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt!!!!!!!!!!!!.
These are the people like Tony who works for the Authority and they tried to kiss my soggy bum in their dirty piss filled Underpants and they spat at my evil bum.
These are the people that launched pathetic campaigns at Geoff Page, the conservative iconic poet of Canberra who launched a 20 year campaign against me because I was the new Kathy Acker and talked about cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt cunt & shit shit shit shit shit & OH me and Oh my fuck a little spy.
These are the people who are UTTERLY full of their bloated fascist egos (AND AT THE SAME TIME HAVE NO BRAIN) and with no souls and a penchant for French garage "PHILOSOPHY" coming out of their Rupert Murdoch arsehole of arseholes, these people are the true filth of Australian letters.
These people think they are important poets when they are the filthy dirty cum suckers of the fascists at the Sydney Morning Herald such as Ross Gittons and others. WE can be friends Fairfax if you publish this poem & think of the $10 million dolars you owe me for giving you covert information on aliens.
These are the people who describe scum incorrectly and then launch pathetic campaigns.
These are the fucking arsehole scum who never patronise Allen Ginsberg, Henry Miller, Charles Bukowski, KATHY ACKER, KATHY ACKER, KATHY ACKER, William Burroughs and other archangelic BEATS WHO USED CULT LANAGUAGE FOR archangels of love archangels of love who loved cunts and cunt cunts and cocks and SAI BABA AND MAITREYA (Oh Sai Baba) and Babaji and saints and BUDDHA BUDDHA and the truth of dirty poetry.
These are the dead cunts like Michael Dransfield and Charles Buckmaster.
These are materialist turkeys who run creative writing departments and demonise the Spirit and with filthy PhDs from Nick Cave's dirty filthy arsehole of slime and filthy dirty pricks like old punk music like something else man like WOW like Mental as anything.
These are the people like David MacQuillin who lived in Sydney's Linfield and edited and promoted Sydney Punk music and who had friends that joined the Jehovas Witnesses (Lucifer's Witnesses) BYRON (evil motherfuckers) cunt scums cunt scums cunt scums.
These are the people who followed Radio Birdman at the very beginning who smashed their heads against the walls in the Surrey Hills in 1977 who screamed the streets of Sydney who screamed at the dirty little fuckin bits of scums dirty little fucking bits of scum
These are the fuckin dicknose people who laughed at me when I read my famous punk performed poems and then watched my life destroyed by illness and sadness and death and everything else.
These are the cunts and the cunts and cunt extraordinaires who fane intellectualness like Prof Peter Forrest at the University of New England who sold me out to the Catholic Church and I wasted 10 years of my life. THIS MAN IS A MONSTER WHO DESTROYED MY POETRY AND MY LIFE AND I WANT TO TAKE THIS MAN TO JAIL FOR GIVING ME THE HARDEST TIME ON THE PLANET AND I WANT to GET THIS MAN WHO CALLS HIMSELF A PROFESSOR HE IS A DIRTY BIG FUCKING FASCIST CUNT CUNT CUNT CUNT CUNT CUNT AND I WANT TO CRUSH YOUR FILTHY DIRTY HEAD AND THEN I WANT TO GO AND GET PROF MICHAEL LEVINE FROM THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA WHO DEFAMED MY WORK TO THE PUBLIC AND DESTROYED 10 years of my life I WANT TO GET PROF MICHAEL Levine AND I WANT TO KILL YOU PROFESSOR MICHAEL LEVINE I WANT TO CRUSH YOUR HEAD AGAINST A WALL AND SPIT ON YOUR DIRTY FACE
These are the people who have shat on my soul who HAVE used fingers in my eyes and killed my daughter and son and they want some sort of answer.
These are the poeple who are purple pUMPKIn eaters and sold me out on the deathless Sydney days and they laughed at me in the Laughing Clowns OH HOW cool and meeting Louise Elliot and I nearly made love and had sex with LOUISE Elliot who was truly beautiful I CAN STILL VIVIDLY REMBER LOUISe on the streets of Glebe Point Road we had a great meal together and all I wanted to do was make love with you LOUISe because in those days you were so utterly lovely and I wanted you so much and I have wanted to make love to some beautiful European women only like you because you are so fuckin beautiful and SMACKED OUT BABY and high and everything else.
These are the people who played in the band called CUNT (Cutting Up New Territories) and FUKT (Funky Underground Karmic Trash) SANG TO SPIES EVERYWHERE IN CANberra AND KNEW THAT JAPAN HAD BEEN GIVEN PSYCHOTRONIC WEAPONS.
These are the people like PiO MELBOURNE performance poet who I love and respect and I really hate JOHN TRANTER I think John Tranter is the worst poet in Australia and I feel strongly that Gerry Keaney is not a great poet until he recognises that Les Murray is a spiritual poet and that John Kinsella really is a nice poet sometimes because he writes about AREA 51 and the entire alien grey agenda... perhaps John Kinsella is cool who knows but he stinks sometimes because he's so hard to read.....
These are the people who are just little fuckin specs in the word order of things who have laughed at the dirty fuckin filth and the dirty fuckin idiots of POLITICS like RUPERT murdoch and Nick Cave can go and overdose on heroin together man they can shoot up in a Canberra Dunny or up the cross - so cool man so cool year baby.
These are the people like Prime Minister John Howard who let Martin Bryant be set up with psychotronic weapons before the Tasmanian shootings in 1996 with spies everywhere and let Pine Gap kill 50,000 people in 1994 in Kobe (with Paul Keating) using scalor weaponry and causing an earthquake which is what they did in Newcastle as a test and they killed 13 people the Australian Newcasltle earthquake was caused by psycotronic scalor weapons at Pine Gap just as a test.
These are the people who follow Satan like the fucking dicknose clowns who know nothing and then they thought they were cool into French philosophy but they were not into anything.
These are the cunts and smega who wanted Anthony Lawrence to get another huge literary grant through his ALBINO spine.
These are the savage fascist cunts at the Hobart Mercury newspaper who blackbanned me & my father and sold Rupert Murdoch's arsehole everyday people who sold their souls for Rupert Murdoch people who call themselves spiritual and then run the Tasmanian Times newspaper these people are the most heartless evil fucking slime these people are the turds of scum the turds of scum......
RUPERT MRUDOCH AND KERRY PACKER THE TURDS OF SCUM.
RUPERT MURDOCH AND KERRY PACKER THE TURDS OF SCUM.
RUPERT MRUDOCH AND KERRY PACKER THE TRUDS OF SCUMS.
rupert murdoch and kerry packer the turds of scum/
rupert murdoch and kerry packer the turds of scum
rupert murdoch and kerry packer the turds of scum.
THESE ARE THE PEOPLE LIKE ACTOR RUSSELL CROWE WHO SUCKS KERRY PACKER'S arsehole to make his terrible evil boring fascist Hollywood films the big cunt if you come near me I will kill you you fuckin bit of scum I will kill you russell CrowE I will give you the karate chop I want to kill you and put you down youR filthy Hollywood Lachlan Murdoch scums cums sCUMS scum sucm sCum CUNT CUNTS CUNTS
These are the people liKE the evil John Howard who continues to get spies to torture me and follow me I want to kill you john howard i want to kill you John Howard I want to kill you john howard YOU EVIL MOTHER FUCKER SCUM EVIL MOTHER FUCKER SCUM JOHN HOWARD HAS PUT THE AUSTRALIAN SPY ORGANISATION ON TO ME AND THEY ARE TRYING TO KILL ME AND I DO NOT LIKE BEING FOLLOWED BY WESTERN SPIES JOHN HOWARD I WILL KILL YOU YOU FILTHY DIRTY COLONIALIST KILLER OF OTHER PEOPLE.
I want yOu filthy dirty scum to go away and play with Lucifer on another planet this guy who is so bad and says he openly supports Lucifer just like Neal freeman the Canberra occult poet who wrote a very nasty poEM about me and then told the whole world how foul I was I tell you Neal Freeman ARCHANGEL MICHAEL IS GOING TO CRUSH YOUR DIRTY EVIL FUCKED UP SOUL YOU BIT OF FILTHY BUREAUCRATIC SCUM FUCKER GO AND DIE Archangel Michael is a warrior and he is going to get the cunt scum like these cunts like Nicole Kidman he is going to get Nick Cave and Mick HarVey and KILL you NICK CAVE I WANT TO PISS ON YOUR SOUL FOR SELLING OUT TO RUPERT MRUDOCH I WANT NICK CAVE TO SHOVE HIS ARSHHOLE UP NICK CAVE'S dead father you cunt cunt cunt cunt I want to sell you to the Sydney morning Herald FOR breaKfast I WANT TO GET NICK CAVE AND TURN HIS TWISTED SISTER INTO A NUCKLE SANDWICH
and the Sydney MornING herald then wanted my bew baby boy to be killed the SYDNEY MONRING HERALD HAVE BANNED ME FOR YEARS and then they wanted to kill my new baby boy and I am trying to get friendly with the SYDNEY MONRING HERALD BUT THEY KEEP WANTING TO MURDER MY NEW LOVELY BABY BOY THAT I LOVE SO MUCH AND CRY FOR AND I WORRY SO MUCH ABOUT MY NEW BABY BOY THAT I WANT MY DAUGHTER TO GET TO KNOW but i am worried thAt PORF Peter Forrest will get the Catholic Vatican spies to try and destroy my daughter if you go near my daughter Prof Peter Forrest I will personally kill you mySELF. I WILL THROW MY COCK AND CHOKE YOUR FASCIST FASCIST FASCIST FASCIST BODY I want to go to Armidale and walk into youR office with a gun grap your puny liTtle body and puLL that trigger you FOUL little LITTLE LITTLE LITTLE man CHANNELLED BY LUCIFER has choked your voice you sound like JOHN HOWARD you are the most disgusting man I have every known you Will pay for what you did to me the ARCHANGELS WILL REALLY GET AND CRUSH YOU PETER FORREST THEY WILL CRUSH YOU INTO THE GROUND AND THEY WILL SHOW HOW BAD THE CATHOLIC CHURCH IS AND THEY WILL MAKE SURE THAT THE CATHOLIC CHURCH WILL BE SHOWN FOR WHAT IT IS THE CATHOLIC CHURCH IS THE MOST DISGUSTING EVIL FASCIST LOT OF CUNTS I WANT TO GET THE CATHOLIC CHURCH And DESTROY THE CATHOLIC CHURCH AND I WANT TO USE MY KATHY ACKER BEAT PUNK AUTHORITY TO GET A NEW AGE GUN AND DESTOY THE CUNTS CUNTS CUNTS CUNTS CUNTS of the the Catholic CHurch and the New England review can go and fuck themselves so far up their deadly boring arsholes because, baby, I ama in CHINA and you can go and fuck yourselves and your fucking big conservatism and go and get the fucking little cunts away from me.
ALLEN GINSBERG AND THE BEAT HOMOSEXUAL ANGELS AND I LOVE ALLEN GINSBERG AND I AM TOTALLY HOMOSEXUAL AND I LOVE ASIAN WOMEN I LOVE HOMOSEXUALS AND ASIAN WOMEN AND I AM NOT LIKE RODNEY HALL AS THE SYDNEY MORNING HERALD WANTS ME TO BE I AM NOT LIKE RODNEY HALL WHO IS SO FUCKING BORING RODNEY HALL WITH SHORT HAIR WHO MICHAEL WILDING SAID WROTE TERRIBLE PROSE FICTION AND MEANJIN KEEP PUBLISHING THE VILE SCUM OF ADAM AITKIN I HATE YOU ADAM AITKIN AND YOUR ELK I LOVE PATRICK WHITMAN WE OF THE JAZZ PUNK REVOLUTION WILL CRUSH YOUR DIRTY FUCKING SLIMY FASCIST CUNT SCUM AND STAY AWAY FROM ME OR I WILL GET ARCHANGEL GABRIEL TO SMOTHER YOUR DIRTY LUCIFER souls and get the clones of Murdoch and the Sydney Morning Herald and totally banned me for years
I Want to get Lachlan Murdoch and get his arseHOLE and kill him I want to kill Lachlan Murdoch for the evil that he has done but I know I cannot do that becuase I will pay for the bad karma but is it bad to kill somebody who is so fucking evil as Lachlan Murdoch and the Murdoch family let's really consider if it is that bad to actualy kill the MURDOCH family I really feel that we would be doing a great service to the world to kill the Murdoch family and the Rockefeller family (of Exxon Oil) and the Walton family (of Walmart) and the Depont family (Depont Chemicals) and get John Pilger killed TOO hey let's go and kill JOHN PILGER your CIA mates tried to kill me in BEIJINg and sometimes i really want to die myself i just want To kill myself. i KNOW READER YOU WANT THIS TOO, ESPECIALLY EDITORS OF FUCKED CONSERVATIVE CUNT LITERARY MAGAZINES.
These are the people like the nameless Literary Editor of the Sydney Morning Herald who is such a filthy dirty scummy bit of crap. can I PLEASE HAVE A JOB AS A REVIEWER
These are the people of Newcastle who framed me up IN 1998 and let it happen and I want to go to Newcastle and let your working class fascism drive so deeply into ground and I want to get your hard rock egos and shove them so fucking deeply.
These are the poeple like the cunts and scum of Adelaide like Ken Bolton whose poetry is so fucking sick so fucking sick so fuck yourself greasy Ken we want you to go and shove your dirty filthy poetry and let it screeech into the souls of NIMBIN when I cruised Nimbin with my lovely father a SAINT Just like Ed Kueper and the other memberS of the SAINTS and alL the PUNK music in Australia will make RUPERT MURDOCH'S arsehole so bad and smelly but these are the people who are so fucking cuntbrained these are the alternative people people who sell their boring poetry to HarpersCollins and Penquin and OH PICADOR and have fucked my brain and not understood the New Age these are the people who are so fucking sick so fucking sick with the cunts of heaven shining badly in your arseholes these cunts called NICK CAVE I WANT TO GET YOUR DIRTY FILTHY MUSIC NICK CAVE AND SHOVE YOUR FUCKING SICK MUSIC INTO THE GARBAGE BIN WITH NICK ROTHWELL I HATE YOU NICK ROTHELL AND PSCYHOPATHIC SIBLINGS STAY away FROM ME OR I WILL DO SOMETHING VERY DIRTY GO AWAY LUCIFER OUT OF MY LIFE I DO NOT WANT PSYCHOPATHIC SYBLINGS. I want love and free dom. I WANT love and freedom.
I do not want Murdoch journalistS like Nick Rothwell who is such a NICK CAVE anti Radio Birdman bit of right wing filthy s.h.i.t whose cunt is hiding deep in his arsehole NICK ROTHWELL and PAUL MALONE ARE SO FASCIST AND MAKE ME SICK PAUL MALONE TRIED TO BLIND ME ON A CANBERRA BUS in 2002 following me a Murdoch spy I will kill you too.
These are the people that I hate like Wendy Harmer who is so fat she should go and kill yourself. WENDY HARMER (your husband is a nasty cunt) AND ANDREW DENTON ARE TOTALLY EVIL.
These are the people like Andrew Denton who is the most evil bit of fascist Luciferic shit that smothers his dirty fascist cunt filled little boy ego and we will get Andrew we will crush you deeply into your specific little shitty nose whose father was crap and mother fucked the soul of Lucifer we are going to kill you andrew denton we are going to crush you into the soul of Lucifer so you can stay there for ever.
IMPORTANT NOTE; I want to stress that I do NOT want to kill anyone. When I say this in this poetry I mean this metaphorically. It is just a form of pscyhological release that I use for my poetic licence. I really do want to stress I would never Kill Nick Cave, I just have a deep hatred for him and the others I have mentioned. My hatred is in the form of LOVE for Archangel Michael, the warrior ARCHANGEL, WHOSE BLUE FLAME is cleaning the filth and fury of Planet Earth.

NOTE ON THE AUTHOR
Michael Dargaville is a Performance Punk Poet and singer based in China. His recent Masters of Arts (Honours) thesis was withdrawn from academic marking in Australia due to academic corruption by two totally corrupt Australian academics supported by a corrupt supervisor at the University of New England, Australia. Michael is also a novelist, philosopher, scientist and New Age activist who is based in China were he works as an academic. He has taught in many Chinese universities and colleges for the past eight years. In 1990 he wrote a 40,000 word MA thesis on alternative medicine at the prestigiously radical but now defunct Department of General Philosophy at the University of Sydney. He has published more than 60 books and pamphlets with 50 books of poetry, four novels and works of journalism and philosophy. He was trained as a journalist in Australia and worked as a senior political journalist for the now defunct Melbourne Sun News Pictorial for three years before being blackbanned by News Corporation in the early 1990s. Currently he is doing a PhD in the latest in quantum theory, the New Age movement and its relationship with philosophcial idealism - that of a mind dependent universe. He works for the Galactic Federation and Spiritual Hierarchy in Asia and performs widely as an experimental folk punk singer and performance poet. Michael Dargaville is currently blackbanned by the terrible University of Queensland and the awful Monash University in Australia, two little fascist sausage machines for the dead. He is also currently lead singer of the DEAD RAT CUNTS. He can be contacted at  newidealism@yahoo.com.au


ANOTHER BIG NOTE ON THE AUTHOR: Michael Dargaville is a performance punk poet, poet, journalist, novelist, scientific researcher, musician, teacher and academic based in China where he has taught in many universities and colleges. He has written three major postgraduate theses on quantum theory, alternative medicine, eastern philosophy and the New Age movement in the past 20 years and holds a Masters degree in the philosophy of physics. He has published more than 50 books and chapbooks of poetry with alternatvie presses in Australia, America, China and other countries. Since the 1980s he has performed with some of Australia's most famous Punk music bands including the Laughing Clowns. He continues to travel and perform widely singing, doing poetry and giving lectures on spirituality, the New Age movement, and the new scientific movement coming out of the paradigm shift. He is a strong socialist, strong radical male feminist, and strongly anti-racist - and also strongly anti-materialist. His poetry has been strongly influenced by the Beat Generation, the famous hippies as well as the important punk music bands and poets.


Dear Editor
I would now like to make a submission with your publication of my Phd thesis which I have been working on. I would love to have some sections from the thesis draft published with you. You can also just publish this as an eBook if you want or you can include it in your other publications. I really hope you can place some of this thesis with your organisation either in the form of an Ebook, or as an section as an article for your newspaper/magazine/zine/web site/ or blog. I hope to hear from you.
Yours sincerely
Michael Dargaville
CHINA


THE NEW IDEALISM:
A Philosophical Investigation

By Michael Dargaville
A provisional draft section of a PhD thesis
The Humanities Department,


CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
SECTION 1: WHAT IS THE NEW IDEALISM
The climate of how the New Idealism evolved
The New Physics
The New Physics as a form of philosophical Idealism
Some other theories of physics which posit Idealism
Other regions of the New Idealism: the New Age
Buddhism
Hinduism and Indian Philosophy
Chinese Philosophy
The Occult and Esoteric Aspect of the New Age
SECTION 2: JUSTIFYING THE NEW IDEALISM:
What is the relevance of the New Idealism?
The rise of Materialism
The passage to the Solar Age
Comparisons of the New Idealism and Materialism
Health, Psychology and the New Idealism
The New Idealism and Economics
An historical perspective of Idealism and its alternative
The New Idealism, Medicine and Applied Philosophy
SECTION 3: FOUR IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF THE NEW IDEALISM
Introduction The New Idealism in literature and aesthetics
The debate within naturalism and the impact of the New Idealism
Superstring Theory
The physics of consciousness
CONCLUSION BIBLIOGRAPHY

INTRODUCTION
This work will examine what I have termed “The New Idealism? It is timely that this treatise is being written at the end of the second millennium because the concept of the New Idealism is revolutionary from a philosophical, and more specifically, metaphysical, point of view. The 20th century has been a century dictated by the concept of philosophical materialism. From academic philosophy to the far reaches of Readers Digest culture under advanced western capitalism, the notion of materialism has been rampant. In academic philosophy, materialism has ruled supreme. All the major philosophical movements of this century starting with Logical Atomism, Logical Positivism, agnostic existentialism, phenomenology, linguistic or ordinary language philosophy, structuralism, post-structuralism, postmodernism, Feminism and analytical philosophy in general, and this would also include the notion of anti-realism, has been against the philosophical metaphysical concept of Idealism or that reality as we know it, is produced by thought, a mind, Consciousness, a mental construct, Spirit.
When I use the term, “the New Idealism?I am using the term in two senses. Firstly, the developments in science and the New Physics in general has radically reintroduced the concept of philosophical Idealism. By this I mean that the once completely banished concept of philosophical Idealism has been reintroduced and it is a New Idealism, or rather, a new set of philosophies that posit Idealism. Secondly, the New Idealism, when it is taken to its fullest extent, is actually different from the many brands of philosophical Idealism prior to the 19th century. The most famous brand of Idealism, of course, had been Hegel’s Absolute Idealism, which says that all matter in the Universe is Spirit, or mental in construct. The New Idealism has much in common wit Hegelian Idealism and various forms of Idealisms found in Hinduism and Buddhism. So a clear definition would be that the New Idealism differs from the old Idealism in that it is based firmly upon science, especially developments within the New Physics.
Generally, the notion of philosophical Idealism says that reality is not fundamentally material, but mental. The word grew out of Idea-ism, strictly speaking. In philosophy the great debate in metaphysics had been between Idealism and materialism, until the 20th century virtually abandoned the concept of philosophical Idealism. This, however, was contained strictly within academic philosophy, which was usually seen as being at the cutting edge of philosophical research.
Philosophical materialism, and the rise of philosophical materialism has an extremely complex historical background which had been strongly vocal throughout the past four centuries. The Logical Positivists in the 20th century appealed to science to dismiss metaphysics while the analytic philosophical tradition fully emerged with the dawning of that philosophical system. These ideas represented a range of ideas characteristic of the Vienna Circle in Europe in the 1920s and 1930s. They were strongly influenced by empirical tradition, and especially the work of David Hume. According to the famous verification principle, the meaning of a proposition consists in the methods of its verification. This principle is the basis of Logical Positivism’s attack of theology and metaphysics because these notions were considered unverifiable.
However, at the heart of the New Idealism, science is once again used, but this time it is used to dismiss philosophical materialism. Right across the scientific spectrum there has been a radical swing towards philosophical issues of spirituality and Idealism. And at the heart of this scientific revolution is the major developments in physics, which is now called the New Physics. This thesis will examine how the New Physics radically reintroduces the concept of philosophical Idealism. There are now many physicists, many of whom are at the front ranks of their profession, who have in common a position that rejects philosophical materialism and reintroduces the concept of spirituality in matter. This is very radical stuff, indeed, and is a complete philosophical revolution. This is because, as discussed earlier, all of the major philosophies of the 20th century were forms of philosophical materialism.
The first section of this thesis is called, “What is the New Idealism? This section especially concentrates on the New Physics, and how the New Physics reintroduces the metaphysical concept of Idealism, and that in fact developments in physics has made redundant the notion that matter is in any way a substance which is non-mental. This chapter will concentrate on the work of many physicists including Fritjof Capra, David Bohm, Geoffrey Chew, Paul Davies, David Clark, Willis Harman, John Wheeler and Brenda Dunn. The work of Fritjof Capra will be the core primary source for this very important section. I am using Capra here because he was one of the first major world physicists to realize and write articulately about the concept of a New Idealism in the New Physics. Also, Capra’s work is highly praised by both physicists and non-physicists alike. Thus, I want to stress here how important Capra’s work will be as providing a formal basis for some of these major claims. I feel this needed to be done because Capra is a recognized world famous physicist who has contributed to physics for most of his life and at the early stage of his career his own research was at the cutting edge of physics. Thus, in the early part of this thesis it will be realized that some of the major premises put forward indeed come from Capra. What Capra says is generally accepted by most major physicists when I use his work to clearly outline the history of physics. This is an extremely point. So throughout the early part of this thesis Capra’s work is used as an important historical reference.
This section will also concentrate on some of the works of other thinkers who are not professional physicists but write extensively about physics. This will be very much a core section and will provide the reader to some of the exciting new developments in this region of science. Various comparisons will also be used to show how the New Physics is similar and has deep sympathies with many branches of Eastern philosophy and will make a connection with what is termed the New Age movement, an often highly criticized philosophical position that has gained a great deal of respect from independent thinkers. The thinkers used here will include the work of David Ash and Peter Hewitt, two British physicists who have put forward the theory of transubstantiation, which basically concurs with the New Physics in saying that Consciousness produces matter. However, the theory goes further and says that Consciousness is faster that the speed of light and creates a new form of energy called super energy. This is like the final nail in the coffin for materialism and is the cream on the cake of the New Physics. Here I have decided to leave out the controversial new development of Super String theory until the last section because this theory has much in common with the New Idealism yet is still being developed.
In this first section I will make an effort to combine all of these major physical systems to give a coherent overview. The section will outline Eastern philosophical systems. This is extremely important because a clear understanding of what all forms of Idealism will be examined and put forward. Thus, an examination of the old idealism will show what is different about the New Idealism.
Other areas of the New Idealism that will be touched upon in the next section are the other regions of the sciences that are also challenging the concept of philosophical materialism, especially in biology. This will, for example, concentrate on the work of Rupert Sheldrake and other biologists. It will also concentrate on the scientific discoveries in psychology that the New Idealism has affected. This will concentrate on the work of thinkers such as Carl Simonton, Ken Wilber, Gregory Bateson plus many other new writers, especially those who work in the medical sciences.
This next section will be called, “Justifying the New Idealism? This section will clearly evaluate some of the extremely radical claims that the New Idealism makes and the philosophical revolutionary aspects of it. This will carefully examine the notion of what arguments philosophical materialism has against Idealism, and the concept of Idealism. It will clearly outline the history of philosophical materialism and the rise of science. Once again this will concentrate on the radical development of the New Physics. This obviously has to be the best way to justify the concept of the New Idealism but will take an extremely objective outlook at some of the major arguments that materialists use.
The third section, called “Three Important Aspects of the New Idealism? will examine the New Idealism and Literature, the New Idealism and the debate within Naturalism, Super String theory and the New Idealism and lastly, the Physics of Consciousness. I have left Superstring theory here because the Physics of Consciousness issue and Superstring overlap.
Throughout, a major effort will be made to be as explicit and precise as possible, and to clearly explain what is being stated here. What is being said here is that a straightforward approach will be adopted in the use of my philosophical language to be as clear as possible, and to avoid philosophical jargon, a practice that many philosophers use unsuccessfully because it usually frightens the reader away.
Each section will be broken down into further sub-sections with headings to further help the reader gain exactly what I am saying here, and to give a clearly focused explanation on what is happening. This is very much an effort; once again, of clearly outlining for the reader what is happening, especially thematically. This will, I believe, give a firm structure for the overall treatise.
Because this is very much a new area of philosophy and an area that I believe is not only revolutionary but of vital importance, it is most important for the reader to clearly understand on what is being stated. The New Idealism is completely revolutionary in that it will affect all areas of life ?from political life, economics, medicine, psychiatry, biology and many other areas of society.
There is now a strong worldwide movement that is redirecting the nature of human thought, although western philosophy right in the lead-up into the new millennium has been concentrating on postmodernism and anti-realism. However, the New Idealism has profoundly opened another door for philosophy and makes it a highly interesting time for the pursuit of a craft that is now of vital importance.

SECTION 1: WHAT IS THE NEW IDEALISM
The climate of how the new idealism evolved
The major philosophical system that ruled the hearts and minds of men and women for the past four centuries is what is termed philosophical materialism. This historical concept cannot be overstressed here, at the beginning of this treatise. Right up to the end of the 20th century the concept of philosophical Materialism is taught throughout most western universities. Philosophical materialism is also throughout virtually all societies on Earth, embedded into our medicine, economics, virtually all our sciences and in every structure of thought.
Philosophical materialism grew from the Scientific Revolution of more than four hundred years ago, which was initiated by two towering figures of the seventeenth century, Descartes and Newton.
Rene Descartes is usually regarded as the founder of modern philosophy who had written that, “all science is certain, evident knowledge? It is this certainty of scientific knowledge that lies at the heart of Cartesian philosophy, and it is from this paradigm where some of the major philosophical flaws of thought started. All the branches of modern science were hugely influenced by Descartes. At the centre of Descartes?method is what he termed radical doubt until he reaches the realisation that one cannot doubt the existence of ourselves as a thinker. The famous “Cogito, Ergo sum?or “I think, therefore I exist?came from this position.
Descarte’s cogito made mind more certain for him than matter which lead to the conclusion that there were two separate and fundamentally different substances, that of mind, and that of matter. There is nothing included in the concept of body that belongs to the mind; and nothing in that of mind that belongs to the body. This Cartesian division between mind and matter has remained with Western thought right up to present day and lays the very foundations of Philosophical Materialism, along with the essence of Greek philosophy, which will be discussed later. In the life sciences, the Cartesian division led to endless confusion about the relation between the mind and the brain, while in physics it made it extremely difficult for the founders of quantum theory to interpret their observations of atomic phenomena .
The entire philosophy of Descartes was based on the fundamental division of two independent and separate realms ?that of mind, the res cognitans, the “thinking thing??and that of matter, or res extensa, the “extended thing? In Descartes view both mind and matter were the creations of God, who represented their common point of reference, being the source of the exact common point of reference natural order and of the light of reason that enabled the human mind to recognise this order. The existence of God was essential to his scientific method, although, and this is important, scientists omitted any explicit reference to God and developed their theories according to the Cartesian division, with the humanities concentrating on the “thinking substance?and the natural sciences on the “extended substance?
To Descartes the material universe was a machine and nothing but a machine. This is at the very heart of the concept of philosophical Materialism. In this philosophy there was no purpose, life, or spirituality in MATTER. Nature worked according to mechanical laws, and everything in the material world could be explained in terms of the arrangement and movement of its parts. The mechanical picture of nature became the dominant paradigm of nature and guided all scientific observation and the formulation of all theories of natural phenomena until 20th century physics shattered all of these concepts.
The entire elaboration of mechanistic science in the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries, including Newton’s grand synthesis, came from the development of the Cartesian idea which saw nature (or matter) as being a perfect machine, governed by exact mathematical laws.
This rampant philosophical materialism was also extended to the natural sciences and plants and animals were considered simply machines, which also included human beings, although we fortunately had a “rational soul?connected to the body by the pineal gland. The biological function of the body could be reduced to mechanical operations, in order to show that living organisms were nothing but automata. This view had a huge impact on biologists, physicians and psychologists for the past 200 years and encouraged scientists to view all organisms as nothing but machines, a reductionist fallacy that became especially apparent in medicine where the adherence to the Cartesian method of the human body as clockwork has prevented medical practitioners from curing many of our major illnesses.
In this background, Isaac Newton developed the achievement of 17th century science by providing a consistent mathematical theory of the universe that remained the solid foundation of scientific thought well into the 20th century. The Newtonian universe was one huge mechanical system, operation according to exact mathematical laws.
The Newtonian universe in which all physical phenomena took place was the three-dimensional space of classical Euclidean geometry. It was an absolute space, an empty container that was independent of the physical phenomena occurring in it. Newton wrote that absolute space, in its own nature, without regard to anything external, remains always similar and immovable . All changes in the physical world were described in terms of a separate dimension while time, which again was absolute, had no connection with the material world and flowed smoothly from the past through the present to the future. All matter which moved in this absolute space and absolute time consisted of material particles. This is an important notion to the understanding of materialism, and the philosophy behind it. The Newtonian particles were small, solid and indestructible objects out of which all matter was made.
This, of course, is the very heart of the doctrine of philosophical Materialism. While the Newtonian model was atomistic, it differed from the modern notion of atoms of different weights or densities but in terms of more or less dense packing of atoms. Physicist Fritjof Capra says that the Newtonian concept saw the basic building blocks of matter could be of different sizes but consisted of the same “stuff? and the total amount of material substance in an object was given by the object’s mass.
In Newton’s view, the motion of the particles was caused by the force of gravity and acted instantaneously over a distance. The material particles and the forces between them were of a fundamentally different nature, with the inner constitution of the particles being independent of their mutual interaction. Capra says that Newton saw both the particles and the force of gravity as created by God and thus not subject to further analysis.
The Cartesian-Newtonian world machine formed the core of all major materialist thought since that time. All physical phenomena in this scheme, are reduced to the motion of material particles, caused by their mutual attraction. The concept of a perfect world-machine also implied an external creator, a sort of monarchical god who ruled the world from above imposing his divine law on it. Capra points out that the physical phenomena themselves were not thought to be divine in any sense, and when science made it more and more difficult to believe in such a god, the divine disappeared completely from the scientific world-view. “The philosophical basis of this secularisation of nature was the Cartesian division between spirit and matter. As a consequence of this division, the world was believed to be a mechanical system that could be described objectively, without ever mentioning the human observer, and such an objective description of nature became the ideal of all science,?writes Capra in The Turning Point.
Newtonian mechanics was used widely throughout the 18th and 19th centuries, claims Capra. Thus, it is extremely important to point out that the other part of Descartes theory ?namely ?the thought substance ?had been completely ruled out by this stage. THIS IS A VERY CLEAR DEFINITION OF MODERN DAY MATERIALISM. Further developments and examples of what materialism is will be outlined further in Section Two of the thesis. Newtonian theory was able to explain the motion of the planets, moons, and comets down to minute detail. With the success of the Newtonian-Cartesian world machine philosophical system during this time led directly to the emphasis on “hard science?and “hard?technology in our culture. Because of the Materialist conception and world-view, physics naturally became the basis of all the sciences.
The nail on the coffin for opponents of the Newtonian-Cartesian world machine during these centuries was Charles Darwin’s Origin of Species. This theory forced biologists to fit the Darwinian theory into the Cartesian framework, thus paving the way for the doctrine of philosophical Materialism within all layers of the life sciences.
The New Physics
Albert Einstein published two articles in 1905 and thus changed the future of physics completely. These articles also lay the foundations for the destruction of the concept of philosophical Materialism and reintroduced the concept of philosophical Idealism, that of a Mind dependent Universe. The revolution that Einstein initiated was twofold. Firstly was his special theory of relativity while the other was a new way of looking at electromagnetic radiation that was to become characteristic of the quantum theory of atomic phenomena.
According to Capra, Einstein’s scientific papers are intellectual monuments that mark the beginning of 20th century thought. He says Einstein strongly believed in nature’s inherent harmony, and throughout his scientific life his deepest concern was to find a unified foundation of physics. He began to move toward this goal by constructing a common framework for electrodynamics and mechanics, the two separate theories of classical physics. This theory unified and completed the structure of classical physics, and at the same time importantly involved radical changes in the traditional concepts of space and time, and by so doing completely undermined the foundations of the Newtonian world-view. Einstein proposed the general theory of relativity 10 years later, where the framework of the special theory is extended to include gravity.
The other major development in 20th century physics was a consequence of the experimental investigation of atoms. Physicists discovered at the turn of the century several phenomena connected with the structure of atoms, such as X-rays and radioactivity, which were inexplicable in terms of classical physics. It is important to realise that besides being objects of intense study, these phenomena were used, in most ingenious ways, as new tools to probe deeper into matter than had ever been possible before. This exploration of the atomic and subatomic world brought scientists in contact with a strange and unexpected reality that shattered the foundations of their world-view and forced them to think in an entirely new way.
It was to be a complete revolution and nothing like this had ever happened before. It made physicists conclude that their basic concepts, their language, and their whole way of thinking were inadequate to describe atomic phenomena and that the paradoxes they encountered were an essential aspect of atomic physics, and that classical concepts were useless.
Quantum theory, or quantum mechanics, was formulated during the first three decades of the century by an international group of physicists including Max Planck, Albert Einstein, Niels Bohr, Louise De Broglie, Erwin Schodinger, Wolfgang Pauli, Werner Heisenberg and Paul Dirac.
The scientists deeply interested in the philosophical implications of modern physics have been trying in an open minded way to improve their understanding of the nature of reality. “In contrast to the mechanistic Cartesian view of the world, the world view emerging from modern physics can be characterised by words like organic, holistic and ecological. It might be called a systems view, in the sense of a general systems theory. The universe is no longer seen as a machine, made up of a multitude of objects, but has to be pictured as one indivisible, dynamic whole whose parts are essentially interrelated and can be understood only as patterns of a cosmic process,?Capra writes.
When physicists started investigating atoms at the start of the 20th century some extraordinary and completely unexpected results occurred. Far from being the hard, solid particles of time-honoured theory, atoms turned out to consist of vast regions of space in which extremely small particles ?the electrons ?moved around the nucleus. Also, it was found that electrons and the protons and the neutron in the nucleus were nothing like the solid objects of classical physics and were very abstract entities that had a dual aspect, depending on how they were observed. They could sometimes be particles and sometimes could appear as waves. The dual nature is also exhibited in light, which can take the form of electromagnetic waves or particles. These particles of light were first called “quanta?by Einstein, which became known as quantum theory.
This dual nature of matter and of light is very strange because it seemed impossible to accept that something can be, at the same time, a particle, which is an entity confined to a very small volume, and a wave, which is spread out over a vast region of space. However, this is the reality that was being proved until it was realised that the terms “particle?and “wave?refer to classical concepts that could not describe atomic phenomena. In the case of an electron, it is neither a particle nor a wave, but it may show particle-like aspects in some circumstances and wave-like aspects in others. When it is acting like a particle, it is capable of developing in its wave nature at the expense of its particle nature, and vice versa, which means that it is always in transformation from particle to wave and from wave to particle and means that particles have no intrinsic properties independent of the environment. The properties it shows ?particle-like or wave-like ?will depend on the experimental situation, that is, on the apparatus it is forced to interact with.
The physicist Niels Bohr introduced the term or notion of complementarity to describe this situation in that the particle picture and the wave picture were two complementary descriptions of the same reality. The concept of complementarity is now an essential part of the way physicists think about nature.
The wave/particle paradox had forced physicists to question the very nature of philosophical materialism, or the mechanical world-view which is, the concept of the reality of matter. Matter does not exist with certainty at the subatomic level but rather shows “tendencies to exist? while atomic events do not occur with certainty at definite times and in definite ways, but rather show “tendencies to occur? and that the “tendencies?are expressed as probabilities. As Capra explains: “In the formalism of quantum mechanics, these tendencies are expressed as probabilities and are associated with quantities that take the form of waves; they are similar to the mathematical forms used to describe, say a vibrating guitar string, or sound wave. This is how particles can be waves at the same time. They are not ‘real?three-dimensional waves like water waves or sound waves. They are ‘probability?waves ?abstract mathematical quantities with all the characteristic properties of waves ?that are related to the probabilities of finding the particles at particular points in space at particular times. All the laws of atomic physics are expressed in terms of these probabilities.?
Furthermore, these atomic events do not describe probabilities of things, but rather probabilities of “interconnections?and that isolated material particles are indeed abstractions, with their properties being definable and observable only through their interaction with other systems, as Niel Bohr stated. Thus, subatomic particles are not “things?but are interconnections between “things? and these “things?in turn, are interconnections between other things.
Capra says that this is how modern physics reveals the basic oneness of the universe. He says that as physicists penetrate further and further into the nature of matter, nature does not show any isolated building blocks, but rather appears as a complicated web of relations between various parts of a unified whole.
When these quantum considerations are combined with Einstein’s theory of relativity, many interesting notions start developing. Relativity theory showed that space is not three-dimensional and time is not separate. Both are intimately connected and form a four-dimensional continuum, “space-time? The concepts of space and time are so basic for the description of natural phenomena that their modification of the whole framework that is used to describe nature. The major consequence of this is the realisation that mass is a form of energy and that even an object at rest has energy stored in its mass, and the relation between the two is given by the famous equation E=mc(2), c being the speed of light. Thus, what is being stated is that everything in the universe is a form of energy, including the interconnections that occur at the sub-atomic level. In modern physics, matter is no longer associated with a material substance, and particles are not seen as consisting of any basic “stuff? but as bundles of energy. This is a truly extraordinary concept because if the universe and all the matter in the universe is energy, then the very nature of energy comes to be examined. Capra states that energy, however, is associated with activity, with processes. This implies that the nature of subatomic particles is intrinsically dynamic. Particles can no longer be pictured as small billiard balls, or grains of sand, but as patterns of activity, or movement itself, which have a space aspect and a time aspect. Their space aspect makes them appear as objects with a certain mass, their time aspect as processes involving the equivalent energy. Capra points out that the being of matter and activity, thus, could not be separated as they are different aspects of the same space-time reality.
Our view of the forces between these particles has been radically altered by these developments. In a relativistic description of particle interactions, the forces between the particles, which includes their mutual attraction or repulsion, are pictured as the exchange of other particles. Capra says this concept is very difficult to visualise, but it is vital to acknowledge for an understanding of subatomic phenomena. He says it links the forces between constituents of matter to the properties of other constituents of matter, and thus unifies the two concepts, force and matter, which had seemed to be fundamentally different in Newtonian physics. Also both force and matter are now seen to have their common origin in the dynamic patterns that we call particles. These energy patterns of the subatomic world form the stable nuclear, atomic, and molecular structures that build up matter and give it its macroscopic solid aspect, which makes us believe that it is made of some material substance. Although the notion that matter or substance can be helpful, at the atomic level it no longer makes sense and that in fact everything that is being witnessed in the world is a form of energy. Capra states that atoms consist of particles, and these particles are not made of any material stuff. He says when we observe them we never see any substance; what we observe are dynamic patterns continually changing into one another ?the continuous dance of energy.
I have concentrated here on what Fritjof Capra is declaring and am using his work very much here as the primary source. This interpretation is very much accepted as a standard model for those physicists who had been working in these areas at the time. Since then, however, many changes have taken place yet it must be stressed that Capra and a whole movement of other physicists at the vanguard of physics during this time advocated the notion of “holism?in theoretical physics. Those physicists involved in this research started to ask what in fact is energy. This is a vital point. And those physicists asking the most vital question of exactly what energy is, have been forced to introduce the concept of Consciousness into the arena. Many physicists are now saying the Consciousness produces Energy, which is a form of philosophical Idealism. This is very much a revolutionary philosophical position but those physicists at the cutting edge of research are saying that particle research is suggesting that the particles are merely patterns of Consciousness. Now we will examine some of these theories. A new area in physics has especially developed called the Physics of Consciousness that deals with this.
The New Physics as a form of philosophical Idealism
The two most basic theories of contemporary physics has shown that the Cartesian world view and Newtonian physics have been superseded, although, of course, they still exert a huge influence on our way of thinking. Quantum theory shows that matter is made up of “probability patterns? which represents an inseparable cosmic web that includes the human observer and their consciousness. On the other hand, relativity theory has made this cosmic web a dynamic character by showing that its activity is the very essence of its being and that at the sub-atomic level the interrelations and interactions between the parts of the whole are more fundamental then the parts themselves.
Fritjof Capra says current research in physics aims at unifying quantum mechanics and relativity theory into a complete theory of sub-atomic particles. In the area of this form of research there are basically two different kinds of “quantum-relativistic?theories. The first deals with field theory, from which superstring developed, while the second is known as Systems Theory and incorporates S-Matrix theory and many other theories that constitutes the Physics of Consciousness.
The work of Fritjof Capra here is very much seen as revolutionary by those who have advocated the new development called the Physics of Consciousness. Capra and David Bohm, another brilliant British physicist, virtually elaborated with many other physicists what exactly the Physics of Consciousness consists of. Those physicists working in field theories simply did not go into this area and this is why Fritjof Capra’s work is of such vital importance and is being used as the core primary text. This has created problems because most field theory physicists have not given any criticism on the Physics of Consciousness and has thus left the field wide open. Also, it has made a critical examination of Capra and these other physicists extremely different because their theories have not been widely rejected and thus a counter-argument is extremely hard to develop. This is an extremely important point.
Capra says that the S-matrix theory has been successful in describing the strong interactions of particles. The theory was founded by the physicist Geoffrey Chew in the 1960s and was developed as a comprehensive theory of strongly interacting particles that was tied into a more philosophical system in itself. Capra writes that according to the bootstrap philosophy, nature cannot be reduced to fundamental entities, like fundamental building blocks of matter, but has to be understood entirely through consistency. All physics has to follow uniquely from the requirement that its components be consistent with one another and themselves, writes Capra. He says that this idea radically departs from the traditional spirit of basic research in physics that has always been the search for the fundamental nature of matter Bootstrap philosophy, or the S-matrix theory is the culmination of the conception of the material world as an interconnected web of relations that emerged from quantum theory. Capra writes that the bootstrap philosophy not only abandons the idea of fundamental building blocks of matter, but accepts no fundamental entities whatsoever ?no fundamental constants, laws or equations and the universe is seen as a dynamic web of interrelated events. The important aspect of the theory is that none of the properties of any part of this web is fundamental because they all follow from the properties of the other parts. The overall consistency of their interrelations determines the structure of the entire web.
In the framework of S-matrix theory, the bootstrap approach attempted to derive all properties of particles and their interactions uniquely from the requirements of self-consistency. He says the only fundamental laws accepted are a few very general principles that are required by the methods of observation and are essential parts of the scientific framework. “All other aspects of particle physics are expected to emerge as a necessary consequence of self-consistency,?Capra writes.
Capra points out that if this bootstrap approach can be carried out successfully, the philosophical implications will be extremely profound. “The fact that all the properties of particles are determined by principles closely related to the methods of observation would mean that the basic structures of the material world are determined, ultimately, by the way we look at the world; that the observed patterns of matter are reflection of patterns of mind,?Capra writes profoundly . This, of course, clearly posits a philosophical Idealist position in that it infers that the structures of the material world are determined, fundamentally, through reflections of mind, or intelligence, or Consciousness, This is a complete breakthrough in which we perceive the world, the universe and everything in it. S-matrix theory was one of the first major theories to deal with Consciousness explicitly and is still taken very seriously by leading physicists and philosophers who work within the Physics of Consciousness.
Capra writes that the phenomena of the subatomic world are so complex that it is envisaged that a series of partly successful models will continue to be developed. He says that each would be intended to cover only a part of the observed phenomena and would contain some unexplained aspects, or parameters, but the parameters of one model might be explained by another. Thus more and more phenomena could gradually be covered with ever increasing accuracy by a mosaic of interlocking models whose net number of unexplained parameters keeps decreasing. The adjective bootstrap is thus never appropriate for any individual model, but can be applied only to a combination of mutually consistent models, none of which are any more fundamental than the others, Capra says.
Geoffrey Chew has stated that a physicist who is able to view any number of different partially successful models without favouritism is automatically a bootstrapper. One of the major new insights of the bootstrap theory of subatomic particles is the notion or order as a new and important aspect of particle physics. In this context, order means the interconnectedness of subatomic processes.
Capra writes that when the concept of order is incorporated into the mathematical framework of S-matrix theory, only a few special categories of ordered relationships turn out to be consistent with that framework and that the resulting patterns of particle interactions are precisely those observed in nature. This is an extraordinary concept in itself but when the picture of subatomic particles that emerges from the bootstrap theory is combined with the revelation that every particle consists of all other particles, then a truly revolutionary philosophical position starts developing. Particles should not be imagined that they contain all the others in a classical, static sense. Rather, subatomic particles are not separate entities but interrelated energy patterns in an ongoing dynamic basis. He says these patterns do not “contain?one another but rather “involve?one another in a way that can be given a precise mathematical meaning but cannot easily be expressed in words?
The significance of order in subatomic physics plays a very basic role in the scientific approach to reality, and is a crucial aspect of all methods of observation and is essential to the rational mind and that every perception of a pattern is, in a sense, a perception of order. The clarification of the concept or order in a field of research where patterns of matter and patterns of mind are increasingly being recognised as reflections of one another has forced physicists to include our conception of macroscopic space-time and our conception of human consciousness and of consciousness in general. This lies at the very heart of the New Idealism. This clearly shows how the Bootstrap Theory and the S-Matrix Theory radically reintroduces the notion of philosophical Idealism. Increased use of the bootstrap approach opens up the unprecedented possibility of being forced to include the study of human consciousness explicitly in future theories of matter. The question of consciousness has already arisen in quantum theory in connection with the problem of observation and measurement, but the pragmatic formulation of the theory scientists use in their research does not refer to consciousness explicitly. Capra says some physicists argue that consciousness may be an essential aspect of the universe, and that we may be blocked from further understanding of natural phenomena if we insist on excluding it. And this in itself is why bootstrapping and the S-Matrix theory are so very important. What is being posited again here is a form of philosophical Idealism and Capra says that there are two main approaches in physics that come very close to dealing with consciousness explicitly. The bootstrap theory is one that has received considerable attention while the other was developed by the maverick physicist David Bohm.
Bohm’s theory begins with the notion of “unbroken wholeness?and his aim was to explore the order inherent in the cosmic web of relations at a deeper, “nonmanifest?level. Bohm called these the “implicate?order, or “enfolded?order, and compares it to the analogy of a hologram. Holograms are three-dimensional images created with the aid of a laser. For example, when a person shines a laser beam through a piece of photographic film containing the encoded image of an apple, a three-dimensional image of the apple will appear on the other side of the film. If the film is cut in half and a laser is shone through each piece, two complete three-dimensional images will appear. Then again, if the film is cut into four pieces, four apples appear. Each piece of holographic transparency contains the entire image, in which each part, in some sense, contains the whole. If any part of the hologram is illuminated, the entire image will be reconstructed. Bohm believed the real world was structured according to the same general principles, with the whole enfolded in each of its parts.
Capra says Bohm realised that the hologram was too static to be used as a scientific model for the implicate order at the subatomic level and coined the term “holomovement? The holomovement was a dynamic phenomenon out of which all forms of the material universe flowed. Bohm found it necessary to regard consciousness as an essential feature of the holomovement and to take it into account explicitly in his theory. Mind and matter were simply interdependent and correlated mutually enfolding projections of a higher reality.
During his life Bohm stated his position philosophically: “The mental and the material are two sides of one overall process that are (like form and content) separated only in thought and not in actuality. Rather, there is one energy that is the basis of all reality. There is never any division between mental and material sides at any stage of the overall process.?
This eventually led Bohm to consider the presence of “proto-conscious?properties at the level of particle physics. He used the analogy to illustrate this apparent “knowing?properties of subatomic particles, of the movements of electrons in the laboratory to those of ballet dancers responding to a musical score, with the score itself constituting “a common pool?of information that guides each of the dancers as he takes steps. Bohm wrote that in the case of the electrons, the ‘score?is of course the wave function. As with the dancer, the electrons are thus participating in a common action based on a pool of information, rather than pushing or pulling on each other mechanically according to laws like those of classical physics.
For Bohm, this sharing of information, this mutual “knowing? could be the elementary conscious awareness of each particle. Bohm is positing a pan physicist notion here similar to the thinking of Spinoza. A major aspect of the holographic view of consciousness is the implications it has for consciousness as a field because if consciousness is a field and only one vibration then all other fields are enfolded into this. The holomovement points out that physics cannot undertake the project of ascertaining the law of the whole because relativity and quantum theory who that the Newtonian laws had only limited relevance. The notion of the implicate order becomes the totality of what constitutes the holomovement, which in itself is “undefinable and immeasurable? which is what mind or consciousness would be.
Bohm believes that just as quantum systems are essentially unified, so are our thought processes. He writes: “Thought process and quantum systems are analogous in that they cannot be analysed too much in terms of distinct elements, because the ‘intrinsic?nature of each element is not a property existing separately from and independently of other elements but is, instead, a property that arises partially from its relation with other elements.?
The Oxford physicist Roger Penrose has supported a great deal of what Bohm is suggesting. Penrose has stated that quantum theory and the physics of consciousness, as it is now called, clearly indicates that the universe as a whole could be a form of consciousness. He has stated his position with these words: “Quantum physics involves many highly intriguing and mysterious kinds of behaviour. Not the least of these are the non-local quantum correlations which can occur over widely separated distances. It seems to me to be a definite possibility that such things could be playing a role in conscious thought modes. Perhaps it is not too fanciful to suggest that quantum correlations could be playing an operative role over large regions of the brain. Might there be any relation between a ‘state of awareness?and a highly coherent quantum state in the brain? Is the ‘oneness?or ‘globality?that seems to be a feature of consciousness connected with this? It is somewhat tempting to believe so.?
Bohm pointed out more than 40 years ago that there were many striking similarities between the behaviour of our thought processes and that of some quantum processes
Bohm states that just as life as we know it would be impossible if quantum theory did not have is present classical limit, though as we know it would be impossible unless we could express its results in logical terms. Bohm points out that the vital link between thought processes and quantum processes, between ourselves and electrons, is clearly explaining how consciousness can be seen in terms of quantum mechanical features. This is truly a revolutionary concept and once again is clearly a form of philosophical Idealism in that both quantum reality and the actual structure and functioning of the brain are reflections of the same thing ?that reality, or rather quantum reality, is being structured in exactly the same way that mind is being structured. The entire universe is a form of thought because it is a macroscopical reflection of quantum consciousness and even the very internal processes of the brain.
What is being suggested here is that Consciousness itself is the quantum process and produces matter.
Matter is being produced by the quantum process of consciousness. Now this form of philosophical Idealism is very much a Berkleyian form of Idealism in this instance.
Some other theories of physics which posit Idealism
One of the most impressive theories to come from the New Age that posits philosophical Idealism is that put forward by two British thinkers, David Ash and Peter Hewitt. Both Ash and Hewitt were trained as scientists at London and Cambridge universities and have come up with a theory that says that Thought itself is creating the Material Universe. Firstly they posit the notion that an elementary particle is a vortex of energy. They say that energy is not material and that it is dynamic in that it involves action and change, and that in fact it could be pictured as simply movement.
“Just as movement cannot exist without direction, so energy cannot exist without form,?they write in their book Science of the Gods. The two fundamental forms of energy in our world are matter and light and that light is often taken to be a wave form of energy.
Ash and Hewitt say that the two major pillars of 20th century physics are relativity and quantum theory, and that the concept of the vortex will complement significant areas of both these achievements. “In Quantum theory, for example, it can begin to provide models which give physical reality to otherwise obscure concepts. Take, for instance, the enigma of quantum spin. Quantum theory regards this elusive property as somehow intrinsic to the particle, but insists that it is not a form of particle rotation. The vortex shows quite clearly that spin is absolutely intrinsic to the particle, being fundamental to its very existence,?they write.
With regard to relativity, they say that the vortex account of space is entirely compatible with Einstein’s theory.
Ash and Hewitt stress, and this as an extremely important concept, that realising our world is nothing but energy is the crucial step for an understanding of the universe. They say that energy is the prime reality. They say energy is the prime reality. Energy is the foundation of everything in the universe, from the minute atom to the mighty galaxy. Yet is the physical universe the only reality? If matter and light ?its building blocks ?are purely two forms of energy, could there be other energy, in non-material forms, Ash and Hewitt write.
Ash and Hewitt say that a particle of matter is a swirling ball of energy, a spherical vortex of movement. Light is a different form of energy, but according to Ash and Hewitt, it is obvious from Einstein’s E=mc(2) equation, that matter and light share a common movement. In E=mc(2), they say, it is c, the speed of light, which relates matter to energy. “From this, we can draw a simple conclusion. It is obvious: the speed of movement in matter must be the speed of light. This is the only possible sense we can make of Einstein’s equation. If, in a particle of matter, the vortex movement is at the speed of light.?
Then Ash and Hewitt say that as energy has been equated with movement, why is all movement constrained by the speed of light. They say that science has come to the conclusion that nothing can move faster than the speed of light. This applies to all forms of energy, including particles of matter and light. But Ash and Hewitt ask if it applies to the movement which underlies energy itself, the primal movement from which matter and light themselves arise.
“This is the crucial question. It all boils down to what energy is. Whilst physicists will not commit themselves to saying what energy is, they are adamant that energy cannot move faster than the speed of light. But if forms of energy are intrinsically forms of movement, then movement is more fundamental than energy. Why should pure movement be limited to the speed of light??
Ash and Hewitt then add that if movement could have a faster speed, it would give rise to a completely different type of energy that they call super-energy. “Energy and super-energy would be different in substance. Movement at the speed of light could be described as the substance of energy in the physical world. The substance of super-energy would be movement at a faster speed.?
Ash and Hewitt say that objects of super-energy could share the same form as things in our world, but their substance would be entirely different because matter would not interact with them and light would not reflect off them.
Ash and Hewitt have called this the theory of transubstantiation. They say that science is concerned mainly with the changing forms of energy but that this theory explains the barrier between the nature and the supernatural, the normal and the paranormal. “Through transubstantiation, an object could materialise or dematerialise. Transubstantiation would take an object through the light barrier and into the realm of the super-physical. The light barrier would be the dividing line between the physical and the super-physical.?
Ash and Hewitt say movement and not material is the reality underlying the universe. They say there is nothing concrete in the universe and there is no underlying material there at all, with movement the sole reality. “This is a staggering thought. People mostly imagine our world to be made up of substantial things that move. In reality, it is quite the opposite. Movement exists first and foremost. Everything in the universe is relative to the speed of light, which is itself a measure of movement. Pure movement creates our world ?from light and warmth to the wind and rain, from trees and mountains to the laughter of children playing,?Ash and Hewitt write.
Then they ask the question what could movement be? How can there be movement if there is nothing to move. They claim that this movement appears to be an abstraction. “Could it be that the movement underpinning the universe is an abstract reality? Could it be purely the idea of movement? Is the universe but a vision of movement, a pure act of imagination,?they write.
They say that if the movement underlying energy is an act of pure imagination, then every particle of matter is simply “imagined?into existence and that every bit of energy and super-energy is nothing but an idea, which is a pure form of philosophical Idealism. But this is very much a new form of Idealism because obviously there could be various speeds of the flow of ideas. If the universe is nothing but a dream, then the dream has various speeds of being recorded.
Ash and Hewitt also distinguish between the concept of the dream and the dreamer. They say that a dream is distinct from the dreamer. “Likewise the creation is quite distinct from the creator. This account of the universe is not a form of pantheism. Pantheism claims that God is the substance of everything, that all things are formed out of God. The universe is formed out of movement that has no substance, be it material or God. Movement is the act of God, not the substance of God,?they write.
They ask the question that if the universe is an unfolding act of imagination, it could be viewed as a vast body of thought. Every movement, every bit of energy, would be a thought form and that every particle of matter and light, as an act of imagination, would be thought in the mind of God. “Could it be that the universe in its entirety is simply the mind of God??they write. They say that in mind, we see the conjunction of consciousness and thought. Mind could be the body of thought but consciousness is quite distinct from thought. They say that consciousness is not thought, it is the awareness that lies behind thought. “Consciousness can exist without thought, but without consciousness there is no awareness of thought,?Ash and Hewitt write. In the end, they say, that perhaps there are only two fundamental realities; consciousness and thought. They say that if the universe is the mind of God, then god would be the consciousness underlying it.
In this theory, consciousness is not energy, nor is it the consequence of any form of energy. Rather, consciousness is the source of all energy, pervading the whole of creation even to the sub-atomic level. Ash and Hewitt say that Consciousness could be taken to correspond to “spirit? They say that it is as if God creates the universe and then experiences though it every single part of it. God experiences being a blade of grass and a tree, being an eagle and a dolphin.
Ash and Hewitt’s theory of transubstantiation has some astounding philosophical implications and is clearly a form of philosophical Idealism. This is also the theory that would aptly describe what mystics for thousands of years have said: that we see only 10 per cent of the universe. Using the theory of transubstantiation, the other 90 per cent of the universe would exist in super-energy, in the super-physical world. It would also describe a great deal of paranormal phenomenon because objects could go through the light barrier at will. But also, and very profoundly, it makes the universe itself much vaster for if we see only 10 per cent of the universe in our space-time, then the other 90 per cent would make the universe truly enormous. It also gives scientific evidence to what the Indian calls Prana and what the Chinese call Chi energy ?but has never been verifiable. These energies, then, would be low levels of super energy. At faster levels of super energy, the mind of God would move at faster speeds. Thus, what is happening here is that the mind of god works at much slower speeds in our space-time and is restricted to the speed of light. But in the speeds of super energy, there are, presumably, various dimensions of speed, such as the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth dimensions.
There are many other theories that deal with the New Physics that have not received the same attention as some of the previous ones that also offer support for a form of philosophical Idealism. Robert Jahn, who was a professor of aerospace sciences and dean emeritus of the School of Engineering and Applied Science at Princeton, has been collating evidence over more than a decade of research that mind can interact with physical matter. In a series of lengthy experiments Jahn had people sit in front of a random number generator, which is an automatic coin flipper, in a bid to get the machine into producing more heads than tails. After virtually hundreds of thousands of trials he discovered that volunteers could indeed exert a small but statistically significant effect on the random number generator’s output.
Jahn and physicist Brenda Dunne’s book titled The Margins of Reality: The Role of Consciousness in the Physical World looks carefully at a number of aspects at the claim that the world is a construct of consciousness. They claim that it is the interaction between consciousness and reality described in quantum theory that provides the key. Since all quanta can manifest either as a wave or a particle, it is not unreasonable to assume that consciousness does as well. It is particle-like when it appears to be inside our heads, but in its wave-like phase it can interact with the physical world. Both believe that consciousness cannot exist separately from the physical world because the process is much more subtle. “It may be that such concepts are simply not viable, that we cannot talk profitably about an abstract environment or an abstract consciousness. The only thing we can experience is the interpenetration of the two in some way,?writes Jahn .
Physicists T. Gornitz and C. Weizsacker have stressed that mind plays a role in the creation of the material universe but they want to bring the observer more explicitly into our understanding of quantum physics. They have tried to formulate meaningful ways to relate quantum phenomena to states of mind. “There is no distinction between substances called mind and matter,?says Weizsacker.
Roger Sperry of the California Institute of Technology, who won a Nobel Prize for his pioneering split-brain studies, has stated that he became extremely disillusioned with the materialist and behaviourist doctrine that has dominated neuroscience for most of the 20th century. He has stated that science should never have disregarded the concept of consciousness as a guiding force in the world. He has stated that instead of renouncing or ignoring consciousness, we should give full recognition to the primacy of inner conscious awareness as a casual reality.
Prominent physicist John Wheeler has said that the mind may be responsible for the creation of the universe but condemns the use of the term consciousness. He prefers the term “intelligent observer? which he defines as anything that is “meaning sensitive?
Wheeler coined the term geometrodynamics for a theory developed by himself and others from Einstein’s general theory of relativity. The theory is concerned with the dynamics of curved space, and proposes that the Einsteinian concept of four-dimensional space-time is limited and has introduced the concept of “superspace?because it is multidimensional. The theory implies that space-time is “multiply connected?and that people have to forgo the view of nature in which every event, past, present or future, occupies its preordained position in grand category called “space-time?
Wheeler is a true revolutionary physicist and is deeply and widely respected in the Anglo-American world. He says the “worm-holes?in the curved surface of space-time could act as a short cut between locations distantly separated in four-dimensional space-time and may prove that space-time is “multiply-connected? What Wheeler does is join quantum theory together with geometrodynamics and is thus virtually inventing another form of New Idealism similar to David Ash’s theory of super energy.
Other regions of the New Idealism: the New Age
The trend towards philosophical Idealism can particularly be felt in the philosophies of the New Age, which is very much a serious movement and incorporates such extremely important and well respected religions such as Buddhism, Hinduism as well as major trains of thought within Chinese philosophy as well as some branches of western mysticism. The New Age movement is also particularly interested in the rise of scientific culture that is opposed to philosophical materialism, such as the philosophies put forward by Fritjof Capra, David Bohm, Geoffrey Chew to other famous and respected scientists such as Gregory Bateson, Lawrence LeShan, James Lovelock, Abraham Maslow, Rupert Sheldrake, Carl Simonton, Robert Toben, Ken Wilber plus many other new writers, especially those who work in the medical sciences.
Many of these writers represent a world-wide movement of thinking which has been strongly attacking the basis of philosophical materialism. The New Age movement has attracted the scorn of both the materialistically based academic institutions, which are deeply Cartesian, to the fundamentalist religions of the western world. Ironically, the New Age philosophies that sprung to life in the 1950s and 1960s have much in common in Europe throughout the 19th century. And to be absolutely academic, the New Age movement itself really began in the 19th century when the Theosophical Society was founded by Madame Blavatsky and Colonel Olcott in 1875. The formation of the society was aimed at the expression of the brotherhood of humanity, the study of comparative religion to establish a universal ethic and the development of the latent powers of the human soul. The society had adopted the motto, “There is no religion higher than Truth.?lt;BR>The specific doctrines of the society remain a fascinating mix of esoteric Buddhism, Lamaist doctrines from Tibet, Hindu mysticism and a romantic picture of world history which postulates a non-physical period of prehistoric evolution with the ecosphere gradually solidifying into matter, and a series of root races stretching all the way back to lost Atlantis.
Generally, however, the New Age movement lay dormant throughout the first half of the 20th century, although there certainly were movements and people that were exceptions, such as Aldous Huxley and Christopher Isherwood who together brought a great deal of Indian Hinduism to the western world. Both of these writers produced brilliant and original philosophical work outlining what exactly Indian philosophy and Hinduism was to a Western world strongly dictated by scientism and Materialism. However, the vast majority of people knew little about the philosophies of the East and knew hardly anything of Eastern medicines and healing practices.
The early crusaders of the New Age were those people in both the East and the West who began to experiment with esoteric knowledge from the East. In the West, a counter culture developed among writers and intellectuals who became interested in Eastern thought and philosophy. In the United States shortly after the Second World War new attitudes started to develop. A group of writers known as the Beat Generation, which included such famous and celebrated authors such as poet Allen Ginsberg, novelists Jack Kerouac and William Burroughs, as well as a handful of other Eastern scholars such as Alan Watts, popularised Eastern thought through their writings in the 1950s. When Jack Kerouac’s novel The Dharma Bums was published throughout the United States in the mid to late 1950s a frenzy of interest had been created in what Eastern thought represented.
By the 1960s celebrated authors such as Herman Hesse had received the Nobel Prize for writing important novels dealing with Eastern concepts. While the counter culture grew, a new generation also became immersed in some aspects of Eastern philosophy. Many western youths of that era traveled widely throughout Eastern countries, especially India.
One of the major philosophical threads of the New Age movement has been the firm understanding in the notion of philosophical Idealism. Virtually all of the Eastern philosophies pursued were forms of philosophical Idealism as well as the esoteric philosophies of the West, such as suffism, the Occult and some forms of Christianity, such as those developed by the Liberation Theologists in Latin American countries.
In the past 30 years from the beginning of the 1970s, the New Age movement has tended to develop into an extremely serious movement that incorporates the ecology movement, the human potential movement, the many and varied Eastern sects, many political movements and a huge and varied number of spiritual organisations committed to human liberation through consciousness expansion.
Throughout the New Age movement there is a shared commitment to the founding principles of the Theosophy Society and its respect for the unification of all religious and philosophical dogmas that stress the importance of all spiritual legacies. Buddhists, Hindus and Taoists have shared heritage with Moslems, Christians and animists claim New Age practitioners. The work of Aldous Huxley examined this notion in detail with the philosophies of the Vedanta, which says that all religions share a similar outlook, creed and path towards an understanding of spiritual processes.
Eastern philosophies have particularly caught the eye of the New Age movement in the West due to their adherence to organic ways of healing as well as a conceptual philosophy that has been more akin to developments in science. There has also been the fact that many Eastern philosophies stress direct mystical experience as a way to human liberation, a concept that has not been encouraged by Western theologians, who have always stressed the separateness of mystical transcendence. Eastern philosophies have also incorporated many of the most important traditions of western religions and philosophies. In both Buddhism and Hinduism the concept of Christ has been developed and incorporated into the fabric and structure of the myths and legends that make up the very basis of these religions. Even at the very esoteric heart of Buddhism the figure of Lord Maitreya has been worshipped for thousands of years. Today Lord Maitreya is thought esoterically to be the New Christ and the Theosophy Society has for more than 100 years told of the return of Christ. Some New Agers say the Christ (or Lord Maitreya) has already returned and is living as an Indian man in Europe, specifically based in London. Lord Maitreya is said to be the brother of Buddha and is also said esoterically to be the entity of Lord Krishna. Thus the relationship between Eastern philosophy and Western religion is far and much closer than many thinkers give it credit.
According to Fritjof Capra, the changes brought about by modern physics are very similar to the views held in Eastern mysticism and show surprising parallels to the ideas expressed in the Eastern philosophies of the Far East. These parallels have been noticed by some of the great physicists of our century when they came into contact with Far Eastern culture during their tours to India, China and Japan.
Julius Robert Oppenheimer has said that the general notions about understanding the major discoveries in atomic physics are not in their nature unfamiliar or new because Buddhist and Hindu thought has a long history in such thinking. Niels Bohr has said: “For a parallel to the lesson of atomic theory…we must turn to those kinds of epistemological problems with which already thinkers like the Buddha and Lao Tzu have been confronted when trying to harmonise our position as spectators and actors in the great drama of existence.?amp;nbsp;
Capra stresses that the two foundations of 20th century physics ?quantum theory and relativity theory ?both force us to see the world very much in the way a Hindu, Buddhist or Taoist sees it, and how this similarity strengthens when we look at the recent attempts to combine these two theories in order to describe the phenomena of submicroscopic world, and it is here that the parallels between modern physics and Eastern mysticism are most striking.
The difference between Eastern and Western mysticism is that mystical schools have always played a marginal role in the West, whereas they constitute the mainstream of Eastern philosophical and religious thought.
All Eastern philosophies are a form of philosophical idealism. In India intimations of advanced theism, both in deistic and immanent form, are to be found in the Rig Veda. The early Upanishads in general teach an impersonal Idealism, according to which the World Ground (Brahman) is identified with the universal soul (atman) which is the inner or essential self within each individual person. The Bhagavad Gita, while mixing pantheism, immanent theism, and deism, inclines towards a personalistic idealism and a corresponding ethics of bhakti.
Many of the schools of Buddhism teach idealistic doctrines from a monistic immaterialism and subjectivism where the Absolute is pure consciousness to an immaterialistic idealism with non-absolutist idealism. Within Indian thought the most influential Vedantic system is the monistic spiritualism of Shankara where the Absolute is pure interminable being, which can only be described as pure consciousness of Bliss itself. Vedantic Idealism, whether in its monistic and impersonalistic form is the dominant type of metaphysics in India. Idealism is also pronounced in the reviving doctrines of Shivaism.
In China, the traditional basic concepts of Chinese metaphysics are ideal. Heaven, the spiritual and moral power of cosmic and social order, which distributes to each thing, is theistically and personalistically conceived in the Shu Ching (Book of Poetry). It was also interpreted by Confucius and Mencius. Tao, as a cosmic principle, is an impersonal, immaterial World Ground. Mayayana Buddhism introduced into China an Idealistic influence while pure metaphysical idealism was taught by Buddhist monk Hsuan Ch’uang. Important Buddhist and Taoist influences appear in the Sung Confucianism that was a distinctly Idealistic movement. Chou Tun I taught that matter, life and mind emerge from Wu Chi (Pure Being). The Chinese sage espoused an essential objective idealism in that the world is the content of a Universal Consciousness.
Buddhism
Buddhist philosophy, which was originally an Indian religion, has become an extremely important area of the New Age, particularly through its meditation processes that have been developed in Burma, Japan and China. These meditations have developed over thousands of years and incorporate the concept of Philosophical Idealism into a profound understanding of deeper meditation.
Buddhist techniques stress that empirical reality does not contain anything essential or lasting and that transmigration can be obtained through meditation. It has, in many traditions, emphasized the transitory nature of the world of phenomena and that suffering is the most basic characteristic. However, and this is an extremely important concept in Buddhism, suffering can be overcome through meditation in which nirvana can be realized.
The nature of nirvana, or rather, the principle of nirvana, is the most important element of Buddhist healing and Buddhism itself. Basically nirvana is the liberation from the cycle of death and rebirth, the entire doctrine of reincarnation. Essentially, Buddhists see that reincarnation is not the goal of life. Precise definitions of the concept vary between the different Buddhist schools. It is generally understood that this means freedom from suffering, ignorance and self-interest, and more positively as the achieving of disinterested wisdom and compassion.
As it is normally understood through the teaching which were handed down, nirvana can be obtained by the famous eight-fold path or morality which includes right speech, right views, right intention, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness and right concentration. Many Buddhist healers appear to be not too perturbed if these qualities are not attained in this life.
Since the texts of Pali Canon, and later in the Mahayana, one of the most important aspects of the aspiring Buddhist is the conversion of suffering into the aspiration to attain enlightenment. In other Buddhist texts such as the Lotus Sutra the healer is described as the teacher of the law. This text says the most profound healing process is spiritual healing, taking place on an interior plane. This revolves around the gradual elimination of the three inner “poisons?which are lust, anger and delusion, as well as the removal of the “karmic?veils or obstructions that have been built through the human world of thoughts, deeds and words throughout many lifetimes. This type of healing leads to direct apprehension of reality, to the awakened state of enlightenment.
Early Buddhist teachings taught that the four elements of life, as stated in the various texts of the Pali Canon, are robes, lodging, food and medicine and that according to Buddhist texts, the maintenance of health is directly related to proper diet and meditation and that the Buddha frequently made analogies to disease and healing to explain various facets of his teaching.
Buddhist meditation practices involves successful cultivation of five meditations. This involves meditation of stabilizing thoughts by counting breaths, meditation of pacifying and settling the mind, meditation of non-exhaling of breath, meditation of reflecting and the Absolute form and meditation of serene abiding. Once the devotee has a strong spiritual foundation, s/he will have a vision of the supreme Healer and through the special help of beings of advanced spiritual evolution, the devotee is propelled towards Buddhahood. Various meditative states are then experienced, and the Buddhas convey more teachings. Many aspects of the Bodhisattvas of Healing build upon the foundation so principles elucidated in the Pali Canon.
Mahayana Buddhism, which developed through the North into China, Japan, Korea and Vietnam, became popular due to various Buddhas and according to basic Nahayana teachings of the Lotus Sutra, there are Buddhas dwelling in all the realms of the universe. These Buddhas have a name, which often indicates their spiritual emphasis, and each presides over a “pure land? The pure land is described as a spirit realm, where all the inhabitants can concentrate on spiritual growth.
Knowledge gained by humans of these beings and their realms stems from the revelations of Sakamuni, the historical Buddha. This Buddha is seen as a link between the earth and the many spiritual realms and is regarded as the great spiritual master who reveals the potent divine forces of the universe and initiates and instructs disciples on the methods of invocation.
The history of Buddhism shows that when Sakamuni revealed the sutra on the Buddha of Healing, there were 12 yaksa generals in the assembly at that time. According to Indian tradition, yaksas are strong beings that often cause diseases through demonic possession. These strong warrior generals vowed to accept and hold to the name of Buddha of Healing.
Chinese Buddhist practices over the past few centuries have included the extensive worship of the Buddha of Healing. It is claimed that the most fundamental trinity of deities commonly depicted on the principle alter in the main worship hall of large monasteries, as well as being found in most local temples, consists of the divine forces watching over the lying and the dead.
Theravada Buddhism spread to three principle Asian countries including Thailand, Burma and Sri Lanka. This form of Buddhism is regarded by many as being the most traditional because it was here that Buddhism first spread. Burmese Theravarda Buddhism is extremely rigourous and has attracted world-wide attention with its meditation practice of Vipissana, which some monks claim is extremely arduous but certainly worth the effort. Burmese Buddhism has constantly been under threat in the past 40 years due to the tyrannical fascist regime that has tried to inhibit the practice of the religion in Burma. It is estimated now that many monks in that country are simply trying to avoid military service, where they would be forced to kill their own people.
Tibetan Buddhism has probably developed into one of the most well-known forms of Buddhism world-wide. A Branch of Mahayana Buddhism, the Vajrayana or Adamantine Vehicle school is prevalent in Tibet and Mongolia. It is regarded as a highly practical form of mysticism, and affords precise techniques for attaining that wisdom whereby humanity’s ego is negated and they can enter upon the Bliss of their own divinity.
For more than a 1000 years, these Buddhist techniques were developed at Nalanda University in India at the time of the Roman occupation of Britain. They were handed down from teacher to disciple and carefully guarded from. outsiders. Since the invasion of Tibet, the Lamas have come to recognise that the sacred knowledge may decline and vanish. Tibetan Buddhism specializes in Tantric mystical techniques that have few parallels in other religions or in other schools of Buddhism. Their way is the Way of Power that leads to the mastery of good and evil. It is also the way of transformation whereby inward and outward circumstances are transmuted into weapons by the power of the mind.
What is unique about the Tantric method is its wealth of techniques for utilizing all things good and evil to that end because manipulation of these forces provides power. Wisdom and compassion are the means and the liberation of ourselves and all sentient beings is the goal - perfect at-onement with pure undifferentiated Mind, a synonym for the stainless Void.
Tantric Buddhists extol faith as the most essential way towards enlightenment - not blind faith, or faith in dogmas, but faith that the goal exists. The conduct of a Vajrayana adept is likely to be unorthodox. The active philosophy behind this is that a person does not accept such things as eating and sex - the energy of passions and desires must be yoked, not wasted because everything can be turned into a good account.
It is this aspect of Tantric Buddhism which has lead to the great error of confusing it with libertinism. Though all things are employed as a means, they must be rightly used and their use is far removed from sensual gratification. Such a path also discourages metaphysical speculation and it is held that the universe is not the work of a supreme god and not a creation at all but rather a delusion, which makes each being suppose that s/he has a separate ego, a genuine self-contained entity. This conviction leads to self—love, which serves in turn to solidify the ego-consciousness and immure us in the virtually endless round of birth and death known as Samsara and hence we are governed by Avidhya - the primordial ignorance or delusion.
Within Samsara everything is transient, everything subject to duhkha (suffering) and nothing has its true own being, since it cannot exist independently of others even for a moment.
Generally, Theravad Buddhismn advocates the existence of God or Godhead while Mahayana Buddhists think of divine reality not as a person to be adored but as a state to be obtained. They regard delusion, the universe as we see it now, not as a creation of divine reality because it does not proceed from a divine source but from our own ignorance.
Hinduism and Indian Philosophy
The main thrust of Indian philosophy stems from Hinduism, which is one of the world’s greatest religions. The religion is the product of an ancient wisdom which is rooted in the mystical experiences of its founders, the Vedic Sages. From the beginning, the stamp of mysticism is clearly evident in the fundamental precepts of Hinduism. Also, most of Indian philosophy is deeply Idealist yet throughout the ages there has been pockets of materialism. This is further examined in Section Two of the thesis.
The main idea behind the religion is that it teaches an ultimate unity behind the multiplicity of manifest appearance, personified in the deity of Brahma. The word Hindu was originally a geographical rather than a religious term and was first used in the Persian Empire, and then by the Greeks who followed Alexander in his conquests. The Indians we call Hindus do not among themselves use that term for their religion - - to them it is vaidika-dharma, the Vedic religion, or simply sanatana-dharma, the eternal religion, the primordial tradition as it has been since the first unrolling of the universe.
Most westerners think Hinduism as unchanging but in reality it has almost continuously developed. But what is unchanging is the bedrock of metaphysical principles upon which Hinduism rests, and this is symbolised by the special position accorded to the Vedas, the sacred texts regarded as unalterable truth.
Hinduism is strikingly different from other religions in that it has no fixed minimum of doctrine. There is no Hindu creed and no central authority, no Vatican or Pope. Hinduism is not a tightly defined religion but rather the way of thought of an entire ancient and populous civilization.
A widely used way of defining a Hindu is as a person who accepts the authority of the Vedas in religious matters. With the case of Buddhism and its followers, they reject Vedic authority, and are not generally regarded as Hindus, although, of course, some of the central tenets of Hinduism are also shared by Buddhism. Many Hindus have come to regard the Buddha as the 10th incarnation of Vishnu, while others insist that the idea that Buddhism is radically distinct from Hinduism is a Western interpretation.
The vedas are central for Hinduism. The four original books, together with the accretions that gathered round them, play a role which is comparable to that of revelation in Semitic religions. The oldest parts of the Vedas contain the religious poetry of the Aryan people, who entered India sometime during the second millennium BC. This early vedic religion, centred upon the sacrifice to the gods, is still preserved as an element within Hinduism by India’s priestly class, the Brahmins.
According to Stephen Cross, a Hindu scholar, two great traditions originating in the Vedas run throughout the course of Hinduism, which gives rise to different forms. He says that one tradition is theistic which says that Brahman is a personal God, which is usually Vishnu or Shiva, and does not differ dramatically from the western idea of God. In this sense Brahman is all powerful, benevolent and responds to human love. Brahman creates the universe, sustains it and will one day withdraw it into His own being from which it will once again come forth.
Cross says that the other tradition is more uniquely Indian and posits the philosophy that reality in its ultimate nature is beyond all forms and consequently beyond the reach of the mind. If it is true ultimate reality it can have no parts or internal divisions, and hence no qualities, nor can there be any other principles which stands over against it. In this sense reality can only be one. Cross says this tradition the concept of a Personal God - a Brahman with qualities, is valid at its own level, but it is not the highest Brahman, not the ultimate truth. That lies beyond the differentiations on which the idea of a personal God depends. The highest Brahman is A-dvaita, that is to say, ‘Non Dual? For this tradition, Brahman is conceived impersonally, or rather as supra-personal. Brahman is pure awareness, pure consciousness; or, as is sometimes said, satcit-ananda, ‘being-consciousness-bliss?conceived as a single undifferentiated reality.
Hindus treat Rama and Krishna not as gods, but avatas, “descends?- human incarnations of Vishnu, for since he is the upholder of the world it is he who descends in this way to protect it. In the same way, a person’s own Guru, or spiritual Guide, can be seen as an incarnation of God because ideally a guru is one who has identified completely with their own innermost reality and that reality is divine in itself. In the 20th century India has produced many well-known gurus and holy men and women. Perhaps the most well known is the Mabarishi Mahesh, the founder of Transcendental Meditation. Others include Swami Muktananda, Bhagwan Sri Nityananda, Shri Mataji, Mother Merra, Meher Baba, Sri Ramakrishna and the famous “sex?Guru Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh. Another major figure is Sai Baba, who has a following of millions. The Indians regard him as an Avatar and he is well-known for his materialisations. Esoterically, Sai Baba is regarded as a Cosmic Avatar while Lord Maitreya in London is regarded as a planetary avatar. Under Lord Maitreya is said to exist a group of ascended masters, perfected humans, who also inhabit many - cities and towns around the world, while the spiritual "whitehouse" of the planet is said to be Shamballa, where our planet’s logos, Buddha himself, is based. This is said to be in Mongolia in super energy (or energy fastern than light) in Northern China. Mystics say that when Christ Jesus was referring to God the Father he was in fact referring to the entity Sanat Kumara, who had previously been the Planetary Logos before Buddha.
Religious wars in Hinduism are virtually unknown and the understanding of the provisional nature of religious forms extends to other creeds. Hindus see these as alternative paths leading to the same peak. As Cross points out, to the eager followers of other faiths this may appear as a mark of weakness, but this is to misunderstand. He says it is a logical outcome of Hindu metaphysics; all forms are provisional and ultimately unreal, and this applies to all forms of religion as to everything else. Even the Vedas themselves become valueless on the attainment of moksha or liberation of no more value than is a well in a land which is flooded, as the Bhagavad Gita put it. Another point that Cross stresses is that Hinduism differs from all the religions in that there is no historic founder such as Jesus, Mohammad or Buddha, and there is no fixed point in time at which it can be said to begin. The ultimate aim of the individual practitioner is openly defined as mystical transcendence, which again stresses the philosophical Idealistic nature of the religion. Against this mystical background, there are several interesting and important overlays. It has developed for practical purposes a vast pantheon of gods and populated the universe with an even larger multitude of spirits and devils, which dwell in the realm of super-energy, if these are to be put into physical terms. Of the various deities, the two that stand supreme under Brahma, Vishnu the Preserver and Shiva the Destroyer has drawn similarities with the Chinese concept of Tao and the manifestation of the complementary forces of yin and yang.
Fundamental to the practice of Hinduism are the interlocked beliefs of karma and reincarnation, although liberation from these is the goal of the Hindu, either through samsar and moksha, which has a similar sense to nirvanna. The goal is to get off the constant wheel of reincarnation. This can be achieved through meditation or yoga and the right path (Dharma).
Chinese Philosophy
Chinese philosophy first surfaced in China between the 6th and 3rd centuries BC. It was during this period that saw the appearance of the two great traditions of Confucianism and Taoism as well as the rich variety of thinkers known as the Hundred Schools. This period has often been described as the Golden Age.
The main focus of philosophical concern was the Way (tao) of a human in the natural world and in society. Basic philosophical questions were sought such as what is the nature of humanity and what kind of society corresponded to it. Chinese philosophers believed that the ancients, blessed with sage rulers, had lived according to the true way and it was their generation which must rediscover it.
Confucianism has at various times been described as a philosophy and social system and at various times, different scholars have emphasized one of the other aspects of Confucianism in order to define it more exactly and not all the main areas of the doctrine derive from the sage Confucius (551-479 BC). The basic philosophical composition is that at the beginning of time there was a single cosmic cell containing ch’i that was made to pulsate by the creative force of Tao. The cell subsequently split to produce the yin/yang differentiation so pervasive in all branches of?Chinese thought.
It is generally thought that where Taoism holds that the Tao represents the ultimate mystery, to Confucianism the nature of Tao is that it is the rules of conduct, etiquette and ceremony, the guide to all action. While Confucianism does not support any belief in the survival of a soul it did amalgamate with elements culled from the famous yin/yang school and other early beliefs in the framework of?cosmology that made the human, natural, and supernatural spheres.
Neo-Confucianism was a movement that called for social and political reform and moral regeneration of China. The movement opposed Buddhism because of serious social and political consequences. Neo-Confucianists based their metaphysical system on two classical works called “The Great Learning?and “The Mean? Their central concept of the Way is the universal principle, immanent in all phenomena and did, however, draw on Buddhism. This is clearly a form of Idealism and is certainly felt later on in Chinese philosophy.
The great alternative in Chinese philosophy, Taoism, is now widely followed around the world today, and is an extremely important branch of the New Age movement. There are two main branches of Taoism, one being esoteric and primarily monistic while the other is populist and concentrates on the power that may be achieved by those in harmony with the Tao.
The central core of Taoism is the achievement of the wu-wei, a state of controlled abandonment similar to the Zen concept of positive inaction. This goal is based on Lao Tzu’s statement, “The way is to be? The mystic Lao Tzu penned “The Book of The Way? a collection of 81 poems, which is now the fundamental scripture of Taoism. The term Tao, although translated as “The Way? is usually understood to be the embodiment of three aspects of mystical Chinese thought which has no real English equivalent. It unifies the concepts of ultimate reality that is inexpressible, ineffable and unimaginable. Also the concept of universal energy that makes and maintains all manifestations is expressed and a wise order in an individual’s life, which harmonizes with the universal whole.
It is generally thought that Lao Tzu’s followers interpret “the way to do is to be?as the need to achieve harmony with the universal flow, which can then be followed by choosing any one of an infinite number of directions. The poems celebrate The Way of the primordial forces of nature, and a description of how the sage identifies himself with them in this conduct.
Within Taoism, feminine receptivity and humility, and qualities such as weakness, emptiness, uselessness and passivity are highly praised. For those who cultivate these Taoist virtues the immediate goal is physical survival, the “long life?which is the central - preoccupation of the Taoist. There are many various yoga-like and even alchemical techniques that have been directed towards the long life. Taoism attains to a spiritual equanimity that transcends considerations of physical survival, yet mysteriously guarantees immunity from physical as well as metaphysical harm. In Taoist alchemy the individual will not survive physical death unless s/he has taken the trouble to prepare a “diamond?body as an immortal vehicle for the spirit, which reinforces and strengthens during a person’s lifetime by a mingling of male and female sexual potencies.
Ch’i is a universal energy generated by the sun and utilised within the human body while manipulation of this energy forms the basis of medical acupuncture and control of the energy is also involved in Chinese yoga and some branches of the martial arts. Ash and Hewitt claim that the concept of super-energy can now clearly explain what exactly ch’i energy is made from, and that in fact Ch’i energy is nothing but low levels of super energy. Low levels of super energy would be movement at a speed slightly faster than that of light, and thus would just be out of the reach of the human recognition.
The Chinese say that Ch’i energy manifests in the negative/positive polarities of yin/yang. Yin and Yang are two great complementary principles on whose interaction the whole of the manifest universe depends. Yin is defined as dark, negative and passive while Yang is light, positive and active. The yin-yan concept is a very practical aspect both in the divination system of the I Ching. The I Ching is a process of divination and has become one of the most widely studied branches of Chinese esoteric practice. The I Ching is the sub division of phenomena into negative and positive forces dating from the furtherest reaches of prehistory. Traditionally, the oracle professes to read the current state of ying and yang through the development of six-lined figures known as hexagrams.
The hexagrams have a disputed history because they sprang from an ancient from of fortune telling called the Tortoise—Shell Oracle. Tortoise-shells were heated until they cracked and the patterns interpreted as indicators of the future of answers to specific questions. Over time the cracks became stylized into three-lined figures, known as trigrams, which were composed of broken yin and unbroken yang lines. Eventually the trigram patterns were studied and were divorced from the original tortoise-shell rituals.
Just before 115OBC a provincial noble called Wen fell into trouble with the Emperor and he was thrown into prison because of Wen’s personal popularity. In prison he began to define meanings to the trigrams already in wide use for divination and his son, the Duke of Chou, added his own commentaries on the individual line of the newly created hexagrams. The work, known as the “Changes of Chou?contains a total of 64 hexagrams, each of which has a different interpretation.
Lines are only interpreted when it is thought they contain such “tension?that they are about to change into their opposites and once this happens, they produce a new hexagram which is interpreted in context with the original and means that the oracle is capable of delivering more than 4OOO answers without repeating itself.
Neo-Taoism is an eclectic form of Taoism that flourished in China about 375 AD and its exponents used the Lao-tzu and the I Ching as a basis for discussing problems such as the relation between being and non-being, and the nature of absolute knowledge and communication.
Ideas were expressed in commentaries and in conversations which blended metaphysics and sophistry.
Although some regarded Confucius as the supreme sage, they claimed that spiritual detachment was compatible with a career in public office and that human society was an extension of the natural sphere. Many also claimed that true Taoist naturalism implied aloofness from social or political involvement, and these withdrew into individualistic seclusion.
Chinese philosophy has been both deeply influenced by Buddhism, but all the major strands from Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism have stressed philosophical Idealism as their starting premise on how the universe should be viewed. Fritjof Capra has written eloquently about the similarity of Chinese philosophy as the developments of the New Physics.
Capra has written that the most important characteristic of Chinese philosophy - or the essence of it - is the awareness of the unity and mutual interrelation of al1 things and events, the experience of all phenomena in the world as manifestations of a basic oneness. All things are seen as interdependent and inseparable parts of this cosmic whole, as different manifestations of the ultimate reality. He says that this is very similar to the Taoist notion and that the basic oneness of the universe is not only the central characteristic of Taoism, but that of modern physics. He says the idea of “participation instead of observation?has been formulated in modern physics only recently, but it is a notion well known in Taoism, where subject and object fuse into a unified whole.
The Occult and Esoteric Aspect of the New Age
The Eastern philosophies of mind and spirit, which represent a form of philosophical Idealism, have undoubtedly received a great deal of critical attention in the Western World, yet during the 1960s the West also had its mystical counterparts in such systems of thought as the Tarot arid Qabalah. The Tarot has been seen as a “means of divination?through card interpretation, and also as a key to the symbolic processes of the unconscious mind.
The Qabalah became popular in England and the United States through the work of occultists such as Israel Regardie. The heritage of the Qabalah dates back to biblical interpretations and is based on the belief that it was first taught to Adam in the Garden of Eden by the Archangel Gabriel and passed on. Archangels are now a vital part of the New Age movement and many people claim that they channel information from the major Archangels, including Archangel Michael, Archangel Gabriel, Archangel, Archangel Jophiel, Archangel Chamuel, Archangel Raphael, Archangel Uriel and Archangel Zadekil. The Qabalah lies at the heart of Jewish mystical and magical traditions. Qabalists believe that the essence of God consists of 19 interlinking states of spheres of activity, called Sephiroth. In modern practice, the establishment of the Golden Dawn, an occult organisation founded in the latter half of the 19th century, made the Qabalah a pivotal point of the entire Western Esoteric Tradition. Many of the practices of Qabalah involve meditation and pathworking. Pathworking has been described as a “journey between this side of the mental worlds and the other side... which offers a path, a map through the landscapes of the mind.?
The Qabalah remained a strictly oral tradition until the late 13th century, and, about 1280 AD, a Spanish Qabalist called Moses ben Shemtob de Leon wrote a book called “The Book of Splendours?which departed from orthodox Judaism. It taught that the ultimate Godhead is a limitless undifferentiated being beyond all description or speculation, similar the Brahman of the Hindus.
The esoteric tradition of the New Age is now attracting worldwide attention from many avenues.
Most major civilisations have had a tradition of an esoteric science in their culture. Being esoteric, it was hidden from the mainstream of the people but used by those initiated into its secrets in a very practical say. And despite the diversity of cultures, there is a remarkable agreement on basic structures. Furthermore, and even more remarkable, these principles relate to the concepts how being put forward by the modern physicists.
In the esoteric lore of the Ancient Egyptians, Chinese and Greeks, the Indians of North America and the Incas of the South American continent, the Polynesian Kahunas and Filipino healers, the Vedic seers of India, the early Christian and the alchemist of Europe, there is this re-occurring vision. In its nature it is esoteric but still used in a very practical way. They all saw the physical body of humans as being the end result of a series of interrelated and interdependent subtle levels of consciousness. All of these esotericists saw that consciousness was first and foremost the basic substance of the universe and it is this tradition that has continued through until present day.
At the heart of the modern day movement in esotericism is the Theosophical Society. The society was founded by Helena Blavatsky, who in 1877, wrote a two-volumed work called Isis Unveiled. The book, like her later work The Secret Doctrine, was written against the background of Blavatsky’s position as head of the Theosophical Society, established two years earlier. In her works she outlines many subjects in detail from the lost civilisations of Atlantis and Lumeria to the notion of the Secret Masters, or Ascended Masters. They said the first Earth civilizations actually came from other star systems and that Hybornea was the first human civilization on earth 2 million years ago. This civilization was destroyed in an alien war with aliens called Reptoids, lizard-like creatures who can shapeshift into human, and then humans came back and founded Lemuria about 1 million years. Atlantis was a colony within Lemuria, virtually all major Theosophy books now say. Thus, there is a consistent line of thinking here and all Theosophists now stress humanity’s aliens origins and a war between humans led by Archangel Michael and Archangel Lucifer, the Leader of the Reptoids.
The Ascended Masters were said to watch over the welfare of humanity. These Masters were described by Blavatsky as superhuman beings with mystic powers hidden in the Himalayian vastness of Tibet. Since the publication of Blavatsky’s work a great deal has subsequently been published about these Ascended Masters, literally thousands of books and journals during the 20th century.
Many people claim they actually “channel?information from these Ascended Masters as well as Archangels. There is a consistent and common thread in the information: that the Ascended Masters form the Spiritual Hierarchy of the planet and work under the One Master, Lord Maitreya, the Master of Masters, The Christ. In the esoteric tradition it is said that Lord Maitreya was the entity that “overshadowed?Jesus the man more than 2000 years ago. The head of the Spiritual Hierarchy is said to be Shamballa, where Lord Buddha exists, the Lord of our world.
All of the teachings of the Ascended Masters and the Spiritual Hierarchy address the oneness and common bond of all religions and faiths. Historically, Lord Maitreya is said to have also manifested in the form of Kirshna. All of the teachings of the Hierarchy say that a massive civilisation called Atlantis existed before the present civilisation. The Veedic Bhagavad Gita is regarded as a document that describes this civilisation and its final days when a massive war between Reptoid aliens wiped out its entire structure. The bible also refers to this war with the Great Flood.
Many New Age people say that the ruins in Egypt and South America are in fact evidence of the lost civilisations of Atlantis because these regions were in fact “outposts?of the Atlantean civilisation. Esoterically, when Atlantis was destroyed during a vast war legend has it that humanity was mutated from 12 strands of DNA to our current two strands. Christ is said to have had 12 disciples to signify an eventual return to 12 strand of DNA. Also during Atlantean times the human life span was far greater than our present one, again, a claim which is well documented in the Bible.
The concept of reincarnation was introduced by humanity therefore, to live out our mutancy. The Spiritual Hierarchy throughout the thousands of years sent forth evolved beings to guide humanity back towards the path ?that is, the path of Godhood, of the realisation that matter is nothing but spirit.
The return of Christ has been well forecast by prophets and sages but many New Age channellers say it is occurring. The Theosophical Society thought that the Indian Guru Krishnamurti was to be the returned Christ and was to be groomed as the next incarnation of Lord Maitreya, the new World Teacher. His own mystical organisation, the Order of the Star of the East, was established for him and, as a teenage guru he quickly attracted thousands of followers. However, Krishnamurti rejected all such claims.
However, many New Age followers fully believe in the teachings of esotericism. A worldwide magazine called The Emergence is published to focus attention on the return of Christ, or Lord Maitreya. It is said that his mission is to get rid of poverty and capitalism and the organs that promote such disasters, such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund and an organisation called the Illuminati who are wealthy families controlling the capitalist world. Many eastern religious organisations are also closely following this work.
All of these major movements see Consciousness as the Godhead principle and is thus enforcing the notion of philosophical Idealism. Esotericists see matter as being the result of Consciousness, almost in an identical way that Hinduism, Buddhism and Taoism would view the process. Esotericists believe earth has been in a huge occult war between Archangel Michael and Archangel Lucifer with each archangel using their respective alien forces to fight this war with Lucifer as the boss of the Reptoids and Archangel Michael as the boss of the Galactic Federation. The Galactic Federation is said to be an alien organization of humans from other star systems. Followers of the Galactic Federation say that all humans in the galaxy formed in a Darwinian way on the Vega star system about 7 million years ago. From there about 5 million years ago humans developed to a high sentient level and developed advanced space technology and started colonies on other star systems, including earth. They say that spaceships traveled through the speed of light using super energy and the Archangels to guide them. Millions of New Age people from many different organizations now follow closely the Galactic Federation.

SECTION 2 JUSTIFYING THE NEW IDEALISM:
What is the relevance of the New Idealism?
This section will examine some of the major philosophical shifts that involve the New Idealism. The way I will do this is to compare and examine some of the old mechanistic ways of thinking with the systems of thinking that have developed because of the New Physics as well as some of the organic philosophies which have developed from.
The major justification of the New Idealism comes from the key philosophical difference of Materialism and Idealism itself. To consider these differences it is necessary to go back to the foundations of science.
The rise of Materialism
Science developed 2,500 years ago in the first period of Greek philosophy. The sages of the Milesian school in Ionia were not concerned with such distinctions between science, philosophy and religion and their aim was to find the essential nature of matter. The term “physics?is derived from the Greek work “physis? which originally meant seeing the essential nature of all things.
The philosophy of the Milesian school had a strong mystical flavour. The Milesians were called “hylozoists? or “those who think matter is alive? by the later Greeks, because they saw no distinction between animate and inanimate, spirit and matter. The Milesians did not even have a word for matter because they saw all forms of existence as manifestations of the “physis? endowed with life and spirituality. Fritjof Capra writes that because of this Thales declared all things to be the gods and Anaximander saw the universe as a kind of organism that was supported by “pneuma? the cosmic breath, in the same way the human body is supported by air.
The monistic and organic view of the Milesians was very close to that of ancient Indian and Chinese philosophy. The parallels to Eastern thought are even stronger in the philosophy of Heraclitus of Ephesus. Heraclitus saw the world as being in a state of perpetual change, or eternal “Becoming? This Greek philosopher saw all static being as based on deception and his universal principle was fire, which represented a symbol for the continuous flow and change of all things. All changes in the world, according to Heraclitus, arise from the dynamic and cyclic interlay of opposites and that any pair of opposites were seen as a unity, which contains and transcends all opposing forces, called the Logos.
The split in this unity, writes Capra, began with the Eleatic school, which assumed a Divine Principle standing above all gods and men. This was first identified with the unity of the universe, but was later seen as an intelligent and personal God who stands above the world and directs it. This is an extremely important notion because this began a trend of thought that led, ultimately, to the separation of spirit and matter and to dualism that became characteristic of Western philosophy and which also became the benchmark of philosophical Materialism.
Capra writes that a drastic step in this direction was taken by Parmenides of Elea who was in strong opposition to Heraclitus. Parmenides called his principles the Being and held that it was unique and invariable. Change was impossible while the concept of an indestructible substance as the subject of varying properties grew out of this philosophy and became one of the fundamental concepts of Western thought. In the fifth century B.C., the Greek philosophers tried to overcome the sharp contrast between the views of Parmenides and Heraclitus. Capra writes that in order to reconcile the idea of unchangeable Being of Parmenides with that of eternal Becoming of Heraclitus, they assumed that the Being is manifest in certain invariable substances, the mixture and separation of which gives rise to the changes in the world and led to the concept of the atom, the smallest indivisible unit of matter, which found its clearest expression in the philosophy of Leucippus and Democritus. The Greek atomists drew a clear line between spirit and matter as being of several “basic building blocks? These were purely passive and intrinsically dead particles moving in the void while the cause of their motion was not explained, but was often associated with eternal forces which were assumed to be of spiritual origin and fundamentally different from matter. Capra writes that in subsequent centuries this image became an essential element of Western thought, of the dualism between mind and matter, between body and soul.
As the idea of a division between spirit and matter took hold, the philosophers, turned their attention to the spiritual world, rather than the material, to the human soul and the problems of ethics and that these questions were to occupy Western thought for more than 2000 years after the culmination of Greek science and culture in the fifth and fourth centuries B.C. Further, the scientific knowledge of antiquity was systematised and organised by Aristotle, who created the scheme which was to be the basis of the Western view of the universe for 2000 years.
Aristotle himself believed that questions concerning the human soul and the contemplation of God’s perfection were much more valuable than investigations of the material world, and the strong hold of the Christian Church which supported Aristotle’s doctrines throughout the Middle Ages.
The world, then, became a material world. All matter had no spirit and was intrinsically lifeless. The Renaissance saw further development of Western science when they began to free themselves from the influence of Aristotle and the Church showed a new interest in nature. There was also a growing interest in mathematics, which led to the formation of proper scientific theories, based on experiment. Capra writes that the birth of modern science was preceded and accompanied by a development of philosophical thought that furthered this notion of spirit/matter dualism, and enhanced the notion of materialism in our world.
The rise of the Newtonian Cartesian world machine has already been examined. However, materialism continued to grow through the developments in Marxist theory and also throughout the 20th century. For example, materialism was very dominant in academic circles in the second half of the 20th century. It said that the mental processes are in fact identical with brain-processes. This is sometimes called “central state materialism?and grew out of Lock’s notion that perception, knowing and believing are part of sense-perceptions. However, the Cartesian version of materialism is still widely accepted throughout major philosophies of the 20th centuries, especially a great deal of French philosophy and analytical philosophy.
Now an examination of the major areas of society will be undertaken to further show the impact of the New Idealism ?of how the New Physics drastically alters this Materialism that has been embedded in our thought since the Greeks through to the major philosophical formulations of the Cartesian-Newtonian world-machine.
It will become clear that the structures and foundations of modern society have been embedded in materialism. The New Physics clearly shows that this form of materialism has been scientifically disproved. In all areas of human and philosophical investigations the New Physics will intrude, from biology, ecology, economics to health and psychology. Every region of thought will be affected by the notion that matter is very much alive, that matter is part of mind ?which is what science and Eastern thought is telling us.
The passage to the solar age
James Lovelock, a chemist, was the first scientist to discuss the Gaio hypothesis, which recognises a renaissance of a powerful ancient myth and claims that the planet as a whole can be regarded as a single living organism. Fritjof Capra says that the planet is not only teeming with life but seems to be a living being in its own right. All living matter on earth, together with the atmosphere, oceans, the soil, forms a complex system that has all the characteristic patterns of self-organisation, writes Capra. He says that similar patterns of self-regulation can be observed for other environmental properties, such as the chemical composition of the atmosphere, the salt content of the oceans, and the distribution of trace elements among plants and animals and all theses are regulated by intricate cooperative networks that exhibit the properties of self-organising systems. “The earth, then, is a living system; it functions not just like an organism but actually seems to be an organism ?Gaia, a living planetary being,?writes Capra. He extends this view to define “mind?as a systems phenomenon characteristic of living organisms. Mind has the characteristics of self-organising systems and shares the essential properties of living systems. Capra says that both life and mind are manifestations of the same set of systemic properties and the description of mind as a pattern of organisation, or set of dynamic relationships, is related to the description of matter in modern physics. “Mind and matter no longer appear to belong to two fundamentally separate categories, as Descartes believed, but can be seen to represent merely different aspects of the same universal process,?writes Capra. He says that the fact that the living world is organised in multi-leveled structures means that there are also levels of mind and that such a notion of mind as a multi-leveled phenomenon, of which we are only partly aware in ordinary states of unconsciousness, is widespread in many non-western cultures. Capra says that in the stratified order of nature, individual human minds are embedded in the larger minds of social and ecological systems, and these are integrated into the planetary mental system ?the mind of Gaia ?that in turn must participate in some kind of universal or cosmic mind. Capra says the conceptual framework of the new systems approach is in no way restricted by associating this cosmic mind with the traditional idea of God. God is not the creator ?but the mind of the mind of the universe. “In this view the deity is, of course, neither male nor female, nor manifest in any personal form, but represents nothing less than the self-organising dynamics of the entire cosmos,?writes Capra
?
Capra says that out of all this the nature of consciousness is a fundamental existential question. He says that most theories about the nature of consciousness seem to be variations on either of two opposing views that may nevertheless be complementary and reconcilable in the systems approach. The first one is the Western scientific view. This considers matter as primary and consciousness as a property of complex material patterns that emerges at a certain stage of biological evolution. Capra says the other view of consciousness may be called the mystical view, since it is generally held in mystical traditions. This type of consciousness holds that the primary reality and ground of all being is consciousness. “In its purest form, consciousness, according to this view, is non-material, formless and void of all content,?writes Capra. He says that this form of pure consciousness is associated with the Divine in many spiritual traditions and is in all things. “All forms of matter and all living beings are seen as patterns of divine consciousness,?writes Capra. He says the systems view agrees with the conventional scientific view that consciousness is a manifestation of complex material patterns. He says it is a manifestation of living systems of a certain complexity. On the other hand, the biological structures of these systems are expressions of underlying processes that represent the system’s self-organisation, and hence its mind. “In this sense material structures are no longer considered the primary reality. Extending this way of thinking to the universe as a whole, it is not too far-fetched to assume that all its structures ?from subatomic particles to galaxies and from bacteria to human beings ?are manifestations of the universe’s self-organising dynamics, which has been identified with the cosmic mind,?writes Capra. He says, however, that this is almost the mystical view, with the only difference being that mystics emphasis the direct experience of cosmic consciousness that goes beyond the scientific approach. “The systems view of nature at last seems to provide a meaningful scientific framework for approaching the age-old questions of the nature of life, mind, consciousness, and matter,?writes Capra.
Comparisons of the New Idealism and Materialism
The mechanistic Cartesian world-view, says Capra, has had a powerful influence on all our sciences and on the general Western way of thinking. He says that the method of reducing complex phenomena to basic building blocks, and of looking for the mechanisms through which they interact, has become so deeply ingrained in our cultures that it has often been identified with the scientific method. He says that views, concepts, or ideas that did not fit into the framework of classical science were not taken seriously and were generally distained, if not ridiculed. As a consequence of this overwhelming emphasis on reductionist science our culture has become progressively fragmented and has developed technologies, institution, and lifestyles that are profoundly unhealthy.
He says the new vision of reality is based on an awareness of the essential interrelatedness and interdependence of all phenomena ?physical, biological, psychological, social and cultural. This transcends current disciplinary and conceptual boundaries and will be pursued within new institutions. He says at present there is no well-established framework, either conceptual or institutional, that would accommodate the formulation of a new paradigm, but the outlines of such a framework are already being shaped by many individuals, communities, and networks that are developing new ways of thinking and organising themselves according to new principles. In this situation it would seem that a bootstrap approach similar to the one that contemporary physics has developed, would be most fruitful, says Capra.
Capra says there are a number of fundamental differences between the new systems theory of evolution and the classical neo-Darwinian theory. He says that the classical theory sees evolution as moving towards an equilibrium state, with organisms adapting themselves ever more perfectly to their environment. But according to the systems view, evolution operates far from equilibrium and unfolds through an interplay of adaptation and creation. “Moreover, the systems theory takes into account that the environment is, itself, a living system capable of adaptation and evolution. Thus the focus shifts from the evolution of an organism to the coevolution of organism plus environment,?writes Capra.
In classical science, Capra again stresses, nature was seen as a mechanical system composed of basic building blocks. Darwin, he says, proposed a theory of evolution in which the unit of survival was the species, the subspecies, or some other building block of the biological world. However, he says that a century later it has become quite clear that the unit of survival is not any of these entities. Capra says that what survives is the organism-in-its-environment and that an organism that thinks only in terms of its own survival will invariably destroy its environment, and, as we are learning from bitter experience, will thus destroy itself.
Capra uses the work of Gregory Bateson to highlight the idealistic side of the systems theory. He says that Bateson proposed to define mind as a systems phenomenon characteristic of living organisms, societies, and ecosystems and lists a set of criteria that systems have to satisfy for mind to occur. Capra points out that any system that satisfies those criteria will be able to process information and develop the phenomena we associate with mind ?thinking, learning, memory for example. Capra says that Bateson is of the view that mind is a necessary and inevitable consequence of a certain complexity which begins long before organisms develop a brain and a higher nervous system.
He says that Bateson’s criteria for mind turn out to be closely related to those characteristics of self-organising systems and that mind is an essential property of living systems, that “mind is the essence of being alive.?Capra says that from the systems point of view, life is not a substance or a force, and mind is not an entity interacting with matter. He says that life and mind are manifestations of the same set of systemic properties, a set of processes that represent the dynamics of self-organisation and this has tremendous value in our attempts to overcome the Cartesian division. The description of mind as a pattern of organisation, or a set of dynamic relationships, is related to the description of matter in modern physics, says Capra. “mind and matter no longer appear to belong to two fundamentally separate categories, as Descartes believed, but can be seen to represent merely different aspects of the same universal process,?writes Capra.
This is an important part if Capra’s argument. He says that in our interactions with our environment there is a continual interplay and mutual influence between the outer world and the inner world. He says the patterns we perceive around us are based in a very fundamental way on the patterns within. “Patterns of matter mirror patterns of mind, coloured by subjective feelings and values,?writes Capra profoundly, leading right to the heart of his idealist stance. He says that in the traditional Cartesian view it was assumed that every individual has basically the same biological apparatus and that each of us, therefore, had access tot he same “screen?of sensory perception. The differences were assumed to arise from the subjective interpretation of the sensory data and were due, in the well-known Cartesian metaphor, to the “little man looking at the screen? Capra says that recent neuro-physiological studies have shown that this is not so and the modification of sensory perception by past experiences, expectations, and purposes occurs no only in the interpretation but begins at the very outset, at the “gates of perception?
Capra says the importance of frequencies in perception have been emphasised through the development of the holographic model of the brain in which visual perception is carried out through an analysis of frequency patterns and visual memory is organised like a hologram. He says there is an intriguing aspect of the holographic metaphor in relation to two ideas in modern physics. One of them is Geoffrey Chew’s idea of subatomic particles being dynamically composed of one another in such a way that each of them involves all the others. The other idea is that of the well-known physicist David Bohm, often considered a master of the New Physics, with his notion of the implicate order.
Capra says that Bohm’s theory says that all of reality is enfolded in each of its parts. “What all these approaches have in common is the idea that holonomy ?the whole being somehow contained in each of its parts ?may be a universal property of nature. This idea has also been expressed in many mystical traditions and seems to play an important role in mystical visions of reality,?Capra writes. He says that the universe is definitely not a hologram, but it displays a multitude of vibrations of different frequencies, and thus the hologram may often be useful as an analogy to describe phenomena associated with these vibratory patterns.
Health, Psychology and the New Idealism
An area where the New Physics and the New Idealism is fully expounded is in the area of health. Capra says that to develop a holistic approach to health that will be consistent with the .New Physics and the systems view of living organisms, we do not need to break completely fresh ground but can learn from medical models existing in other cultures. He again repeats that modern scientific thought ?physics, biology, and psychology and is leading to a view of reality that comes very close to the views of mystics and of many traditional cultures, in which knowledge of the human mind and body and the practice of healing are integral parts of natural philosophy and of spiritual discipline. "A holistic approach to health and healing will therefore be in harmony with many traditional views, as well as consistent with modern scientific. theories,?writes Capra.
Capra says that Eastern philosophy and Eastern medicine as practiced throughout India and China is quite different from that in the West. He says that in western medicine the doctor with the highest reputation is a specialist who has detailed knowledge about a specific part of the body. In Chinese medicine the ideal doctor is a sage who knows how all the patterns of the universe work together, who treats a patient on an individual basis and whose diagnosis does not categorize the patient as having a specific disease but records as fully as possible the individual’s total state of mind and body and its relation to the natural and social environment.
Health care in Europe and North America, says Capra, is practiced by a large number of people and organizations, including physicians, nurses, psychotherapists, psychiatrists, public-health professionals, social workers, chiropractors, homeopaths and various “holistic?practitioners. He. says that for the past three hundred years our culture has been dominated by the view of the human body as a machine, to be analyzed in terms of its parts. The mind is separated from the body, disease is seen as a malfunctioning of biological mechanism, and health is defined as the absence of disease.
Capra says that to single out any disorder as psychologically caused would be a reductionist as the belief that there are purely organic diseases without any psychological components. He says that mental illnesses involve physical symptoms and that the origins and development of many mental illnesses depend crucially on the individual’s ability to interact with their family, friends and other social groups. Capra says that the idea of the mind controlling the body is based on the Cartesian division and that in the systems view of health, every illness is in essence a mental phenomenon, and-in many-cases the process of getting sick is reversed most effectively through an approach that integrates both physical and psychological therapies.
Capra points out that Carl Gustav Jung was perhaps the first to extend classical psychology into new realms in breaking with Freud and abandoning the Newtonian models of psychoanalysis. Capra says that Jung developed a number of concepts that are quite consistent with those of modern physics and with systems theory. Capra says that many of the differences between Freud and Jung parallel those between classical and modern physics, between the mechanistic and the holistic paradigm.
Freud’s theory of the mind, says Capra, was based on the concept of the human organism as a complex biological machine and that psychological processes were deeply rooted in the body’s physiology arid biochemistry, and followed the principles of Newtonian mechanics. “While Freud’s views about the detailed dynamics of these phenomena changed over time, he never abandoned the basic, Cartesian orientation of his theory,?writes Capra . On the other hand, Jung was not so much interested in explaining psychological phenomena in terms of specific mechanisms, but rather attempted to understand the psyche in its totality and was particularly concerned with its relations to the wider environment.
Jung saw the psyche as a self-regulating dynamic system, characterized by fluctuations between opposite poles. Capra says that Jung’s concept of the collective unconscious distinguishes his psychology not only from Freud’s but all others. He says it implies a link between the individual and humanity as a whole - in fact, in some sense, between the individual and the entire cosmos - that cannot be understood within a mechanistic framework but is very, consistent with the systems view of mind.
Capra says that by the mid-1960s it was commonly understood that the central emphasis of humanistic psychology was concerned with the spiritual, transcendental, or mystical aspects of self-actualization. He says after several conceptual discussions the leaders of this movement gave it the name transpersonal psychology, a term coined by Abraham Maslow and Stanislav Grof. Transpersonal psychology is concerned, directly or indirectly, with the recognition, understanding, and realization of non-ordinary, mystical, or “transpersonal?states of consciousness, and with the psychological conditions that represent barriers to such transpersonal realizations. "Its concerns are thus very close to those of spiritual traditions, and, indeed, a number of transpersonal psychologists are working on conceptual systems intended to bridge and integrate psychology and the spiritual quest,?says Capra . He says they have placed themselves in a position that differs radically from that of most major schools of Western psychology, which have tended to regard any form of religion or spiritual as based on primitive superstition, pathological aberration, or shared delusions about reality inculcated by the family system and the culture. He says the notable exception of course, was Jung, who acknowledged spirituality as an integral aspect of human nature and a vital force in human life.
Capra says the new psychology sees the human organism as an integrated whole involving interdependent physical and psychological pattern. He says that although psychologists and psychotherapists deal predominantly with mental phenomena, they must insist that these can be understood only within the context of the whole mind/body system. Also, the conceptual basis of psychology must also be consistent with that of biology. Capra says that in classical science the Cartesian framework made if difficult for psychologists and biologists to communicate, and it seemed they could not learn much from each other and there were similar barriers between psychotherapists and physicians. “But the systems approach provides a common framework for understanding the biological and psychological manifestations of human organisms in health and illness, one that is likely to lead to mutually stimulating exchanges between biologists and psychologists,?says Capra, He also says it means that if this is the time for physicians to take a closer look at the psychological aspects of illness, it is also time for psychotherapists to increase their knowledge of human biology.
Capra says that one of the most exciting developments in contemporary psychology is an adaption of the bootstrap approach to the understanding of the human psyche. He says that in the past, schools of psychology proposed personality theories and systems of therapy that differed radically in their views of how the human mind functions in health and illness. He says that these schools typically limited themselves to a narrow range of psychological phenomena sexuality, the birth trauma, existential problems and family dynamics. Capra says that a number of psychologists are now pointing out that none of these approaches is wrong, but that each of them focuses on some part of a whole spectrum of consciousness and then attempts to generalize its understanding of that approach to the entire psyche. He says one of the most comprehensive systems to integrate different psychological schools is the spectrum psychology proposed by Ken Wilber. He says this unifies numerous-approaches, both Western and Eastern, into a spectrum of psychological models and theories that reflects the spectrum of human consciousness. “Each of the levels, or bands, of this spectrum is characterized by a different sense of identity, ranging from the supreme identity of cosmic consciousness to the drastically narrowed identity of the ego,?writes Capra.
Capra says that at the ego level one does not identify with the total organism, but only with the mental representation of the organism, known as the self-image or ego. He says this disembodied self is thought to exist within the body, and thus people would say, “I have a body,?rather than “I am a body? Under certain circumstances such a fragmented experience of oneself may be further distorted by the alienation of certain facets of the ego, which may be repressed or projected onto other people or the environment and that the dynamics of these phenomena are described in great detail in Freudian psychology.
Capra says the bootstrap and systems approach to psychology includes a conception of mental illness in a new way. He says that like all illness, mental illness is seen as a multidimensional phenomenon involving interdependent physical, psychological and social aspects. Most current psychiatric treatments, says Capra, deal with the biomedical mechanisms associated with a specific mental disorder and, in so doing, have been very successful in suppressing symptoms with psychoactive-drugs. This approach, says Capra, has not helped psychiatrists understand mental illness any better, nor has it allowed their patients to solve the underlying problems. Capra says that in view of these shortcomings of the biomedical approach over the past twenty-five years a number of psychiatrists and psychologists have developed a systemic view of psychotic disorders that take into account the multiple facets of mental illness.
This view is both social and existential. Failure to evaluate one’s perception and experience of reality and to integrate them into a coherent world-view seems to be central to serious mental illness, says Capra. He says that in current psychiatric practice many people?are diagnosed as psychotics, not on the basis of their behaviour but rather on the basis of the content of their experiences. He says these experiences,, typically, are of a “transpersonal?nature and in sharp contradiction to all common sense and to the classical Western view, “However, many of them are -well known to mystics, occur frequently in deep meditation, and can also be induced quite easily by various other methods," writes Capra. He says the new definition of what is normal and what is pathological, is not based on the content and nature of one’s experiences, but, rather on the way in which they are handled and on the degree to which a person is able to integrate these unusual experiences into his life.
The inability of some people to integrate transpersonal experiences is often aggravated by a hostile environment, says. Capra. He says the central characteristic in the communication patterns of families of diagnosed schizophrenics was identified by Gregory Bateson as a “double bind?situation. Bateson found that the behaviour labeled schizophrenic represents a special strategy that a person invents in order to live in an unlivable situation. Such a person writes Capra, "finds himself facing a situation within his family that seems to put him into an untenable position, a situation in which he ‘can’t win,?no matter what he does,?writes Capra. He says that when these situations occur repeatedly the double-bind structure may become a habitual expectation and this is likely to generate schizophrenic experiences and behavior. This does not mean that everyone becomes schizophrenic in such a situation, writes Capra, and that what exactly makes one person psychotic while another remains normal under the same external circumstances is a complex question, likely to involve biochemical and genetic factors that are not yet well understood. Capra articulates the thought of R. D. Laing on the area. He points out that Laing says that the strategy designed by a so-called schizophrenic can often be recognised as an appropriate response to severe social stress, representing the person’s desperate efforts to maintain his integrity in the face of paradoxical and contradictory pressures. This observation is extended by Laing to an eloquent critique of society as a whole, in which he sees the conditions of alienation, of being asleep, unconscious, “out of one’s mind? as the condition of the normal person. Capra says that such “normally?alienated men and women are taken to be sane simply because they act more or less like anyone else whereas other forms of alienation, which are out of step with the prevailing one, are labeled psychotic by the "normal" majority.
Capra says - that in our culture the criteria used to define mental health ?sense of identity, image, recognition of time and space, perception of the environment - require that a person’s perceptions and views be compatible with the Cartesian-Newtonian framework. He says the Cartesian world view is not merely the principle frame of reference but is regarded as the only accurate description of reality. Capra says that a person functioning exclusively in the Cartesian mode may be free from manifest symptoms but cannot be considered mentally healthy.
The New Idealism and Economics
Part of Capra’s philosophy looks deeply at the evolution of economic patterns. He says that present-day economics is characterized by the fragmentary and reductionist approach that typifies most social sciences and claims that economists general1y fail to recognize that the economy is merely one aspect of a whole ecological and social fabric, namely a living system composed of human beings in continual interaction with one another and with their natural resources, most of which are, in turn, living organisms. He says the basic error of the social sciences is to divide this fabric into fragments, assumed to be independent and to be dealt with in separate academic departments. These fragmentary approaches are also reflected in government, in the split between social and economic policies and, especially in the United States, in a maze of congressional committees and subcommittees where these policies are discussed.
Capra outlines Marxist economics and points out that Marx recognized that capitalist forms of social organization would speed the process of technological innovation and increase material productivity and that he was able to see phenomena like monopolies and depressions and to predict that capitalism would foster socialism. He points out that Marx warned that along with the constantly diminishing number of the magnates of capital, who usurp and monopolize all advantages (Ie, the Western Illuminati families such as the Rockefelles, Rothchilds and Waltons, all multi-billionaires, grows the mass of misery, oppression, degradation arid exploitation.
Capra says that today, in the context of our crisis-ridden, corporate-dominated global economy with its mega risk technologies and its enormous social and ecological costs, this statement has lost none of its power. Capra says that. it is generally pointed out by Marx’s critics that the labour force in the United States, which one would have expected to be the first to organize politically and rise up to create a. socialist society, failed to do so because workers received high enough wages to begin identifying with the upward mobility of the middle class. Capra says that on most situations it was true that American workers had not been continually at the same level but had ridden the escalator of material wealth, although at relatively low levels and with much struggle.
Another important point, says Capra, is that in the late twentieth century the Third World has taken on the role of the proletariat because of the development of multinational corporations, which Marx did not foresee. Capra says that today these multinationals play off workers in one country against those in another, exploiting racism, sexism, and nationalism and that advantages won by American workers are generally to the detriment of those in Third world countries.
Capra points out that Marx emphasized the importance of nature in the social and economic fabric throughout his writings, but it was not the central issue for an activist of the day. Although Marx did not strongly emphasize ecological concerns, his approach could have been used to predict the ecological exploitation that capitalism oroduced and socialism perpetuated.
Contemporary economics, says Capra, is a. mixed bag of concepts, theories, and models stemming from various epochs of economic history. He says the main schools of thought that have emerged are the Marxist school and “mixed?economics, a modern version of neoclassical economics using more sophisticated mathematical techniques but still based on classical notions. In the late 1930s and the 1940s a new "neoclassical-Keynesian synthesis?was proclaimed, but such a synthesis actually never took place, Capra points out.
Capra says that all the models and theories - Marxist as well as non-Marxist - are still deeply rooted in the Cartesian paradigm, and thus inappropriate to describe today’s closely inter-related and continually changing global economic system. He says that one of the outstanding characteristics of today’s economics, both capitalist and communist (this, course, would virtually only be China), is an obsession with growth. He says that economic and technological growth are seen as essential by virtually all economists and politicians, although it should now be abundantly clear that unlimited expansion in a finite environment can only lead to disaster. Capra says the belief in the necessity of continuing growth is a consequence of over-emphasis on yang values - expansion, self-assertion, competition - and can also be related to the Newtonian notions of absolute, infinite space and time. He says this is a reflection of linear thinking.
Capra says the world population crisis is a direct problem of the idea of continuing economic growth and that ecological balance could combat this. Capra also says that the problem is that wealth is so badly distributed globally, and much of it is wasted and that five per cent of the world’s population now consumes a third of its resources, with energy consumption per capita about twice as high as in most European countries.
Economic growth, in our culture, is inextricably linked with technological growth and that the ultimate manifestation of our obsession with high technology is the widely entertained fantasy that our current problems can be solved by creating artificial habitats in outer space. Technological growth is not only regarded as the ultimate problem solver but is also seen as determining our life-styles, our social organizations, and our value system such “technological determinism? seems to be the consequence of the high status of science in our public life.
The third aspect of undifferentiated growth is the growth of institutions, says Capra - from companies and corporations to colleges and universities, churches, cities, governments, and nations. He says one of the most dangerous manifestations of institutional growth today is that of corporations while the largest of them have now transcended national boundaries and have become major actors on the global stage. Corporate power permeates virtually every facet of public life in the West and that they largely control the legislative process, distort information received by the public through the media, and determine, to a significant extend, the functioning of our educational system and the direction of academic research. Capra says the nature of large corporations is profoundly inhuman because competition, coercion and exploitation are essential aspects of their activities, all motivated by the desire for infinite expansion.
Capra says that if the consequences of corporate power are harmful in industrialized countries, they are altogether disastrous in the Third World. He says that in those countries, where legal restrictions are often nonexistent or impossible to enforce, the exploitation of people and of their land has reached extreme proportions. With the help of skillful manipulation of the media, emphasizing the “scientific?nature of their enterprises, and often with the full support of the US Government, multinational corporations ruthlessly exploit and extract the Third world’s natural resources.
The avoidance of social issues in current economic theory, says Capra, is closely related to the striking inability of economists to adopt to ecological perspectives. He says that to deal with economic phenomena from an ecological perspective, economists will need to revise their basic concepts in drastic ways. He says that the new economic theories, or set of models is likely to involve a systems approach that will integrate biology, psychology political philosophy, and several other branches of human knowledge, together with economics, into a broad ecological framework.
Capra's outline of the new physics on economics is certainly interesting. Along with Capra’s very credible views here would now include many new post-Marxist views, especially the work undertaken by the Frankfort School. This would include such well-known philosophers as Herbert Marcuse as well as the other theorists who have looked at the idealistic side of Marx's philosophical writings.
An historical perspective of Idealism and its alternative
Virtually all Eastern philosophies are based on some form of philosophical metaphysical idealism. The New Physics is, generally, following a form of philosophical Idealism. Thus, we are in fact lucky, because both in the history of Eastern and Western philosophy there is a rich background of philosophical Idealism. Capra consistently writes of the parallels between modern physics and Eastern philosophy, and thus, is drawing comparisons between two systems of Idealism.
In his excellent philosophical dictionary, Stuart Holroyd defines philosophical Idealism as any doctrine which holds that reality is not fundamentally material, but mental. He says that in Platonic idealism, phenomena were considered not real in themselves but as shadow-projections of the world of ideas, or ideal forms. The Idealism of Berkeley maintains that material things are held to have no existence independent of the mind; esse est percipi, to be is to be perceived, and perception of finite minds, in the finite mind of God. Berkeley's notion of Idealism fits in very nicely with many of the developments of the New Physics, especially the S Matrix theory and some of the other developments made by Geoffrey Chew.
Holroyd points out that Kant's brand of idealism says that human mind is held capable of perception of knowledge only of appearances (phenomena), which derive from an independently existent transcendent reality.
In Hegelian Idealism, a spiritual absolute is held to be the ultimate reality, and finite minds and material things to be dependent fragments or illusory appearances generated by it. "Generally, any philosophy which maintains a distinction between reality and appearances, that infers distinction between reality and appearances, that infers from the contradictoriness or illusoriness of appearances the existence of a reality lying behind them, is idealistic, " writes Holroyd.
Of course, one of the most extraordinary movements to come out of German Idealism was Romanticism. As a general philosophical movement, romanticism is best understood as the initial phase of German Idealism, serving as a transition from Kant to Hegel, and flourishing chiefly between 1775 and 1815. The philosophical point of departure for romanticism is from Kantian philosophy, while all German Idealism shares both the fundamental purpose of extending knowledge to the noumena, and the fundamental doctrine that all reality is ultimately spiritual, derivative of a living spirit and so knowable by the human spirit.
The essence of philosophical Romanticism as expressed by Schelling, and that which differentiates it from other types of Idealism, resides in its conception of spirit. It claims that spirit, or the Absolute, is essentially creative and that the ultimate ground of all things is primarily an urge of self-expression, and all that it has brought into being is but a means to its fuller self-realisation.
It is generally understood that if the Absolute of Fichte is a moralist, and that of Hegel a logician, then that of the Romanticists is mainly an artist and that the universe can be interpreted in terms of the concepts of evolution, process, life, and, ultimately that of Consciousness itself.
According to the Romantic movement, the world of nature is one manifestation of Spirit while humanity is a higher manifestation. The metaphysical process is the process by which the Absolute seeks to realise itself, and all particular things are but phases within it.
Of course, many great and wonderful writers and poets evolved from the Romantic movement and fully expressed their ideas. In France Rousseau, Hugo and Lamartine advocated romanticism while Blake, Shelley and Byron became advocates in England. They saw that the essence of romanticism, either as an attitude or as a conscious program, is an intense interest in nature, and an attempt to seize natural phenomena in a direct, immediate and naive manner. It is because of this that romanticism regards all forms, rules, conventions and manners as artificial constructs and as hindrances to the grasp, enjoyment and expression of nature.
Thus, there is a very strong tradition of Western philosophical Idealism that is strongly anti-materialist and, of course, pro-metaphysical. Idealism is very much a metaphysical system.
Eastern philosophies follow Idealism virtually to the letter. Indian thought is generally a form of Idealism. The Bhagavad Gita, while mixing pantheism, immanent theism, and deism, inclines towards a personalistic idealism and an ethics of bhakti (selfless devotion). Many of the schools of Buddism teach idealistic doctrines with a Monistic immaterialism and subjectivism with the Absolute being pure consciousness. Other forms of Buddhism have combined monistic, immateralistic idealism with non-absolutistic nihilism. Subjectivistic idealism, phenomenalistic idealism, which is the view that there is neither absolute pure consciousness nor substantial souls, was taught by the Buddhists Santaraksita and Kamalasila. Examples of modern Vedantic idealism are the Yogavasistha, a form of subjective monistic Idealism, and the monistic spiritualism of Gaudapada where both duality and plurality are an illusion. The most influential Vedantic system is the monistic spiritualism of Sankara where the Absolute is pure indeterminate Being, which can only be described as pure consciousness or Bliss. This is not necessarily a form of mysticism as this state is easily attainable.
Vedantic idealism, whether in its monistic and impersonalistic form, or in that of a more personalistic form, is the dominant type of metaphysics in India. Idealism has also been pronounced in the reviving doctrines of Shivaism, and the subsequent rise of Shaktism which adheres to extremely strong tantric principles of the cosmos. Tantricism is a very Idealistic metaphysic.
The traditional basic concepts of Chinese metaphysics are forms of Idealism. It must be pointed out that Chinese metaphysics is extraordinarily similar to that of many forms of Indian philosophy, and thus is very consistent with my own position. It is only on very minor details do I adhere more easily to Indian thought which I now merge with contemporary western New Age thought which incorporates the Ascended Masters and the western concept of archangels. In Chinese Idealism, heaven, the spiritual and moral power of cosmic and social order, that distributes to each thing and person its allotted sphere of action, is theistically and personalistically conceived in The book of History and the Shih Ching, the Book of Poetry. Tao, as cosmic principle, is an impersonal, immaterial World Ground. Mayayana Buddhism, introduced into China an idealistic influence. Pure metaphysical idealism was taught by the Buddhist monk Hsuan Ch'uang. Important Buddhist and Taoist influences appear in Sung Confucianism which is a distinctly idealistic movement.
Consequently, if the New Physics has turned towards idealism, the ancient cultures of the East should gain a great deal of importance in philosophical research, while I believe it is important to blend the advances of the New Physics with that of ancient Idealism if we are to have any present progress.
Of course, the opposite of Idealism, is metaphysical Realism. I use this term extremely carefully because there are many brands of Realism. Historically, it is opposed to nominalism - that sort of realism is often called Platonism. It is also opposed to Idealism in post-Cartesian philosophy. This is the realism that I am directly referring to. But before we go on, the other form of realism that has developed this century is a form which is opposed to instrumentalism (when discussing theoretical entities) and opposed to verificationism and pragmatism (when discussing truth). The two notions of realism just mentioned are not important to my own quest.
I am concerned with the realism that is opposed to Idealism in Post-Cartesian philosophy. This I will call "metaphysical realism" which, obviously, could well be a tautology. Antony Flew defines this form of Realism, which has been pushed as the major philosophical item of the twentieth century, and is responsible for the materialist, determinist, empiricist nature which reaches into the heart of analytical philosophy, as the following concept: Realism is most commonly the view (contrasted with Idealism) that physical objects exist independently of being perceived. This is the major definition of metaphysical Realism, and totally discounts the notion of mind. This obviously reaffirms the standpoint of common sense but thinkers have long been puzzled over how perceptions can yield knowledge of a mind-independent world. Realists have replied, as in G.E. Moore's famous "Refutation of Idealism", where he says that Idealists see themselves imprisoned with their own perception because they confuse the act of seeing a colour, which is necessarily mind dependent, with its object, the colour itself, which is not. Moore said that to call physical objects arrangements of "Ideas" or "Impressions" is simply mistaking language. Moore's doctrine was one of the major criticism of Idealism and helped launch linguistic philosophy, an approach that holds that a careful study of how language is actually used, taught, and developed in everyday discourse can illuminate, and even dissolve, time-honoured philosophical problems. Philosophy during this phase lost any metaphysical significance. This school led some logical positivists out of their impasse through Wittgenstein, but continued to maintain a very strong anti-metaphysical stance and addressed issues mainly to do with epistemology - questions of truth - because, as Carnap had stressed, metaphysics was now a meaningless pursuit that could not even be verified. It should be pointed out that Logical Positivism is anti-realist because it proposed to replace "truth" with "verifiability". Again, they are dealing with epistemological questions because metaphysics had been abandoned. The five areas of philosophy - metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, political theory and aethetics had lost its central member, namely, metaphysics, through the analytical movement. I feel the New Physics brings back that charge and makes it the central element of philosophy.
What has intrigued me throughout my recent research into this exciting new area, is almost a task in investigative journalism. Who and why brought about the dismissal of metaphysics? John Passmore's A Hundred Years of Philosophy, however, does throw some light on the topic. The blame clearly falls on Moore and Russell and the New Realists. What is extraordinary is that there were some rogue Idealist philosophers in Britain at the time. One particular scientist/philosopher, the astronomer Sir Arthur Eddington, published several books during the 1920s that in fact interpreted the New Physics from an Idealist view point. In his Space Time and Gravitation, The Nature of the Physical World and The Philosophy of Physical Science, Eddington says of the New Physics that Einstein's "operational" definition of physical concepts is an appeal to the contents of consciousness. He saw his philosophy as a direct consequence of modern science, and not at all, a product of the Cartesian tradition in modern philosophy. Eddington is an example of the many Idealist philosophers who were left at the gate in the first half of the 20th century yet in fact should have been followed and pursued closely and may have changed the course of 20th century thinking. Other philosophers who fall into this category include R.B. Haldene, who tried to incorporate Einstein's theory within the Hegelianism to which he so faithfully adhered, Karl Pearson, W.K. Clifford and A.N. Whitehead.
In the case of Whitehead, he was the only philosopher in that group who was not dismissed. His Process and Reality is regarded as an outstanding work of philosophy whereby he links his metaphysics with the Idealist tradition.
But the question remains: why the main currents of Anglo-American philosophy followed language philosophy and ran off into the area of epistemology, and thus hijacked academic philosophy for most of the 20th century? One of the main reasons was the incredible power that the Realist movement had itself on American philosophy departments and also because much of the New Physics was simply misunderstood at the time. This, I feel, is the greatest disappointment because philosophers such as Bertrand Russell had done extensive work on the New Physics but failed to come up with a comprehensive theory. Russell did produce the ABC of Relativity, which did little more than explain the basic tenants of the New Physics. It does appear that it was very much the professional physicist who saw the future of philosophy as lying in the area of Idealism - and yet - despite the fact that many physicists have firmly put their position behind an Idealist interpretation of reality, philosophers still hang their head in philosophical materialism and realism.
Another major reason, of course, for the victory of materialism and realism during the 20th century had been the huge impact that Newtonian Cartesian science had on many philosophers. Many indeed felt that scientism was the way of the future and that all answers came from scientific positivism. But what is of most concern is that scientific and philosophical departments in western universities are still teaching and researching Newtonian concepts - almost one hundred years after the introduction of the New Physics.
The New Idealism, Medicine and Applied Philosophy
Because of the New Idealism many new branches of philosophy have been developed, as has already been discussed in some detail. The relationship between medicine and the New Idealism is particularly exciting because it is certainly an area where philosophy is very much an applied art. In the section titled “Health, psychology and the New Idealism?I mainly examined the psychological health aspects of the New Idealism. However, the area of general medicine should certainly not be overlooked.
In that section I touched on very briefly on the philosophies of medicine of the East, as practised throughout India and China. But what must be pointed out is that the New Physics actually verifies much of what alternative medicine has been philosophically saying for many years.
A great deal of Western medicine is deeply rooted in the Newtonian Cartesian tradition and is thus based on a science that has been well and truly superseded. Many medical practitioners fail to realise the full significance of the New Physics. For example, the treatment of cancer is still seen in Newtonian terms. Oncologists tend to use Cartesian Newtonian treatments if a cancer has become secondary - they surgically remove the particular area that has cancer. If a leg is cancerous, they chop off the leg. This, of course, is not consistent with the New Physics because quantum theory clearly shows that a system of energy is connnected throughout and that a disorder cannot be the product of one localised situation. Cutting legs off because of cancer, which was common the past, is extremely reductionist and obviously very dangerous.
The amazing aspect of the claim by the New Physicists is that when they say that Consciousness is producing reality, or matter, it is very much in agreement with some of the ancient medical models. The well-known Australian healer and philosopher Ian Gawler says that many people fall short of grasping the implications of Einstein’s famous equation, E=mc(2). E stands for energy, m for mass, and c for the speed of light. Gawler says that the equation is saying that mass is a product of energy and light which is as esoteric a statement as formulated by any ancient sage.
But Gawler says that this is the most remarkable thing of all. He says that as the modern physicists probe deeper into the nature of matter, they are forced to look at energy and to seek to understand it. If all matter is made of energy, why does one block of energy come together to build a rock, another a tree, another a human, asks Gawler.
He says the physicists such as Fritjof Capra and David Bohm are prepared to ask the most vital question, “Why??and are forced to introduce the concept of Consciousness. Gawler agrees with them when they say that consciousness produces energy that, in turn, is interpreted by our five senses as the thing we call matter.
“What a concept. Consciousness produces energy which produces matter. Thought precedes form. It leaves me concluding that my physical form is the result of the sum total of my consciousness I must presume, therefore, that I and all those around me are all essentially reflections of our overall consciousness. Further, given our highly ordered world, I must presume an all-pervading consciousness to provide the basic framework in which it all happens,?writes Gawler.
Gawler writes that if people examine Eastern thought and metaphysics, there is a recurring model which both makes sense of the phenomena and provides a framework in which to operate. He points out that most major civilizations have had a tradition of esoteric science in their culture and that because it was esoteric, it was hidden from the mainstream of the people but used by those initiated into its secrets in a very practical way.
Gawler says that in the esoteric lore of the Ancient Egyptians, Chinese and Greeks, to the Vedic seers of India and the early Christians, there is this reoccurring vision of humanity. It is esoteric in nature but still used in that very practical way. All these people say the physical body as being the end result of a series of inter-related and interdependent subtle levels of consciousness, according to Gawler.
Gawler then outlines his perspective on history with what he concludes is the central element of his healing and medical philosophy. He says that these old philosophies saw humanity as basically being the sum total of seven levels of consciousness and that to each level there was assigned a form of an energy body. Only the physical body has the energy which is dense enough to register immediately with humanity’s five senses and thus with the direct perception of another person. Gawler then goes on to stress that the other energy bodies can only be deduced by inference or perceived directly by clairvoyant or extra-sensory perception. Then, if we allow for our “astral level?which he relates to the motions, we come to know ourselves.
Many healers, according to Gawler, particularly New Age philosophical healers, base their diagnosis on perception of the subtle energy of the health aura. The seven levels of consciousness are given various names. There are various kingdoms with the Mineral Kingdom in the physical level. The Vegetable Kingdom is mainly in the Physical Kingdom, but peaks into the Emotional level. The animal Kingdom, says Gawler, is strongly involved with the physical and emotional levels and also has activity in the Mental sphere. Humans are active on the physical and mental levels and also has activity in the Mental sphere.
Part of this philosophy stresses that the mind acts as the fulcrum between physical and spiritual humanity and that intellect transmuted into intuition to bridge the gap. The purpose of our lives is to make that leap and our goal is to be freed of the limitations of personality, which is part of our lower self, before we can “soar free as spiritual beings?
This relates directly to healing, as Gawler points out, because consciousness impinges on physical health. This is centred on seven chakras. A chakra is a Sanskit word used to describe the concentration of this subtle energy that is said to be located in the seven different regions of the spine and head. Gawler points out that each chakra is a reflection of one level of consciousness and, in turn, relates most directly to one particular endocrine gland. This suggests that the physical body is the end result of formative energies coming from the various forms of consciousness while the body interacts with its own immediate physical body.
“Disease, then, can be due then to purely physical causes, as in the case of a true accident, or, more commonly, is due to aberrations in the energy flows. Such aberrations reflect disharmony in the local areas of the patient’s attention. Many people are now focused primarily in the emotional sphere, while a growing number are centred in the mental. This fact is recognised by the growing attention being paid to psychosomatic diseases and the role of tension and anxiety in the production of disease,?writes Gawler.
“So just how do we set about hearing a diseased Body? If disharmony is the root cause, obviously anything that recreates harmony will have a healing effect. If there is a gross disease, however, the symptoms may be so severe and so physical, that it may not be possible for those involved to normalise the situation using only the energies available through esoteric avenues,?writes Gawler.
Gawler’s seven levels of consciousness as expressed in the energy bodies of humans fits in very nicely with David Ash’s conception of super energy. Also, this concept is widely held in virtually all esoteric cultures and religions and especially those people who follow the New Age.
As discussed earlier the concept of super energy virtually verifies the energy body that surrounds a human. Ash and Hewitt say that to western medical science, the principles underlying complementary therapies are often baffling and that many doctors feel a deep sense of frustration at the unverifiability of alternative medicine because they think that medicine is an empirically-based practice.
Virtually all alternative medicine talks of an “energy?body, surrounding and permeating the physical body. Some of them refer to an “etheric?body, others call it a “subtle?or “sensitive?body.
Ash and Hewitt say that many of the otherwise incomprehensible and sometimes bizarre treatments in alternative medicine claim to operate on this energy body. The energy body is said to act as a blueprint for the physical form, influencing its processes and functions. Alternative practitioners claim that if the energy body is treated, the physical body will heal itself.
Acupuncture says the energy body has definite flow lines called meridians. These meridians act like streams, connecting the pools of energy deep within the body to the peripheral areas of the skin. An acupuncturist treats the organs through the meridians.
An acupuncturist stimulates or sedates the flow of energy in the meridian according to the diagnosis of the energy state of the organ concerned. This is done by inserting needles into the appropriate meridians at strategic points. In this way acupuncture seeks to harmonise and balance the energy body, encouraging the physical body to heal itself.
Likewise, reflexology is based on the principle that blocks in the energy body can be released by massaging the soles of the feet while homoeopathy regards illness as an imbalance in the underlying energy pattern or vital force of a person. Alternative practitioners are generally united in the belief that some sort of subtle energy exists which has a profound effect upon the physical body.
Ash and Hewitt claim that the concept of super-energy removes the stumbling block of an intangible life field. They point to the possibility of forms of energy existing beyond the physical world that explains how such a life energy field could permeate and interpenetrate a physical body. A field of super-energy could ‘coincide?with a physical body because there is no space-time separation between energy and super energy, Ash and Hewitt claim.
Ash and Hewitt claim that super-energy has been described in classical India and China. There, it was the traditional belief that the natural environment, including the air we breathe and the food we eat, was charged with life energy - called prana in India and Chi in China.
Basically, what is also being described here is what called be termed “Applied Idealism?- or rather, applied philosophy. For most of the 20th century philosophers have tended to downplay their profession but the New Idealism actually clearly leads the way for philosophers to enter the medical field and make an active contribution.
One very practical area with the New Idealism is in the area of meditation. I have personally experimented with most forms of meditation and have mastered the art of many of them. In fact, I used meditation to overcome two severe illnesses. To me, this is the New Idealism in action. One particular meditation technique I use has confirmed to me that there are certainly many different levels of consciousness. But one of the most amazing aspects of this particular type of meditation that I use is the verification of philosophical Idealism. This particular technique, called Integral Meditation is extremely simple, and starts with a simple exercise called the Progressive Muscle Relaxation Technique (PMR technique). With this technique you progressively relax your muscles from your feet up to your head. But this is only done for the first 10 days. During this time you tense your muscles and then relax them progressively. However, after 10 days a person no longer needs to physically relax the muscles but can simply mentally relax them - or rather a wave of relaxation over their muscles. And this is the most amazing aspect of this technique. That is, by simply imagining relaxing the muscles, it will happen. And this is the New Idealism in action. It is also the very heart of mind/body medicine, and an aspect that is seldom promoted.
Integral Meditation clearly proves that the power of human thought alone has an affect on other levels of matter. This is an extraordinary claim but, I feel, is the basis of a new medicine, a medicine that needs to be explained philosophically. This is an extremely exciting time for medicine because as the old Newtonian/Cartesian concepts are discarded, a much more holistic understanding and philosophy is being introduced. But it must be stressed that all of this clearly needs to be elaborated and explained. I strongly feel that if patients have a clear understanding of the philosophical underpinnings of this new medical system, then results would surely result. Already, the technique of Integral meditation is being used extensively with success with advanced cancer patients as well as those suffering from heart disease and mental illness. It is now also being used by immune diseases such as AIDS with some extremely encouraging results.
Thus, at the very heart of the New Idealism lies a very practical philosophy, a philosophy that empowers individuals on a massive scale. The notion that thought creates matter is revolutionary but the medical system must start incorporating it. Both contemporary and esoteric science supports the New Idealism but a massive education program needs to be developed to implement the philosophical understanding of this new paradigm.
The New Idealism thus opens up a realistic scientific method for what alternative medicine has been advocating now for many years. Of course, apart from those alternative regimes that have already been mentioned, there are many other areas that would fall under these labels. Biofeedback, metabolic therapy plus a host of visualisation techniques would also be included.
But where the New Idealism cuts deeply into philosophical terrain, and particularly into the nature of what I regard as the cutting edge of thinking in medical science in the world, is in the area of mind/body medicine. One extremely well-known mind/body medical practitioner is Dr Deepak Chopra, who claims that healing is the ability of one mode of consciousness (the mind) to spontaneously correct the mistakes in another mode of consciousness which he calls the body but insists that the process is a completely self-enclosed process.
He says that contrary to the germ theory of disease, which tries to tell us that the war was started “out there?be they invaders of?every kind - bacteria, viruses, carcinogens - which are lying in wait to attack us, the real conflict is being waged “in here?or inside the body. This goes right to the heart of western medicine and is quite a revolutionary claim, and a claim that most western medical practitioners simply cannot accept because of their training in Newtonian science.
Chopra says that it is only when the immune system collapses, as in the case of AIDS, do we realise that out skin, lungs, mucus linings, intestines, and may other organs have learned to co-exist with outside organisms in a delicate balance. The pneumonia that an AIDS patient typically catches is caused by a variety of Pneumocystis that is present in everyone’s lungs all the time. The AIDS virus activates the disease from the inside by demolishing one part of the immune system (the helper T cells), thus breaking apart the network of information that holds us together.
There is a network, says Chopra, of information that holds our bodies together. But he says that the network does not stop with us and that the simplistic idea that germs are our deadly enemy is a half-truth, because germs are part of the network too. The whole living world is bound up in DNA, which has evolved along the channel of bacteria, along another as plants and animals, and along still another as humanity. Chopra says that the environment “out there?co-operates with the one “in here?like two polarities, in one sense totally opposed but in another totally complementary. He says that if a person looks at reality from the viewpoint of all DNA, not just ours, then there is an entire global information network that has to be kept alive and healthy.
Chopra says that viruses are capable of mutating very quickly and that is why a shot that immunizes a person from flu will usually not be effective the following year and that the flu virus would have mutated somewhere around the world into a completely different strain. Chopra says that some researchers have speculated that the reason why viruses mutate so rapidly is that life itself is changing, thus carrying to all parts of the globe the news that life is changing, Getting the flu, then, according to Chopra, is like getting a news update and that a person’s own DNA learns about alterations in the world’s DNA that are changing it, and a person’s DNA then meets the challenge, not passively but actively and that it must prove its viability by surviving the virus.
As the immune system rushes to meet the invader, as they engage in battle, it is molecule against molecule and the whole operation is timed to the split second and leaves no room for error. Chopra says that the macrophages rush to discover the identity of this new life form, probe it for vital weaknesses, and then mobilize the genetic material in their own DNA that will collapse the molecules of the vsirrus, rendering them harmless.
Chopra says that at the same time, the immune cells also destroy any of a person?cells that have played host to the invader and these infected host cells have not yet died from the flu. They are engorged with living viruses that pose a threat after the immune cells have wiped out all the flu that is flowing through the bloodstream. To kill an infected host cell, certain immune cells, latch onto it from the outside and puncture holes in the cell wall. Like a deflating tyre, the host cells spills out its liquid content, collapses onto an empty bag and dies.
However the host cell is not eliminated because its DNA is actually dismantled by other signals from the attacking immune cells. Chopra believes that this is an absolutely fascinating aspect of the entire process. He says that what is really happening is that one bit of a person’s DNA (immune cell) is dismantling another bit of DNA (the host cell), which in fact is just a copy of itself. The only difference between the two is that the second bit of DNA, in the host cell, has made the mistake of co-operating with the flu virus and that no one knows why this occurs. The virus is no match for the cell, being thousands of times smaller and less complex. “You would think that such mistakes show the imperfection of the body’s intelligence, but that is too superficial. He says what is actually happening here is an exquisite example of quantum healing at work; in fact, the idea that the war is going on is just another half-truth, for when one bit of DNA dismantles another, we are witnessing a totally self-enclosed?writes Chopra.
He says that every part of a disease reaction from the scavenger cells that first meet the invader, to the host cells that take it in, to the macrophages, killer T-cell, helper T-cells, B-cells, and so on, are all the same DNA expressing its various abilities. In other words, the DNA has decided to stage for its own benefit a drama in which every part is played by itself, says Chopra.
He then asks why should DNA put on one mask to succumb to the flu virus and other to rush in and destroy it. He says that no-one has answered this profound question, but it must have its logic in the whole scheme of life, the larger drama enacted by all the DNA in. the world. Chopra speculates that humanity is watching DNA enrich life by adding so many variations as can possibly exist on one planet.
According to Chopra, nothing that happens to DNA is lost. It all stays within the self-enclosed system. Once the flu virus is defeated, the DNA records the encounter by producing new anti-bodies and specialized memory cells that float around in the lymph system and bloodstream for years afterwards; adding to immense storehouse of information that DNA has been accumulating since life began and this is how DNA makes a person a player on the world scene. Chopra uses an example that if he looks out his window, he can see a multilane highway with cars rushing by and he says that this entire spectacle is the play of DNA.
It has been projected from a molecule whose responsibility is to unfold new life as a whole. It has been estimated that all the separated DNA of every person who has ever lived would fit comfortably in a teaspoon, and yet it is the tightly wound DNA in even a single cell nucleus of a person’s body were uncoiled and the pieces laid end to end, they would stretch out to five feet. Chopra says that this means the genetic thread contained in the body’s trillion cells is 50 billion miles long which is enough to reach the moon and back 100,000 times. He cites that from the Indian Vedas, the ancient text of India, that the universe’s intelligence extends “from smaller than the smallest to larger than the largest?and that DNA is the physical proof of it. This intelligence, of course, clearly demonstrates that the New Idealism reaches into the heart of the biochemical physical world. This intelligence that Chopra writes about is the consciousness or thought aspect of the universe. It could also be seen as the Consciousness or thought aspect of matter, particularly living matter,
On this basis, Chopra says that it is wrong to think that conflict is the norm and that, in general, a state of peace exists between a person’s DNA and the other DNA “out there? Every time a person actually has to fight off a disease by getting sick, there are hundreds of times when a person’s body has warded off sickness, without any overt symptoms it is only when there is a distortion “in here?that the immune system loses its ability to silently defend, heal, and remember.
Chopra says that humans tend to forget that peace is the norm and that the rise of stress-related disorders, depression, anxiety. Chronic fatigue is a sign of the times. The hectic pace of work and life in general has accustomed people to turmoil. By now, people are thoroughly indoctrinated by the idea that a certain degree of internal conflict is normal. The war, it seems, was started by us, and it is taking its toll in a frighteningly ordinary way, says Chopra.
Every day, says Chopra, a physician in practice sees a patient who has undergone some devastating cancer treatment that has been declared a success because the cancer cells are now gone, disregarding the weakening of the entire body, the looming danger of recurrent cancer caused by the treatment itself, and the state of lasting fear and depression that so often comes with the cure and that to live in constant fear, even without cancer, is not a good state of health and well being.
The underlying philosophy in cancer treatment, says Chopra, is that the mind will just have to stand by while the body endures devastation.
In other words, an open clash is actually encouraged and the mind-body system. Chopra says that this simply cannot be healing or good medicine. He says that the clash between mind and body the patient is fighting on both sides.
Chopra believes that the vital issue is not how to win the war but how to keep peace in the first place. He says the West has not arrived at this insight, or comprehended that the physical manifestation of a disease is a phantom. The cancer cells that patients dread and the physician’s battle against are just such phantoms and they will come and go raising hopes and despair, while the real culprit, the persistent memory that creates the cancer cell, goes undetected. Chopra says that the Indian medicine of Ayurveda gives people the means to go directly to the level of consciousness that exercises this memory.
“We ask for heroism from patients at a time when they have little of it to give, or else we treat them as statistics, turning survival into a game of numbers. Ayurveda tells us to place the responsibility for disease at a deeper level of consciousness, where a potential cure could be found,?says Chopra.
To say that a patient’s awareness is responsible for their cancer, says Chopra, is very troublesome to many people and that Ayurveda does not agree that there is so-called cancer personality, nor does it accept that superficial emotions, styles of behaviour, and attitudes cause cancer. He says that some researchers are convinced that patients who react. with helplessness and depression to their cancer are more likely to die from the disease than those patients who have a strong component in their personalities called the will to live.
A person afflicted with cancer, says Chopra, goes through cycles of emotion and their will to live is susceptible to wild swings from one extreme to the other. Chopra goes on to say that it is absolutely normal to be too busy to be sick, for that is exactly the kind of awareness that the immune system thrives on. When a person is just as they are and not a “cancer patient?then the complicated chain of the immune response, with its hundreds of its precisely timed operations, goes to work with a vengeance, writes Chopra.
He says that the immune system is very beautiful but it is also extremely vulnerable. He says that it forges a person’s link with life and yet it can break it at any moment. The immune system knows all our secrets and it knows why a mother who has lost of child can die of grief, because the immune system has that information. Chopra believes that the immune system knows every moment a cancer patient spends with the disease because it turns these moments into the body’s physical reality. This, of course, is extremely profound because it shows how the body’s intelligence, being aware of its own consciousness, is just a part of mind, in this case, the mind of the body. This is how the doctrine of philosophical Idealism is so important to understand because it changes the basic structures of understanding even our own bodies in reality.
In this case, cancer, or any other disease, is nothing more than the sequence of information, each with its own emotions, its own mind-body chemistry. Chopra says that the diseased cells are but one ingredient out of countless others while the other cells are just more intangible. Chopra says that Western medical science has still not come to grips with this reality at all.
Chopra says that the fact that emotions lie so deep does not mean that cancer patients cannot alter them and that people can be rescued from their feelings of helplessness and despair by going to a still deeper level. He believes that it does not matter if one is caught in the throes of either despair or huge self-confidence and that either one could be a problem. Chopra elaborates that Ayuveda therefore pays much less attention to surface emotions that current mind-body medicine does and that whole rationale for treating cancer or AIDS with primordial sound and bliss techniques is that they reach the deep levels of consciousness common to everyone, the weak as much as the strong.
All things in existence, says Chopra, are tied to our senses, and our senses are tired to our brains. The commonplace notion that “this chair is hard to touch?is not true, until a person restates it as “this chair is hard because my brain made it that way? A disease is not a molecular contact of some outside organism with the molecules of a person’s body. It is not even the flow of toxins in a person’s blood or the action of runaway cells. According to Ayuveda, an Indian system based on the premise of philosophical Idealism, a disease is a sequence of moments that a person lives through, during which the person appraises every iota of the vast input that comes pouring in from all quarters of the world, including their body.
A person’s body is a world, too and that both the world outside and the world “inside?are tied to the sequence of moments ingrained in Consciousness, or rather, held in thought itself. Chopra says that a person is in charge of two worlds, the little one in them and the big one around them.
He says that infinite choice is open at every second for them to alter the shape of the world, for it is no shape other than what a person gives it. Chopra says that the reason why meditation is so important in Ayurveda is that it leads the mind. to a "free zone" that is not touched by disease. Until a person knows that such a place exists, the disease will be seen to be taking over completely.

SECTION 3 FOUR IMPORTANT ASPECTS OF THE NEW IDEALISM
a: The New Idealism in Literature and Aesthetics
b: The debate within Naturalism and the impact of the New Idealism
c: Super String theory and the New Idealism.
d: The Physics of Consciousness: How the Sciences and the Arts are joining together for the future of theoretical physics:

Introduction
This section will examine what I regard as being extremely important to further understanding major issues of the New Idealism. The first area will concentrate on literature and how the New Idealism has impacted on literary movements and associations. This will obviously examine the scientific impact of the New Physics on creative writers. Many of the major writers of the 20th century prided themselves on their scientific understanding. This area will also detail some of the debate within which the New Idealism would have on aesthetics. Again, this would cross over into the area of literature.
Then the huge area of naturalism will be examined and its relationship to the New Idealism. Naturalism has been dominant in many 20th century philosophic communities and is still in a very powerful position. The New Idealism obviously throws further light on this debate. The last two areas will examine Super String theory and the Physics of Consciousness. Obviously these two areas cross over very closely. I have left these two areas at the end because they are both new areas and still being radically investigated. Both Super String theory and the physics of Consciousness are now almost part of the mainstream. In the past 15 years these two areas have been pursued by many thousands of physicists throughout the world. This discussion will investigate some of the contemporary thinking in this area and put forward a claim that I feel is extremely important ?that of the joining of the sciences and the arts for the advancement of theoretical physics.
The New Idealism in literature and aesthetics
The New Idealism can be particularly felt in a great deal of the literary landscapes of the 20th century. The impact of the New Physics was already being felt by the 1920s. The great minds of the early 20th century were increasingly becoming bedazzled with the implications of the New Physics.
The first half of the 19th century saw an increasing interest in experimental ideas. This was an extension of the modernist tradition of the 19th century. This is an extremely important point. Many of these extreme experimental movements came out of Europe in the last few decades of the 19th century.
During this time the amazing experimenters of the modernist tradition exploded into the consciousness of the world literary community. The French writers particularly caught the imagination of the time. French poet Arthur Rimbaud was hailed as an authentic voice of this new movement which was to shape taste, culture and intellectual thinking through into the 20th century. Amazing intellectual movements blossomed during these times. The Dada and Surrealist movements exploded onto the European landscape. Writers were actively introducing concepts of transcendentalism into their own literary consciousness. And in music Jazz screamed behind this new consciousness as the avant garde realised that indeed the notion of spirituality and mind may be essential.
These writers were philosophers but used literary devices to further their philosophy. They believed the 20th century to be the final great expression of Romanticism: theory put into practice. This is what makes the 20th century so exciting from a literary point of view. And I would like to stress the strong emphasis that the Idealism followed by the great writers of the 20th century is a new form of Idealism. As the 20th century progressed further many of the ideas of the writers was in fact based on science and scientific critical thinking.
It is also important to point out that as philosophy became increasingly hostile to the notion of philosophical Idealism, the literary writers of the 20th century carried the flag of Idealism and along the way invented and reinvented different forms of Idealism. And this occurred right across the world, from Europe to Latin America. The notion of spirituality and Gnostic structures of thought often lay in the background of these literary traditions. Many people who essentially wanted a philosophy career had been inclined to enter literary fields because they knew that the notion of philosophical Idealism was far more accepted in these areas. This is an extremely important point as our universities preached the New Materialism that came from Logical Positivism and other materialist philosophies.
Often prominent and famous novelists simply called themselves philosophers even though they may not have worked in philosophy. A good example of this is the extraordinary writer Arthur Koestler. Koestler was one of the early 20th centuries most original political and scientific thinkers who used literature to further Idealist philosophy and the New Ago in general. His books and many articles profoundly influenced intellectual opinion and were instrumental in popularizing what was essentially a mystical viewpoint. Born in Budapest in 1905 and educated at the University of Vienna, he took up journalism as a career and became foreign correspondent for a number of German and British publications. In the Spanish Civil War he was captured by the Fascists, imprisoned and condemned to death.
He had a lengthy incarceration and his execution was a constant threat. Nevertheless, it was this experience that made him undergo a mystical conversion and was to change the course of his life. Koestler was eventually saved from execution from British protests and he then went onto to become one of the interesting and dynamic personalities on the world literary scene. His novel Darkness at Noon was translated into 32 languages and possibly ranks with Orwell’s 1984 as the most widely read political novel of our times.
He used this literary career to catapult himself as a populariser of science and in later years became profoundly interested in psychical research and his Roots of Coincidence became extremely well known. In his The Yogi and the Commissar, he argues that there were two essential psychological types: the “Commissar?who believed the world should be changed by influencing others and the Yogi who believed the world should be changed by influencing oneself.
An area which Koestler greatly made popular was the area of eastern philosophy and in a sense he was one of the first westerners to show how eastern philosophy is Idealist in tradition. It is because of this that Koestler is much a part of the tradition of the New Idealism because he was an innovator. His mind grabbed Idealist notions that had not been discovered before by western scholars but of course had been part of the eastern tradition for thousands of years. Nevertheless, eastern philosophy continued to divert in new and exciting ways, a fact that is often overlooked by western scholars of eastern philosophy.
Koestler also coined the term “Holon?a critical aspect of the New Idealism, particularly in physics. He used the term in the context of the General Systems Theory which is outlined by Fritjof Capra. A holon is an entity which functions at once as a whole and as a part, and which manifests properties of independence in the one function and dependence in the other.
In normal usage the term whole and part imply something incomplete or complete, fragmented or finished and contained, yet in reality we do not find parts of wholes in this absolute sense rather we sense that there are ascending orders or levels of complexity, with each level of order being at once a thing in itself and a component of a larger or more comprehensive entity.
Koestler went on to designate this dual nature of holons the “Janus principle?which implies that holons, like the Janus legend, have two faces, one turned downward and preoccupied with the self with the other one turned upward and concerned with its relation to the next level in the hierarchy. This means that holons have two purposes, the self-assertive on the one hand and the integrative on the other hand.
Another major fiction writer of the first halt of the 20th century to have a huge impact on the world stage and in philosophy in general was Aldous Huxley. The role of Huxley cannot be understated. Huxley was mentioned briefly earlier on in this thesis in regard for his promotion of Hinduism throughout the western world. He and fellow British novelist Christopher Isherwood championed Hinduism as early as the 1940s. Isherwood is now regarded as the father of modern gay and homosexual writing and is seen as a top prose stylist.
Huxley used his fiction to promote his philosophy. An entire generation, the hippies, born between 1932 and 1955, all worshipped Huxley. Even world famous musical bands were named after books Huxley had written with such titles as The Doors Of Perception. Huxley is very much an early New Age pioneer and throughout the first part of the 20th century established a top reputation as one of the English world 's truly great novelists. He and George Orwell became virtually household names in a time when quality literature could still make an author a household name.
One of Huxley’s novels, Brave New World, is widely considered by literary critics as being one of those universal novels of the modern era. The novel itself describes a world ruled by control and fascism with Huxley of course using the book as a metaphor of the 20th century. In the book Huxley predicts birth control pills and many other medical scientific breakthroughs that later came during the 1960s. Huxley came from a long line of famous British scientists and had excellent scientific knowledge including that of physics.
Huxely used a very famous expression - that of perennial philosophy. The term was actually coined by Leibniz to describe the “highest common factors?of religions and spiritual and perennial philosophies. This is religion divested of doctrine, the time-honored and quintessential wisdom and knowledge vouchsafed by the religious experience. Huxley describes this as the basis of a major philosophical Idealist position. "It is the metaphysic that recognises a divine Reality substantial to the world of things and lives and minds; the psychology that finds in the soul something similar to, or even identical with, divine Reality; the ethic that places man’s final end in the knowledge of the immanent and transcendent Ground of all being," writes Huxley.
Huxley also suggested that the brain acts as a reducing valve on the mind, which had been an idea that he cane to through his own experience and the influence of the philosopher C.D. Broad. In his books The Doors of Perception, Huxley quotes Broad as saying: “Each person is at each moment capable of remembering all that has ever happened to him and of perceiving everything all that has ever happened to him and of perceiving everything that is happening everywhere in the universe.?lt;BR>Broad believed the role of the brain was to protect us from being overwhelmed and confused by this mass of knowledge - that the function of the brain as being mainly eliminative and not productive. Huxley concurred with this view. “Each one of us is potentially Mind at Large. But in so far as we are animals, our business is at all costs to survive. To make biological survival possible, Mind at Large has to be funneled through the reducing valve of the brain and nervous system. What comes out at the other end is a measly trickle of the kind of consciousness which will help us to stay alive on the surface of this particular planet. The various other worlds with which human beings erratically make contact are so many elements in the totality of the awareness belonging to Mind at Large.?71
One of Huxley’s most important works included a book that he edited. The book, called VEDANTA for the Western World, is now a classic in Indian Idealist philosophy. Vedanta is the wisdom of the Vedas, the perennial philosophy distilled over centuries in India from the oldest known religious writings. Huxley believed that there was an intimate connection between Christianity and Hinduism.
Huxley made a great point that all religions are essentially the same and that all of them can be united through the concept of philosophical Idealism. This was a very radical theory at the time he propounded it. In all the higher religions the doctrines about eternal Reality, and practices designed to help worshippers to render themselves sufficiently timeless to apprehend the Eternal God, bear a close family resemblance. “Eckhart, as Professor Otto has shown in his Mysticism East and West formulates a philosophy?which. is substantially the same as that of Shankara; and the practical teaching of Indian and Christian mystics is identical as such matters as ‘holy indifference?to temporal affairs; Mortification of memory, for the past and anxiety about the future. For the theocentric mystics both of East and West, it is axiomatic that one must seek first the kingdom of God and the timeless kingdom of an eternal God.?
As has been outlined widely throughout this thesis the concept of philosophical Idealism can be seen throughout Indian philosophy and Hinduism in particular. Huxley in a way catapulted Indian philosophy into the consciousness of the western world’s literary and creative intelligentsia. Huxley at the end of his life lived in Hollywood in California during a time when the West Coast of American had attracted much alternative views and thinkers. In a way, this is a form of the New Idealism. Huxley was one of the most clever writers expounding Indian thought and its relationship to western philosophy and religion. This is a very important notion because this again laid the groundwork for later movements that greatly respected Huxley’s work.
The explosion of literary activity at the middle of the 20th century cannot be understated. And this is clearly related to the New Idealism. I believe that the New Idealism is also part of a new feeling, a new mood, a new way of thinking that spread out to the mass of humanity within the Anglo American world.
The role of the Beat movement in bringing about a radical change of consciousness throughout the planet is of vital importance. The Beats were a highly eclectic collection of writers, poets, novelists, mystics and scientists who radically challenged the status quo of the Cartesian-Newtonian world. The Beats also started a movement that has not stopped to this day. They are now being heralded within the New Age community as the early pioneers. It is now clear that the philosophies of the Beat movement also influenced and was embedded in the both the hippie and punk movements which were in fact later generations and will be discussed in detail further on.
The Beat movement became world famous. Many critics are now declaring that the Beats started the new anti-racist and civil rights movement of the 1960s within America. The Beats have also been behind the rise of the worldwide gay movement and feminist movement of the 1970s and 1980s. And even more importantly, they were behind the Spiritual Revolution of the 1960s and 1970s that gripped the world.
The New Idealism is very much the belief that something new is in the air. It does of course embody the belief that Consciousness and Mind creates Matter. But until the 1950s throughout the world Idealism had been abandoned by academic philosophy departments for materialism.
Thus, when super poet Allen Ginsberg performed his famous poem in San Francisco in 1955 called Howl, the beginnings of the Beat Movement moved into action. Howl would eventually go on to sell millions of copies and has become one of the biggest selling books of poems in the Anglo-American world. Ginsberg, who died in 1997, was an extraordinary figure, a visionary with amazing skills in drawing in and creating a movement. His poem Howl was a spiritual statement against American fascism during the 1950s. It was a call to stop the military-industrial complex that was threatening the world with mass extinction through nuclear distribution. The poem spoke out against a deeply anti-spiritual America that had become completely materialist. This form of Materialism reached right into the heart of the American Academic community. Ginsberg believed that writers and thinkers had to return to their spiritual heritage. By the turn of the 1960s Ginsberg had increasingly become a Buddhist and actually lived in India with his boyfriend in the early 1960s. They were some of the first white people on the planet in modern times to grow their hair.
From the mid 1960s and until the mid 1970s Ginsberg’s poetry continued to become a best-seller not just in America but throughout the world. He became the father of the counterculture and very much saw his role as that of a general guiding the troops into battle. And of course the massive civil unrest throughout the western world because of the Vietnam War and many other issues did create a war. THIS was the New Idealism in action. This is clear evidence that the New Idealism certainly has a political side that must be considered in any analysis of the New Idealism.
The war that was waged in the western world between what was clearly two forces cannot be underestimated. When the hippies went to protest and when the civil rights campaigners went out on a limb THIS was war. And by the late 1960s there were literally tens of millions of hippies throughout the western world. The American Democratic Convention in Chicago it 1968 plus the major demonstrations in Paris were seen as watersheds.
In Chicago in 1968 Allen Ginsberg was leading the way. By the early 1970s Ginsberg had become a practicing Tibetan Buddhist. This is a very important point because much of the early New Age movement bad been influenced by Buddhism during the 1950s and 1960s. Ginsberg was so famous and on the lips of every alternative thinker and writer by the 1970s and this clearly gave good publicity for Buddhism and the New Age movement in general.
Allen Ginsberg read Howl at this amazing poetry reading in San Francisco in 1955, the literary side of the New Idealism really began in earnest. San Francisco went on to become the Paris of the New Age and counter culture movement and remained so right up into the middle of the 1980s until California had virtually been turned increasingly into a police state and AIDS had started to destroy the gay scene and men were dying in their dozens.
Publishing houses such as City Lights that was started by another Beat writer Lawrence Ferlinghetti became the symbol of the radical side of the New Age and the symbol of the New Idealism. This publishing company is at the very heart of the New Idealism. Ferlinghetti published many extraordinary books of poetry himself that sold in the millions.
The Beat movement produced some of the best and most important writers of the 20th century. William Burroughs and Jack Kerouac introduced novels that changed a generation. Both of these writers were deeply influenced by the new spirituality that had been evolving. Both were extremely well educated in science and literature. Both were also well acquainted with esoteric knowledge. I personally believe that William Burroughs is perhaps the most important writer of the contemporary English novel. Burroughs was also deeply influenced by Chinese Taoism. Burroughs was one of those rare figures that investigated any knowledge that furthered the pursuit of pure knowledge. He lived in various places around the world from South America, Tangiers, Paris and London. He was another father of the international counterculture and became a famous symbol for the growing gay rights movement. His novels dealt seriously with the concept of aliens and many of his novels were set on alien planets that had been infected with a virus that was killing the population. He wrote these novels before the advent of AIDS. He also wrote these novels before the evolution of the UFO and alien movement which is now firmly entrenched in the New Age movement and an area of the New Age movement that is now taken very seriously through work done by the Centre for the Study Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CETI) which has recently disclosed extraordinary claims about aliens called Greys, Reptoids and the Galactic Federation.
Nevertheless, William Burroughs sharply criticised the overly materialist nature of our institutions and cultures. His novels were a savage indictment of the Newtonian-Cartesian world. Burroughs was educated at Harvard University and went on to do post-graduate work in medicine and anthropology. Burroughs was also very well versed in the New Physics and clearly saw the relationship between David Bohm’s work and the revolutionary aspects of quantum theory. Burroughs was essentially an Idealist. For a time he even followed the Church of Scientology although eventually left that organisation. Burroughs also wrote extensively of the relationship between the South American Indian communities and their unique relationship with spirituality.
Jack Kerouac was another Beat novelist who championed the notion of philosophical Idealism. He was a committed Buddhist Catholic and consistently wrote of the relationship between all religions but especially his beloved Buddhism and Catholicism. His extraordinary ability to show how Consciousness was producing matter was constantly depicted in his beautiful novels, most of which became best sellers throughout the late 1950s and 1960s. One of his most famous New Age novels and a novel that would eventually become a classic for Buddhist spiritual philosophies was The Dharma Bums, a classic. The novel contains many dialogues between characters expressing their desire to explain the Idealist notion behind Buddhism and of the quest for the Void, for higher consciousness, for the mental world.
Kerouac also wrote an extraordinary book of philosophy that is now a New Age classic in esoteric circles called The Scripture of the Golden Dawn. This work of philosophy examines esoteric Buddhism, something that hardly any western scholars had done in the early 1950s. This extremely hard to find book is testimony to a new spirit in academic research. Kerouac had a unique understanding of both Mahayana and Theravada Buddhism but become extremely knowledgeable about the Pure Land School and its close ties with Zen Buddhism. He was one of the first writers in the western world to see the relationship between this form of Buddhism and Christianity but especially Catholicism. At the time many eastern scholars could not clearly decipher and understand the unique relationship between the two. Kerouac’s influence cannot be underestimated. His distain of academic materialist philosophy was overwhelmingly denounced in his writings. By the time the hippies started to flex their muscles Kerouac had been elevated to the status of a God. Many say that he was one of the first writers to speak eloquently about the major environment issues of the future. He strongly deplored the materialist America of the 1950s and called for a Spiritual Revolution based on Jazz, Buddhism and tantric sexuality. This aptly sums up Kerouac’s position in his novel The Dharma Bums. “The attitude for the Bard, the Zen Lunacy Bard of old desert paths, see the whole thing is a world full of rucksack wanderers, Dharma Bums refusing to subscribe to the general demand that they consume production and therefore have to work for the privilege of consuming, all that crap they didn’t really want anyway such as refrigerators, TV sets, cars, at least new fancy cars, certain hair oils and deodorants and general junk you always see a week later in the garbage anyway, all of them imprisoned in a system of work produce, consume, work, produce, consume, I sees a vision. of a great rucksack revolution thousands or even millions of young Americans wandering around with rucksacks, going up to mountains to pray, making children laugh and old men glad, making young girls happy and old girls happier, all of them Zen Lunatics who go about writing poems that happen to appear in their heads for no reason and also by being kind and also by strange unexpected acts keep giving visions of eternal freedom to everybody and all living creatures.?Here of course Kerouac is pre-empting the entire Hippie movement because this was written in the late 1950s.
As the Beat movement became more famous it joined with other progressive movements and even eventually linked up with the Frankfurt School philosophers such as Herbert Marcuse who was by the 1960s teaching at UCLA in California. It is important to point out that the Beat Generation was born between 1910 and 1932. Those born in that Generation can be said also to be the War Generation, The Hippie Generation, of the Woodstock Generation, are those people born between 1933 and 1955. The next Generation, the Punk Generation or Generation X, were born between 1955 and 1977.
Thus it is extremely important to realise the impact that the Beats had on the following generations. The Beats laid the groundwork for the New Idealism. The Beats introduced the concept of a mental vision in reality and popularised it and made it famous throughout the second half of the 20th century.
The impact the Beats had on the international counterculture was epic. They virtually single handedly started the counterculture that later espoused Left Wing Spiritual politics advocating feminism, ecology, gay liberation and consciousness expansion. All of this is at the basis of the practical side and the political side of the New Idealism. Other very important Beat writers included Gary Synder, Alan Watts (an important Buddhist philosopher), Gregory Corso, Lei Roy Jones, Diane Deprima, Ann Sexton, Michael McClure and Neal Cassidy. In the case of Cassidy, there is a clear connection to the latest in New Age thought. Cassidy was a friend of Kerouac and became obsessed with Edgar Cayce, a very famous New Age channeller.
One major impact of the Beats is that their influence not only changed world literature but went right into journalism and science. The scientific community by the 1960s was clearly very interested in spiritual phenomenon as the Beat legacy started to take its grip. This is an extremely important point because the generation after the Beats, the Hippies, were extremely well educated on the whole. Of course, the hippie movement was a worldwide phenomenon that radically altered western consciousness forever.
The hippies were very interested in the rise of scientific culture and much of the hippie generation. was extremely well educated. It became the first generation in the history of the modern world to experience mass education as the gains of social democracy started to take its grip. The percentage of hippies who went to university and. did high level research degrees was large. By the mid 1960s the flavour of the Beat phenomenon moved onto the university campus throughout the world and the hippies became the first radical students en masse to join, together and start amazing protests that became the symbol of the 1960s. Every area of progressive thought became enmeshed in the hippie movement. The university campus throughout all western, Australian and North American campuses became symbols of free thinking and intellectual experimentation. This force radically influenced science. Hippies infiltrated every area of the sciences and a huge number of scientific manuals were produced.
As the hippie explosion became a symbol of an international spiritual awakening, the following of science and Hindu and Buddhist philosophies and religions plus western esoteric mysticism became standard. It became common for poets to also be mathematicians and physicists and the strict borderline between art and the sciences started to breakdown. Obviously it was during the 1960s that physicists such as the amazing Fritjof Capra and Geoffrey Chew started devising their extraordinary insights into physics and started talking about it in encounter groups and the like. Major experimental physicists such. as Jack Sarfartti had been credited with starting a radical group of physicists in California to rethink their physics in a spiritual manner. This new vibrant feeling spilled into the entire West Coast hippie scene which had become one of the music capitals of the world.
By the time the New Physics had fully spilled into the hippie West Coast American literary scene an extraordinary amount of new novels and books of poetry spilled into print. The entire structure of the novel during this time started to change radically. This had been anticipated by the Beats and also the French New Novel that radically experimented with narrative structure. Time and space in fiction writing all of a sudden became radically experimental. This was a clear result of the new insights of the New Physics.
One of the first major new hippie writers to emerge during this period was Richard Brautigan, an absolutely extraordinary genius who lived in San Francisco during the height of the Hippie era and who gained world-wide fame with more than 10 amazing novels and many volumes of poetry. Although Brautigan was an autodiadact he became one of the first novelists in the western world to have extraordinaryly bizarre philosophical mutations throughout his works. Throughout his work there is references to quantum theory and eastern thought and he came to represent one of the major New Voices of the New Idealism following the Beats. It was very much Brautigan’s work that launched many new novelists who followed a similar attitude despite always showing individuality. These other novelists have included such~ extremely well-known literary innovators as Tom Robbins, Robert Persig, Kathy Acker, Lenard Cohen to name a few well known ones. All of this type of literary fiction highlighted a new form of literary imagination that concentrated on supernatural, mystical and notions of philosophical idealism.
Never before had this tradition been exercised to the extent that these writers did. Every area of the writer’s imagination were taken to the limit. Again, the 1960s was the beginning of this very radical direction in. literature It also made spirituality radical, a concept that had earlier been dismissed by existentialists and materialists.
During the mid l940s and early 1950s agnostic exististentialism, structuralism and the terrible scientific principles of the Vienna School and Logical Positivists had a fairly large impact on the world literary community. Paris had still been seen as a major, if not, the major intellectual scene of the planet. Irish writers James Joyce and Samual Beckett had gone to live in Paris in the first half of the 20th century. The literary Avant Garde had been greatly impacted by existentialism and Left Wing Materialism yet Paris and other centres always had the roots of philosophical Idealism also being strongly felt.
However, during the 1960s, the new world spiritualism captivated the literary scene. Herman Hesse, the extraordinary German Nobel Prize winning author, wrote many novels dealing with these concepts. Hesse went on to become a symbol of the hippies. Also, Hesse was considered a major European novelist who was dealing with major spiritual issues. Even within the existentialist camp there was also a sympathy towards spiritual issues and writing. Although Albert Camus and John Paul Sartre were proclaimed atheists it was never totally disregarded exactly what form it would take, such as a form of Spinoza’s monist pantheism - which is not really godless but recognises that god is in everything, It was with spirit that experimental spiritual writers evolved during the 1960s. And this spirit certainly highlighted the New Idealism and made readers more willing to investigate some of the amazing aspects of the New Idealism.
Another very important aspect of the literary explosion of the 1960s was the fact that throughout the western world thousands of little magazines, newsletters and publishing companies evolved. The Beats had initially gotten the ball rolling but by the 1960s the number of new magazines was unprecedented. This trend continued right up into the middle of the 1980s and many small press books never went to large multi-national companies. Another aspect of this was that academic work quickly became part of the counterculture and many books reflecting the spirit of the New Idealism were published both in philosophy and in literature. Thus a war became apparent within the academic community with most conservative materialist books being published by academic publishing houses or multinationals while the new thinking of people such as Fritjof Capra and the plethora of fiction writers and poets became part of a huge Underground network of writers, thinkers, poets and scientists who had developed views that were counter to the Newtonian-Cartesian paradigm.
However, by the middle of the l960s this situation had changed a little with some writers going over to the establishment publishing companies. However, the bulk of the serious New Age philosophy books have still to this day been published by alternative publishing companies and houses. Fiction that supports the New Idealism continues to be published by both alternative and establishment presses so there is clearly a mix yet generally it is more alternative publishing houses that publish New Age fiction and poetry.
The generation that followed the hippies, the Punk Generation or Generation X, were born between 1956 and 1977. This generation had continued mainly in the Underground to reveal the astounding implications of the New Idealism. Novels, poets, music and works of philosophy are clearly being published that support spiritual philosophies. The early punk literature and music of the late 1970s was always peppered with a large dose of Spiritualism that merged into the famous Gothic movements of the 1980s Punk scene throughout the world. This New Wave Gothic Punk movement swept the Western world in music and continued the philosophies of the early counter-culture that was started by the Beats in the 1950s.
In recent times some major New Age texts have been published by major multi-national publishing houses. Penguin, for example, recently published A Course In Miracles, which is regarded in. the worldwide New Age movement as a major text. But many other major New Age writers such as Joshua Stone, David Ash and others have continued to published with alternative presses,
Of course the New Idealism also stretched into the other arts and during the second half of the 20th century the visual arts in the counter culture were highly influenced by spiritualism and the concept of. Philosophical Idealism. One of the most obvious examples of this is that of Abstract Expressionism whose most famous example is Jackson Pollack. This form of painting freed up the idea of abstraction, or even the notion of the mental. This form of art and other forms of avant garde art certainly captured the hippie and counter culture spirit of the time.
In music another major example can be seen in the explosion of the folk music tradition where such famous performers as Joan Baez and Bob Dylan espoused the spiritual life and again this was reflected in their music. The rock music scene, of course, was deeply influenced by spiritual ideas. A perfect example of this is The Doors, where lead singer Jim Morrison constantly sang about the spiritual relationship between humanity and Mother Earth itself. The Beatles were also all highly influenced by Indian philosophy while John Lennon and Yoko Ono had become devote Sai Baba devotees. The other Beatles had become devotees of the founder of Transcendental Meditation, the Maharishi.
The world famous singer Michael Jackson is a very strong devotee of Sai Baba. All of the band members of the Rolling Stones have expressed major spiritual concerns as well as most other famous ad respected rock acts. The Punk music tradition is full of spiritual awareness and most of the famous punk acts followed some spiritual tradition.
A major creative area that has followed and promoted the New Idealism has been in the film and motion picture area. Many major Hollywood films have had New Age themes or major issues of spirituality., The famous martial artist Steven Seagal has been a devoted Sal Baba devotee for many years. Yet other major films continue to depict the role of spirituality in our lives. Hollywood, of course, has also become famous for promoting films looking at the role of aliens. These sorts of films have been around now for more than 20 years with the most famous first film called ET made by Steven Spielberg. Of course these films have had a huge impact on the public and people now talking openly about the existence of life from other planets. And of course The New Physics would certainly support. the possibility that there is life on other planets. Using David Ash’s theory, it scientifically clearly shows how aliens can come to our solar system. It says that aliens could simply fly into a portal or gate of super energy (energy faster than the speed of light) and travel between star systems. The alien ships could just register higher levels of super energy of their computers and a captain of a ship could telepathically give a message to a crystal bio-energetic computer that gives the messages to the fields of super energy. And bam, travel into another solar system. What these aliens could do is simply think of what star system they want to go to when they travel into the super energy portal. As shown before, in super energy there is no space and time so a craft would dematerialise and then re-enter into E=mc squared in a new solar system. The equation for super energy would be super energy equals space times the speed of light to the power of four. This equation would describe the ability of super energy to reach vast stores of untapped energy in the spiritual dimensions.
The debate within naturalism and the impact of the New Idealism
Naturalism has become in the past two centuries a very powerful materialist philosophy that was a direct offspring of the Cartesian-Newtonian revolution in science. In its most basic philosophy it is the view that nature is all there is and all basic truths are truths of nature. Another major interpretation is that it is a form of philosophical monism according to which whatever exists or happens is natural. Another is: “the view that everything is natural, i.e. that everything there is belongs to the world of nature, and can be studied by the methods appropriate for studying that world.?Another view of naturalism is that it is a philosophical movement that “wishes to use the methods of science, evidence, and reason to understand nature and place the human species within it.?lt;BR>Naturalism says that the universe consists only of natural elements such as matter and energy and that non-material elements such as mind, ideas or forms of philosophical idealism are a result of material forces. The philosophy also radically rejects any form of supernaturalism because only nature is real and therefore supernaturalism is non-real. Naturalism is thus a so-called metaphysical philosophy opposed mainly to supernaturalism.
According to Texan philosopher Steven Schafersman, naturalism is a subset of metaphysical realism and that it is not an ethical system. He says it is part of naturalistic humanism and that it is one of the most important personal worldview philosophies opposed to supernaturalism and religions offering and religions offering transcendentalism. He claims that philosophical naturalism exists in two forms - that of ontological or metaphysical naturalism with the other being methodological naturalism. In scientific terms, the truth of naturalism could be considered reliable knowledge, since naturalism’s statements have a great amount of empirical evidence in support of them, it has a highly—reasoned logical structure, and the statements of this structure have been repeatedly and skeptically tested and corroborated. Such a truth, however, as with all such scientific truths, must be held skeptically and tentatively, since it is only reliable knowledge, not absolute ultimate truth.
The two primary sources of naturalism in philosophy is that it shows materialism in metaphysics and empiricism in epistemology. Schafersman says that naturalism does not always necessitate a commitment to materialism. Materialism claims that non-material elements are produced by material products. Certainly most philosophical naturalists today are materialists, and methodological materialism is probably universally adopted among scientists today, but idealism or dualism could be true and naturalism would still be viable, says Schafersman.
He points out that idealism generally is a legitimate stance within naturalism but is not very popular among naturalists. With regards to science, critical thinking is used to discover and develop knowledge about nature. Critical thinking has been epitomized as “the scientific method?in science and many philosophers claim is the best path to reliable knowledge in all areas of inquiry, not just in science. “Naturalism is not an assumption or presupposition on the part of scientists, a common claim by critics of science; it is, instead, a hypothesis that has been tested and repeatedly corroborated, and so has become reliable knowledge itself,?writes Schafersman.
Before going on to show how the New Physics would radically rechange much of the charge of philosophical naturalism I want to establish a firm outline of both the history and function of naturalism. Naturalism can be seen as challenging the cogency of the cosmological, teleological and moral arguments that holds that the universe requires no supernatural cause. In fact, the universe is self-existent, self-explanatory, self-operating and self-directing. Naturalism says that the world process is not teleological and anthropocentric, but in fact is purposeless, deterministic and that the natural world is the whole of reality. The metaphysics usually always tends to be monistic while humanity is viewed as a coordinate with other parts of nature and naturalistic psychology emphasises the physical basis of human behaviour.
The history of naturalism owes its origin and early élan in a large part to a faith in science. Partly because of the hold that idealistic philosophies had enjoyed in Europe, scientism served not only to undermine metaphysical causes but also to destroy the role of mind and the will. The rationalistic positivism embodied in the systems of Comte and Spencer formulated a theoretical justification for scientism and entailed a faith in social and technological progress.
Scientism not only served to undermine metaphysical causes and goals but also to destroy the autonomy of idealism generally. As naturalism developed there continued to be opposition to its philosophy in the form of German Idealism as well as the rise of British Idealism, in the form of Bradley.
The role of Naturalism has had a very powerful impact on all societies throughout the world and has help to continue the materialist paradigm. I strongly believe that although naturalism can be separated from some metaphysical debate, it is clear that this philosophy has been connected to the Cartesian-Newtonian materialist philosophies that have dominated materialism throughout the academic institutions of the world. And of course naturalism has used the so-called advances of Newtonian science to make and establish its very widespread philosophy.
Generally, the New Idealism would be opposed to most forms of Naturalism. Yet if Naturalism concurs with the notion of the “natural?order of things as a result of scientific analysis then Naturalism is indeed a philosophy that would support philosophical Idealism. Well-known materialist philosophers such as Daniel Dennett have based much of their arguments on the old-fashion notion of Naturalism. Within cognitive science, naturalism is still the ruler. Yet it must be stressed that this is very much the case because the cognitive sciences have not caught up with the major developments in the New Physics. This is an extremely important point. As our cognitive sciences wallow in the fog of uncertain knowledge they continue to adhere to an out-of-date form of naturalism. And of course this reaches right into the argument of Naturalism versus philosophical Idealism. It is ironic to consider the fact that most cognitive scientists would not even understand these days what philosophical Idealism is, let alone understand the major changes in quantum theory that has radically reintroduced philosophical Idealism.
A very important point is that the New Idealism is not against cognitive science. Cognitive science is ultimately based on materialism and certainly not scientifically plausible. This is because the New Physics certainly does affect all the cognitive sciences. This goes right to the heart of a very important debate which rages with many philosophers and scientists alike. The structure of the brain is again based on extremely materialist aspects and thus again is not based on contemporary quantum theory. To my knowledge this area of knowledge has not even been attempted by anyone because the notion of the New Idealism is only now coming back into the forefront of our knowledge. Thus the New Idealism is not anti-cognitive science yet the new knowledge based on developments in quantum theory has not yet been developed by the cognitive sciences.
In many ways the old form of Naturalism was highly based on the philosophy of Descartes with the notion that the extended substance represented all natural phenomenon. And of course as the New Physics has well and truly demonstrated, the Cartesian system is not compatible with the New Physics. Again, this is a very important point because a great deal of contemporary philosophical debate is mooted around this point. And of course this reaches right into the nature of the Cartesian tradition and its base in academic institutions. This reaches right into the heart of materialist philosophy and is deeply flawed and of course is deeply unscientific.
Cartesian philosophy is profoundly unscientific in terms of quantum theory and the New Physics. And Naturalism is deeply based on Cartesianism. The opposite of Naturalism is of course super-naturalism as we have mentioned before. Yet is must be pointed out that the New Physics and the New Idealism generally is based on a supernatural premise. Firstly, if SPIRIT is creating matter then the natural is supernatural - if you understand what I am saying. Indeed, spirit is creating and manifesting our presence.
And another angle can also be taken in this extremely interesting area. The New Age British physicists David Ash and Peter Hewitt have of course introduced the term of super energy to explain another energy that is faster than light. Ash and Hewitt claim that both energy (e=mc squared) and super energy (se=mc4) are produced by thought. They say that super energy is the key to the supernatural. This directly opposed to naturalism. They say that. super energy would explain acupuncture, and the ability of many holy men and to perform amazing miracles, such as Sai Baba who is famous for so-called miracles of materializations and teleportation (moving the body through the speed of light to another location). They also say this may be the key to interstellar space travel because other civilisations may have the ability to direct their space craft into pockets of super energy in which they would travel through the speed of light. The ability of matter to go through the speed of light is of course extremely interesting because it would mean that energy and super energy are mutually exchangeable. This is an astounding possibility and may explain claims by New Age followers how certain physical miracles can happen such as when someone in a car can drive straight through another car even though the cars collided. What could be happening here is the interchange of energy - of energy and super energy. Perhaps powerful Archangels have the ability to change energy into super energy on impact? And perhaps this also describes what spiritual healing is where angels in super energy can manipulate the DNA of a person in energy.
So in fact there are two levels in which the notion of Naturalism is being attacked within the role of the New Idealism. The New Physics would totally disregard the old patterns of Naturalism. Both the old fashioned Naturalism and the New Idealism are based on a sort of holism and monism yet the substances in which they are based are totally different.
The question of whether Naturalism can have mental states has never been explained or outlined clearly because the role of the New Physics is now only starting to become clearer. But obviously is a New Naturalism evolving based on the idea that everything in the Universe is Consciousness, Mind, a mental substance or spirit then this would be compatible with the New Idealism.
There is another strain of Naturalism that is much more sympathetic to philosophical Idealism if not even a form of Idealism. This form of Naturalism is often called “Natural Theology? It was invented by St Thomas Aquinas as an argument for the existence of God, which is similar to the one produced by Aristotle about the prime mover. The cosmological argument says that everything has a cause, so eventually there must be one big thing - or God.
Yet even this form of Naturalism can be used to go against philosophical Idealism. This is because if, like the Cartesian tradition, God created all the material substance, that substance may not be a form of spirit or Mind, which is the requirement for Idealism. But the main thrust of philosophical Idealism is that the Universe IS some form of mental projection
Thus, for the New Idealism to be drawn into the Naturalist debate it is important for new work to be done within Naturalism itself. It has to explain itself out of its current illegal scientific status. Currently any argument within Naturalism cannot be taken seriously until this is achieved.
Superstring Theory
Superstring theory is essentially saying particles are nothing but an underlying wave form. The wave was dubbed a "super string" because it behaves very much like a violin string. Thus, the theory says there are billions upon billions of "unseen" strings pervading the universe, and their different frequencies give rise to all the matter and energy in the Universe. In his well-known book, Quantum Healing, Depak Chopra says that the prefix "super" indicates that these strings actually reside far beyond our limited four-dimensional reality.
"No one will ever see them, no matter how powerful our instruments becomes," writes Chopra. "To clarify what a superstring is, physicist Michio Kaku gives an analogy to music: imagine that a violin is enclosed out of sight in a box. As its strings vibrate, different pitches, chords, sequences of notes, and timbers are produced," writes Chopra.
"If you were an alien who did not know what music is, you would find each of these things completely different from one another - the note C might be like a hydrogen atom, while E-flat was a photon.
"Only by opening the box and seeing that indeed every sound came from one violin would you be convinced that they had a unified source."
Chopra says that in the same way, nature's fundamental field is constantly vibrating and producing variations upon the same "notes", but that our senses are set up so that they turn this sameness into differences. He says that only be exposing the super strings would the underlying unity be evident. Well-known American physicist and superstring specialist Paul Sirag gives a very good outline of the history of superstring theory and how it evolved.
Sirag states that Albert Einstein in 1915 introduced the idea that gravity was to be explained as the warping of four-dimensional spacetime. Sirag is a theoretical physicist whose theories not only deal with superstring but encompasses the age and size of the universe as well as the number and nature of all subatomic particles.
He says that many physicists had doubts about the reality of the 4-dimensionality of spacetime (as a unified geometrical whole which could be warped). However, these doubts were erased by the dramatic verification of Einstein's gravity theory (called the General Theory of Relativity) in 1919, when a group of British astronomers led by Arthur Eddington measured the bending of starlight grazing the sun during a solar eclipse.
That same year, Sirag points out, a Polish physicist, Theodore Kaluza, came up with the idea that not only the Einstein gravity theory but also electromagnetism, including the electromagnetic theory of light due to James Clerk Maxwell (1831-1979), could be derived from the assumption that spacetime is actually a warped 5-dimensional geometric structure. He says that with Einstein's help, Kaluza's 5-d theory was published in 1921. Most people know Einstein was primarily interested in what he called "Unified field theory," which meant the unification of gravity with electromagnetism. Sirag says that Kaluza's 5-dimensional version of such a unified theory was an amazing achievement, but it had the major flaw that it could not explain why we don't see the 5th dimension (which is supposed to be spatial). Another flaw was that it said nothing about the new quantum mechanics that was exploding throughout the 1920s.
Both of these questions were raised by the Swedish physicist Oscar Klein in 1926 after publishing his version of the 5-d theory, in which the 5th dimension is not visible to us because it is an extremely small compact dimension. This actually meant that each point of 4-d spacetime is replaced by a tiny circle whose radius is around 10-33 cm.
"This is the Planck length, which is named for Max Planck who defined this size as the basic unit of size in the quantum world. The Planck length is 20 orders of magnitude smaller than a proton (10-13 cm): so if the 5th dimension is. a Planck length circle, it is no wonder we can't walk around in it; not even a proton could do that," Sirag writes.
"Klein's Planck-length circle, as a candidate for the 5th dimension, entailed both Einstein's general relativity (applied to 5-d spacetime) and quantum theory to provide the smallness of the extra dimension. As a bonus, the theory provides a geometric explanation for the quantization of electric charge; that is why every electron carries the same charge."
Sirag states that this 5-d theory called Kaluza-Klein theory was forgotten in the world of physics for several decades during which the frontier of physics became the exploration of the nucleus of the atom, where two new forces were discovered: the strong and weak nuclear forces. He says the strong force holds the nucleus together against the electrical repulsion of the constituent protons, all carrying an identical positive charge. The weak force causes the most common type of nuclear decay - changing one type of atom into another in a kind of 20th century alchemy. These forces were exciting things to explore, and it was obvious that any proposed "unified field theory" would be incomplete without taking them into account. Sirag correctly points out in his last two decades, Einstein was a revered "grandfather" figure, who was widely believed to be out of touch with the frontiers of physics - persisting in his doubts about the fundamental nature of quantum mechanics, and his fervent pursuit of the holy-grail of physics "the unified field theory."
Then, it appeared as a big surprise to physics that by the 100th anniversary celebrations of Einstein's birth, a truly unified theory had arisen: superstring theory. This theory was founded around 1971 by physicists John Schwarz and Michael Green among others, and required 10-dimensions of spacetime. The physicists started to read the old 5-d Kaluza-Klein theory papers (and translated them into English). In 1975, Sherk and Schwarz showed that superstring theory unifies both Einstein's theory of gravity and quantum mechanics, and also provides for the unification of all the forces: gravity, electromagnetism, and the strong and weak nuclear forces. During the Einstein celebration-year 1979, John Schwarz teamed up with Michael Green. Both Schwartz and Green showed superstring theory is a self-consistent theory of quantum gravity, which includes general relativity and quantum mechanics as sub-theories. This was published in 1984 and created a sensation in the world of physics. Many younger physicists immediately gravitated to the new theory and is why physicists take the notion of hyperspace and energy faster than light (10 dimensions of spacetime) seriously.
Superstring theory, however, evolved fully at the end of the 1980s and strongly revived interest in theoretical quantum physics. However, because so many different versions have now been put forward, debates are endless. Also, there is also a view in some of the conservative enclaves of the world physics community (mainly those controlled by corporate universities or within the Military-Industrial Complex), that so far - superstring theory - is yet to be fully proved. Yet of course this is common ground for theoretical physics. Within superstring theory, there is an evolving number of physicists who are committed to the physics of consciousness and are trying to join these two areas together. This has ultimately raised the question of philosophical idealism into the agenda and in fact looks likely as being the very essence of super string theory - ie, Consciousness/Thought/Mind is creating the wave. In superstring theory, the myriad of particle types is replaced by a single fundamental building block, a "string". The strings can be closed such as a loop, or open, like a hair. As the string moves through time it traces out a tube or a sheet, according to whether it is closed or open. Furthermore, the string is free to vibrate, and different vibrational modes of the string represent the different particle types, since different modes are seen as different masses or spins. One mode of vibration, or `note', makes the string appear as an electron, another as a photon. Thus, within superstring theory, there is even a way describing the graviton, the particle carrying the force of gravity, which is an important reason why superstring theory has received so much attention. Many physicists claim the first great achievement of superstring theory was to give a consistent theory of quantum gravity and much attention was paid to the fact that the theory would be able to unify all the known forces and particles together into a single "Theory of Everything" or M Theory, or Mother of All Theories, which is what M Theory stands for.
Generally, the early string theory arose in the late 1960's in an attempt to describe strong nuclear forces. This approach to the description of strong nuclear forces was common until there were difficulties. Another important developments during this period (in 1971) was the discovery that to incorporate a class of elementary particles called fermions (electrons and quarks are examples) string theory requires a two-dimensional version of supersymmetry. This led to the development of space-time supersymmetry, which was eventually recognized to be a generic feature of all consistent string theories.
Dr John Hagelin, a Harvard-trained quantum physicist and renowned for developing a highly successful grand unified field theory based on superstring, claims superstring theory is developing a true physics of mind and consciousness, which can explain scientifically the deep physical mechanisms that underlie philosophical idealism. Hagelin says quantum physics opens up new mechanisms for long-range communication and for the transmission of influences over distances that would have seemed impossible just a few years ago. Laboratory demonstrations of "quantum teleportation" show that hidden quantum-mechanical "correlations" between far distant objects can be used to transmit huge amounts of information and to greatly augment, and amplify, any conventional communication link, he says. Further, the research we are doing now should shed further light on these mechanisms for long-range communication. Hegelin believes that superstring theory can explain some of the mysteries of the mind but goes further in saying that this new theory accurately describes higher realities. "A remarkable feature of all superstring theories is the presence of ‘shadow?matter, or 'hidden sector' matter. It appears plausible, theoretically, that this shadow matter aggregates around our physical bodies, and may actually constitute a subtler level of our physiology (i.e., a subtle body) that 'thinks.' Moreover, if shadow matter possesses the remarkable properties that we believe it does, it may provide a natural link between our material brain and the Unified Field of Consciousness." Thus, Hegelin here is going right to the heart of Philosophical Idealism with these ideas. The notion that this "shadow matter" is actually thought clearly reveals that superstring theory is also sympathetic to Philosophical idealism. This hidden sector matter apparently seems to be the missing link between, perhaps, energy and energy faster than light. Here, the similarities between David Ash's remarkable theory of super energy and super string theory can be made. This extraordinary link shows that those at the forefront of both superstring theory and the physics of consciousness are finding a great deal of common ground. It must be stated here that superstring theory is still not accepted as finished business and is yet another theory that is at the cutting edge of physics research. Hagelin states that it was previously assumed that our interaction with shadow matter was through the gravitational force alone, and hence, far too weak to be of any practical consequence. However, he says that in fact, calculations have shown it is highly plausible that we interact with this unseen world via the (far stronger) electromagnetic force. "This electromagnetic interaction with shadow matter provides a plausible scientific explanation for mind and thought, for fulfillment of desire... for numerous phenomena of consciousness that had previously seemed mysterious," he says. Hagelin says that superstring theory is helping to develop a true physics of mind and consciousness. "As a quantum physicist and brain researcher, I have long been frustrated that our 'modern' scientific understanding of consciousness is so primitive. There is no physical explanation of 'mind' or 'thought' in terms of the known particles and forces, a fact which has caused many of my scientific colleagues to deny the very existence of consciousness."
He says that he has made use of the most fundamental state of human awareness - pure consciousness ?with the Unified Field, or "Superstring" field, which lies beyond space and time at the Planck scale of Nature's functioning. "What we have lacked, so far, is a concrete link between this fundamental field of consciousness and the material brain i.e., between the physics of the Planck scale and the physics of our brain cells, which are a million-billion-trillion times larger. This giant gap between pure consciousness and the gross physical body, between the Unified Field and the brain, is the domain of mind. We need a physical understanding of it - and the conventional forces and particles are not enough." Hegelin says he has launched an international collaborative effort to develop a precise scientific understanding of mind and feels fortunate to have assembled a world-class team of physicists, physiologists and neuroscientists to tackle this traditionally thorny subject. "What makes this latest effort so promising, in my opinion, is that it is grounded in the latest scientific revelations about the universe, based on the Superstring," he says.
Physicist Paul Sirag states that the idea of hyperspace goes way back to Plato, who suggested in his Cave allegory, that we are like prisoners of the 3-d world, identifying ourselves with our 3-d shadows, rather than the hyper-dimensional creatures we really are. Sirag says Plato never used the word hyper-dimensional, but the idea is clearly in his story of the projection of the prisoner's shadows (a 2-d projection) on the cave wall. "The prisoners because they are so securely chained, come to identify themselves with their shadows cast by a fire behind them; and they believe they, as shadows, are interacting with the shadows cast by people walking behind them. One of the prisoners breaks free of his chains and escapes to the world outside the cave, where he sees the full 3-d world. He can now really interact with the other 3-d people and objects. However, he goes back to try to rescue his former fellow prisoners." Sirag writes. "They mock him and challenge him to tell them what he thinks he sees in their shadow world. Because he has been in the bright sunlight outside the cave, his eyes are not as keenly. Adjusted to the dark shadow-world in which his fellow prisoners live. They can make out the details of the shadows better than he can. This proves to them that he is merely mad."
Even though Plato had said of his Academy: "Let no one enter here without geometry," it took many centuries for geometry to extend to the 4th dimension. It was the 4th dimension as a doorway to the spiritual realm that inspired this geometric foray. Sirag points out that the philosopher who attempted to geometrize the Platonic realm was Henry More (1614-1687), an influential colleague of Isaac Newton at Cambridge University. He taught that the spiritual realm extended into a 4th dimension, which he called "spissitude." But this sort of thinking caught on only when mathematicians began exploring the geometry of higher dimensional spaces. Sirag says that now physics is in the embarrassing situation of having 10-dimensional spacetime forced on it (at least in theory) if we wish to unify general relativity with quantum theory. "The major experimental test of this theory is the search for supersymmetry partners for all of the ordinary fundamental particles. Ironically, this seems to be a replay of Dirac's 1929 unification of quantum theory and special relativity, which required the introduction of anti-particle partners for all the ordinary particles," Sirag writes.
"The anti-electron (the positron) was quickly discovered in 1932; but the next antiparticle, the anti-proton, was not discovered until 1955. Only then did physicists agree that the anti-matter idea must be true for all particles." Sirag states that since general relativity and quantum theory are gigantic worlds unto themselves (and hardly on speaking terms with each other), it is not surprising that in order to unify these two theories as sub-theories of a larger theory physicists have envisaged many new consequences, chief among them being the hyperdimensional (10-d) spacetime. He says that in order to describe this hyperspacetime as well as other spaces that must interact with it, some of the most arcane (and beautiful) discoveries in recent mathematics must be utilized by the physicists.
Sirag goes right into the heart of his Philosophical idealist position by stating that it is at this level of superstring theory that shows Consciousness is the basic description of the hyperworld. He fully describes this in a well known paper entitled the "Roots of Consciousness'. "By the very nature, however, of the unification of the competing superstring theories (and by the embedding of the lower-dimensional polytopes required for unified field theory) are implicit in some vast unification which entails consciousness in a universal sense. To me the hierarchy of the embedding structures suggests a hierarchy of realms of consciousness - or realities, for short," Sirag states.
Sirag has said recently in an interview exactly what other Physics of Consciousness physicists have been saying. "The body is just a shadow that is projected, so to speak, from hyperspace, and so there's then in a sense no problem, because our internal experience is not just connected to the hyperspace, it's an intimate piece of the hyperspace, in other words. Our own minds are projections from a much greater mind, and so on," Sirag said.
The physics of consciousness: How the Sciences and the Arts must join together for the advancement of Theoretical Physics
The Physics of Consciousness has raised many profound questions about our current reality. People are still deeply disturbed by the implications of the New Physics. Both materialists, Christians, Moslems and even fundamentalist Buddhists and Hindus find some of the major concepts of the New Physics virtually frightening.
Words and concepts such as mind, consciousness, thought, spirit, abstraction, void, dream to mention some of the major ones, are extremely difficult for many people to grasp at a quantum level. And this has been one of the main reasons for the lack of wide public understanding of what is happening in theoretical physics and the Physics of Consciousness in general. These concepts are in fact much harder to grasp than even some of the most obscure mathematical formulas that can be verified.
Although such theories as superstring theory have developed in their own right, the Physics of Consciousness is now also being relentlessly investigated by new physicists. Yet research into the Physics of Consciousness is bringing together the Arts and the Sciences in an unprecedented fashion. One of the biggest problems for theoretical physics has been its inability to be simply and coherently understood by the average student and person. This has been mainly the mistake of conservative Left Brained physicists not willing to investigate new areas and the very nature of our Cartesian society. These physicists think like car mechanics while those who worked or followed the Arts, were traditionally "Anti-science". Now all of this is radically breaking down because of the Physics of Consciousness.
Concepts such as thought and Mind as being the fabric of matter radically confronts anyone who considers such notions. It is simply extraordinary to consider such a reality. Yet this is the reality that has to be considered because of the Physics of Consciousness.
As has been continually pointed out in this thesis, there has been a long history in philosophy, in many societies and cultures, that Thought or Mind, creates reality, or matter. Yet this remains isolated and out of reach to the average person educated deeply in Cartesian/Newtonian science and thinking. The absolutely astonishing fact that matter is being created by thought, seems to be continually passed over or simply not recognised by the general public. Yet this astounding fact is truly revolutionary and breathtaking, and, in fact, never ceases to amaze me. I now believe that the only way that people can understand the latest developments in quantum theory and in the Physics of Consciousness, is to go to the humanities based areas where the answers lie. Quantum theory has been saying now for nearly 50 years that Thought, Consciousness and Mind creates Matter. Many famous quantum physicists have been stating this for a long time, as revealed in this thesis. Yet this is why there is such confusion around at the moment about quantum theory. The problem with Einstein is that he was far too left brained, far too deductive, or rather, reductionist. Nevertheless Einstein was brilliant yet he and some of the early quantum theorists relied far too heavily on mathematical formula and equations. Despite this there was also a plethora of physicists at the time who thought of the New Physics in philosophical terms. And of course some of these physicists were philosophical idealists. Some of the recent superstring theories have helped to complicate the situation despite many extremely elegant superstring physicists such as Brian Green. These physicists, and includes such famous physicists as Paul Davies, write with clarity and with a straightforward approach. Most of the leading physicists of today are also extremely good communicators and writers. However, the old reliance on equations has left a lasting impression. This is why so many people think that research into quantum theory involves maths and formal logic on a very extensive scale. And of course all mathematical formula and logic can always be expressed succinctly through the written word. Some quantum theory obviously does involve complex logic and maths but the major philosophical theory of IDEALISM is now taken very seriously as part of research in theoretical physics. And thus, this should also be taken seriously by people outside of the physics and philosophy community. If we turn to philosophy and literature, there is a reoccurring theme throughout the past four centuries that Thought/Mind/Consciousness creates matter. The famous German idealist movement and the very famous Romantic movement based their entire view on the notion/fact that reality is being produced by Thought/Mind/Consciousness. If science and literary minded people can join forces now, major gains will be made in making people understand some of the more complex issues in quantum theory. The major problem had been that quantum theory scientists knew nothing of philosophy and literature and philosophers and literary writers knew nothing of quantum theory and science. Now all of this is changing and breaking down. The key to the future is the joining of the arts and sciences. We urgently need to humanise science, not for just a clearer and more humane approach to science, but also for an approach in understanding advanced theoretical quantum theory. This would constitute a revolution and again cause a surge of interest in science worldwide. Of course many philosophers are very well studied in the area of science and basic quantum theory and many philosophers now regard themselves as scientists more than philosophers, but this has been the reason why these philosophers have not advanced in understanding quantum theory. These philosophers themselves went far too reductionist and lost their humanities based understanding of nature and reality. Whether a person is standing at a bus stop, driving a car, watching TV, working in a plastics factory, being a street cleaner, - if they understood that their entire reality is nothing but layers of thought or in fact one giant mental image, an entirely different approach to existence would be followed. Holistic thinking is urgently needed now not just in the First World, but in the Third World. Our society needs to revolutionise this major scientific breakthrough and cut through the terrible unscientific reality that is propagated not only in the daily media that is deeply Newtonian/Cartesian, but also in such so-called esteemed scientific journals such as Nature and New Scientist. For too long Materialist/Reductionist/Cartesian/Newtonian writers have dominated the means of communication. These so-called scientistis have created a nightmare world of confusion for the average reader. Now is the time to stop them in their tracks. The Cartesianism throughout Western and Eastern cultures and society is rife. Yet the concept of philosophical idealism has a long history both in Western and Eastern countries. The task now is to radically reignite it and bring it back into the "mainstream" debate. The "mainstream" debate is currently dictated by quantum illiterate journalists and academics (ie, postmodernists and analytical thinkers), whose out-of-date and incorrect research has made them powerful and created a very obtuse, unscientific and strange intellectual climate at present. The rise of 20th century materialism can be seen in such areas as psychological behaviouralism. This discipline is still widely pursued yet has so completely been discredited that it boggles the mind at the how it is allowed to continue. For example, most mental illnesses are still treated in this deeply Cartesian discipline. Those early behavioural psychologists completely rended central concepts in Idealism as useless - thought, consciousness, mind, ideas - were merely material processes. Yet now it appears the opposite is true. The tragedy is that most people who have not received a critical education (ie, those people who question both materialist dogma within and out of universities) accept without question the precepts of these materialist psychologists. This reaches into the heart of our society - from bank workers, travel agents, butchers, child care workers, everywhere. The advances of the "transpersonal" psychology revolution of the 1960s is now virtually laughed at by these dangerous and sometimes "out-of-control" health "professionals". Thus, what is needed is an entire overhaul of the education system to stop the confusion that is promoted everywhere - in universities, in the media, the family and the workplace. This is now vital. So the joining of the arts and sciences at the high quantum research level is needed but also at other levels in a bid to introduce the average person to the extraordinary world of the Physics of Consciousness. Also, we still have "corporate" physics departments within universities who still promote the idea of the Left Brained reductionist approach in physics research. This can be seen in the fact that many physics departments say research in physics that cannot be "economically viable" is not seen as being theoretical. Of course notions such as consciousness, mind and thought are harder to quantify than numbers and money for these departments. In her book, The Quantum Self, Danah Zohar, says the entire debate within the Physics of Consciousness makes it extremely difficult for it to enter the broader world because of a general lack of understanding. Zohar says that the kind of quantum relationship that creates something new by drawing together things that were separate and individual opens up new vistas in the philosophy of physics. "I believe that such relationship is both the origin and the meaning of the mental side of life," she writes. "In saying this, I am suggesting that consciousness, or the mental, is the most primary level of existence, a pattern of active relationship, the wave side of the wave/particle duality. Just as - and this is much easier to understand - the physical side of life originates in the particle side of that duality. This essential definition of consciousness as a relationship can be applied and found to hold good for all levels and degrees of consciousness." Zohar says it is vital to understand that be seeing consciousness in this way tells us something important about humankind's place in the general scheme of things. She says that by understanding the quantum mechanical nature of human consciousness - that is seeing consciousness as a quantum wave phenomenon - then we can trace the origin of our mental life back to the roots of particle physics. "We are, in our essential being, made of the same stuff and held together by the same dynamics as those which account of everything else in the universe. And equally, which brings out the enormity of this realization, the universe is made of the same stuff and held together by the same dynamics as those which account for us. "By interpreting consciousness in this way, a particularly kind of creative relationship made possible by quantum mechanics, several things fall into place....Most importantly, if we want to combat materialism and its whole reductionist ethos, this insight allows us to argue that the mind is not some mere offshoot of brain function."
CONCLUSION
This thesis has constantly argued for a New Idealism in philosophy. Each section and area has revealed the huge amount of evidence for a New Idealism. I have also clearly shown how the major opponents of Idealism developed through the rise of materialist culture and philosophy right up to the present day. Each section is virtually a conclusion in itself showing that the New Physics has radically reintroduced a New Idealism in philosophy. It shows that the New Physics in every area has reintroduced the notion that Consciousness, Thought or Mind is producing reality, matter or energy as we know it in the Universe. It has shown that this is a new way for philosophy in the 21st century. Because this is very much a new area in philosophy the debate is really only just beginning. Yet the debate outside of philosophy departments is already extremely loud and vigourous, right around the world, as this thesis clearly demonstrates. This debate will now further catapult into other areas of society and into other cultures and hopefully throughout the entire Third World.
The first section fully reveals that the New Idealism must now be taken seriously by our society and education systems. The Second Section of the thesis clearly shows that the New Idealism is extremely relevant to our contemporary society and that it reaches into all aspects. This can be seen in psychology, medicine, economics, ecology to many other areas. This section is very much a core area of the thesis because it carefully outlines the rise of materialism and how it became intellectually embedded in our culture. In this section all terms are clearly explained and elaborated upon and the argument that is first presented in Section One is also strongly continued. This Second Section clearly reveals how 20th century materialist philosophy within academic institutions hijacked the metaphysical debate. This has had terrible consequences for many areas of society. The Third Section clearly outlines four very important areas of the New Idealism. The area on Literature and the New Idealism is very important to give this very "scientific" thesis a broader perspective and to show the very important relevance of the New Idealism and the Humanities. This is further elaborated upon in the area called the Physics of Consciousness. The area on superstring theory clearly shows that these exciting new theories are also strongly influenced by the notion of philosophical idealism. Thus, I believe this thesis clearly reinvents the principles for a new idealism for society. I have being following this intellectual work now for nearly 20 years. I first became aware that the New Physics was interpreting reality from an Idealist position in 1987 and have since relentlessly pursued this area. So all of the research in this thesis virtually is 20 years of study in the area. I also believe that this thesis clearly draws all the major areas of the debate. And once again, because the debate is still very new and original, it has not been an easy task to write about in a completely critical manner. This has been the reason why I have relentlessly used argument after argument in physics to show a New Idealism. I feel this point is extremely important because a critical study on a very wide scale can only begin when this area is fully investigated by academic institutions. This thesis has examined the cutting edge of theoretical physics and shown that contemporary theoretical physics is reinventing the notion of Idealism. This thesis clearly shows that there are many arguments for a New Idealism. It reveals that a new movement of thinking has developed right around the world that wants a new world-view. It shows that urgent action must be taken. This thesis is a plea to the governments and peoples of the world to start realising that our planet is a self-sustaining intelligently alive eco-system that must be nurtured and looked after totally. It shows that people must work together to achieve these goals. And even more importantly, it reveals that a brand new Consciousness must now be followed. This thesis also clearly demonstrates that philosophy is very much an applied discipline that must now be taken very seriously by other areas. The New Idealism clearly shows that a new area in philosophy has developed. This will be the key to reinvent and turn philosophy into a very serious area again that can be used by governments and society to benefit humankind. The New Idealism explodes the materialist myth once and for all. The New Idealism, this thesis reveals, shows that our future is wrapped up in an evolving Mind whose intelligence is awesome, and whose breath is infinite. This thesis truly reveals that life is sacred and must be cherished for this reason alone. It demonstrates that matter is a living organism in its own right and lays the foundation for an entirely new way of thinking. Many of the governments and institutions in the world are still deeply caught up in outmoded materialist Newtonian Cartesina dogmas. The New Idealism can be seen as a blueprint for a new way of dealing with the politics of life. This thesis is a clear testimony that New Science can genuinely develop without the support of corrupt yet powerful institutions and media outlets. The New Idealism clearly reveals that philosophy is the key to theoretical physics and that theoretical physics is the key to philosophy. It shows that only when this is realised by those who want progress in science, will a truly wonderful future begin where free thinkers will be encouraged and when science again will be encouraged to take risks.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Allen, J.P.B. and Van Buren, Paul (Editors), Chomsky: Selected Readings, London, Oxford University Press, 1975.
2. Althusser, Lenin and Philosophy and Other Essays, London, Penquin, 1975.
3. Ash, D, and Hewitt, P, Science of the Gods, Bath, Gateway Books, 1991.
4. Bancroft, A., Twentieth Century Mystics and Sages, Chicago, Henry Regenery Co, 1976.
5. Barthes, Roland, Mythologies, London, Paladin, 1984.
6. Birnbaum, Raoul, The Healing Buddha, London, Rider, 1980.
7. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, A.C. Coming Back, Paris, The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, 1984.
8. Byrski, Liz, facing Cancer, Melbourne, Collins Dove, 1989.
9. Campbell, E, & Brennan, J.H, The Aquarian Guide to the New Agge, Northhamptonshire, The Aquarian Press, 1990.
10. Capra, F, The Turing Point, London, Flamingo, 1983.
11. Capra, F, The Tao of Physics, Boston, New Science Libaryr, 1985.
12. Castandea, Carlos, The Fire From Within, New York, Black Swan, 1984.
13. Chopra, Deepak, Quantum Healing, New York, Bantam,1990.
14. Cousins, N, Anatomy of an Illness, Bantam, New York, 1979.
15. Creme, Benjamin, The Reappearance of the Christ and the Masters of Wisdom, London, The Tara Press, 1980.
16. Cross, Stephen, The Elements of Hinduism, Dorset, Element, Dorset, 1994.
17. Davies, Paul, The Mind of God, New York, Simon & Schuster, 1992.
18. Davies, Paul, The Matter Myth, New York, Simon & Schuster, 1994.
19. Davies, Paul, Superstring: The Theory of Everything, New York, Simon & Schuster, 1989.
20. Descombes, Vincent, Modern French Philosophy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1989.
21. Doll, R.L.P, Causes of Cancer, New York, Oxford University Press, 1981.
22. Dossey, Larry, M.D., Space, Time, and Medicine, Boston, Shamballa, 1982.
23. Essene, Virginia, New Cells, New Bodies, NEW LIFE, Santa Clara, Spiritual Education Endeavors, 1991.
24. Flew, Antony, An Introduction to Western Philosophy, London, Thames and Hudson, 1989.
25. Galanter, Marc, Cults, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1989.
17. Gawain, Shakti, Living In The Light, Melbourne, The Pythagorean Press, 1986.
18. Gawler, Ian, You Can Conquer Cancer, Melbourne, Hill of Content, 1987.
19. Gerson, M, Anatomy of an Illness, New York, Bantam, 1979.
20. Ginsberg, Allen, Collected Poems, New York, King Penquin, 1989. Gertsen, Derek, Science and Philosophy, London, Pelican, 1990.
22. Hamlynm D.W. A History of Western Philosophy, London, Pelican, 1990.
23. Harrison, John, love Your Disease, Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1989.
24. Hawking, Stephen M, A Brief History of Time, New York, Bantam, 1988.
25. Knight, William, Hegel, London, William Blackwood and Sons, 1943.
26. Holroyd, Stuart, The Arkana Dictionary of New Perspectives, London, Penquin, 1989. 27. Kerouac, J., On The Road, New York, Penquin, 1968.
28. Kekes, L, The Nature of Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1980.
29. Kubler-R, E, On Death and Dying, New York, MacMillan, 1969.
30. Le Shan, L., You Can fight For Your Life, London, Turnstone Books, 1973.
31. MacIntyre, Alasdair, Marcuse,London, Fontana, 1970.
32. Meares, A., From the Quiet Place, Melbourne, Hill of Content, 1976.
33. Nidle, Sheldon, You Are Becoming A Galactic Human, , Santa Clara, S.E.E Publishjing, 1994.
34. Passmore, John, A Hundred Years of philosophy, Middlesex, Penquin 1957.
35. Phillips, D.A., From Soil to Psyche, Melbourne, Woodbridge Press, 1983.
36. Ramacharaka, Y., Raja Yoga, London, Lowe and Brydone, 1960.
37. Runes, D, Dictionary of Philosophy, New Jersey, Littlefield, Adams & Co, 1962.
38. Siegel, Bernie, Peace, Love & Healing, New York, Bantam, 1990.
39. Stone, Joshua, The Complete Ascension Manual, Sedona, Light Technology Publishing, 1994.
40. Talbot, Michael, Mysticism and the New Physics, , New York, Penquin, 1981.
41. Vesey.G, & Foulkes.P., Dictionry of Philosophy, London, Collins, 1990.
42. Zohar, Danah, The Quantum Self, London, Flamingo, 1991